Home

Xandros Desktop User Guide - Linux Open Documentation

1. 2X Creating 2 o o ee eee s MI Reading and generating PDFfiles DAL Viewing DVI files 2 2 2 2 2 eee 20 Viewing and sending faxes 2 2 2 1 we DAD Working with PostScript 2 2 2 2 ss 243 Installing fonts GC ESL Using special characters and subs sooo m a x aso 4240 Using the online dictionary MB Using spell checkers MB Additional text applications 2 2 DAD Chapter II Working with graphics 2 lll 251 Creating images with OpenOffice org Draw sow aw 34M Using Microsoft PowerPoint Visio Photoshop and other k cx ty 42459 Creating images with Paint 294 Creating slide presentations 2 2 2 s 2 Viewing images in Image Viewer Vox d 19056 Managing multimedia in Xandros Photo 98 a 2059 Viewing images in Xandros File Manager 284 Scanning images a l l sls sl s s 265 Performing screen captures a 266 Additional graphics applications 20 Chapter 12 Working with data 2 2 ee 269 Using the OpenOffice org database IO Using the OpenOffice org spreadsheet Using Microsoft Access or Excel 2D Using the Calculator 2D Additional data applications 00a aaa 2D iv Table of contents
2. sce ex ax EE 43 43 customizing 44 displaying applications 43 OXIDE eae a 43 iconifying 43 maximizing 43 minimizing 43 MOVIE cr eR X eos 43 moving toolbar 44 placement options 88 43 setting color schemes sharing display between two monitors 88 Index xxiii unduttering 43 Windows Explorer moving to Xandros File Manager 146 Windows Networking panel in Control Center 167 171 WINS server configuring 169 WOM ecco Rm ERR 234 235 word 234 worm removal 130 X X Multimedia System 293 Xandros Anti Virus 130 Xandros Deployment Management Server 4 69 11 Xandros Desktop deployment 25 cara dea 2 36 installing 12 13 15 25 introduction ee eed 6 316 occu 15 SUPPOM E 383 378 pdatilg os ssa rm 69 USER guide lecce RR 5 VENSION ws cies ard cue wae e ums 384 Xandros Desktop 3 x preserve files during installation 12 Xandros Desktop User Guide
3. 54 installing Xandros Desktop 13 15 A Scie os wise e eee 26 operational modes 25 26 Organizer appointment 33 a 324 Microsoft Exchange 324 saving schedule 323 tasklist ii a 323 A O 323 to do list and Palm Pilot 321 orientation image in Image Viewer 258 page in PostScript Viewer 243 page when printing 356 359 overwrites preventing logfile 143 setting logfile 143 ownership lle 117 P packages s csc ek ele es 369 adding coco 369 370 DEB Sick pack dn AER DDR RR 370 deletifig SS 3n finding uere aea rds 367 installing 369 370 listing mro 366 RPM Luce eee REY 370 uninstalling o o o oooo o 3n version numbers 384 page marks PostScript Viewer 24 page orientation Image Viewer 258 PostScript Viewer 243 printing ios rr ee E roni 356 359 page setup PostScript Viewer 243 Paint graphics application 254 Palm Document Converter 334 Palm Pilot addresses accessing 339 cios ce rH Pac 338 configuration general 335 configuration synchronization 337 conve
4. KDE Man jaj x Transport SMTP General Security Name Jane Host smtp1 xandros com Port 25 Precommand X Server requires authentication Login janer Password 0 Store SMTP password CO Send custom hostname to server Cancel Setting SMTP server defaults 68 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 6 After setting up the send and receive server information click OK to exit from KDE Mail configuration 7 Expand your mailbox entry on the left side of the window and click inbox to view your mail If the connection does not work check the port numbers entered for the send and receive servers When sending mail and you get an error message about the SMTP authentication it means you need to configure the Security tab for example change it to SSL and PLAIN in order to log in to the SMTP server when sending mail Also you can see an error message even though the first e mail was sent successfully so try sending a second e mail to test if the application works File Edit View Go Folder Message Tools 22 Unread Ej Searc amp Local Folders e e Drafts keep Sent C3Spam Bug 246 tr Advancec S Bug 243 ESTrash 4 Searches KDE Mail Downloading updates and applications In addition to the software provided during installation up
5. OpenOffice org spreadsheet The Professional edition of Xandros Desktop includes a StarOffice version instead of OpenOffice org To start OpenOffice org Calc Spreadsheet Install it from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks See Installing applications from the Applications CD on page 33 2 Click Launch gt Applications gt OpenOffice org Calc Spreadsheet v See the online help for more information 4 Working with data 211 Using Microsoft Access or Excel Microsoft Access and Excel can be installed and used on Xandros Desktop without having Microsoft Windows installed Xandros Desktop includes an application called CodeWeavers CrossOver Office for this purpose CrossOver Office helps you to install and configure your Windows applications CrossOver Office runs automatically unless it is disabled You install Access and or Excel and open the file Another option is to install the Microsoft Excel Viewer included with CrossOver Office not documented here With this approach you do not need to install Excel and you can view but not edit Excel documents To install Access and or Excel See Installing Windows based applications on page 33 To uninstall select Microsoft applications installed without your knowledge click Launch Applications gt CrossOver gt Configuration To use Access and or Excel Click Launch Windows Applications Programs Microsoft Word Click Fil
6. 341 customizing 341 disabling csi se eee n me 341 tumingoff ec ee 341 Remote Desktop Sharing panel in Control Center 185 Remote Desktop Sharing with remote user 185 remote file systems accessing using File Manager 165 remote users desktop sharing 185 mounting shared folders 179 183 sharing files 181 os 191 Remote Windows Connection 188 removing application shortcut keys 95 applications 3n files ope E d 155 RR eR 155 global shortcut keys 94 logfiles 142 a ness order dog 3n 349 shortcuts from desktop 50 user accounts 114 users from groups 116 Xandros Desktop 318 renaming Mr RC E 156 floppy disks 332 folders see eid ote dtm ER 156 SOUPS rm 116 user account 110 virtual desktops 48 repair Xandros Desktop after installing another 05 376 Rescue Console logging in using 29 Index xvii resizing Panel tos nid wa xut 37 windows 43 resolution MONO Gee RR IR Rye 98 PONE iuc pes bs 358 A ee kw ROREM 35 restart with keyboard keys shortcut
7. Messages Started scanning of home xandrosuser at 05 18 06 02 49 pm FINISHED FINISHED Scan completed Managing your system BI To manually update virus definitions Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Security Xandros Anti Virus 2 While connected to the Internet click the Update tab 3 Click Update Any new definitions are retrieved and a message is displayed that your database is up to date To manually scan and remove viruses Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Security Xandros Anti Virus 2 When using the application for the first time update the virus definitions as outlined in the previous procedure 3 In the Scan tab click Scan The files in the folder specified are scanned for viruses By default your user files are scanned as indicated by the Location of home username where username is the account logged in Encrypted folders can be scanned If you have a Windows partition you can scan it for Windows viruses It can take several minutes for some files to be scanned so if the application appears to be hanging wait for 15 minutes or so An entire scan can take 90 minutes for 9 GB for example Files such as ZIP and tar are also scanned You can specify file types and folders to exclude If there is a folder mounted from another computer for example a SharedDocuments directory on a Windows computer this directory is also scanned Infect
8. 110 SBEIOUpS ra 116 Web pages 207 cropping images with Image Viewer 258 CrossOver Office Access documents 27 Excel documents 27 Internet Explorer 202 Intuit Quicken files 33 iPod and iTunes 214 Lotus Notes 3 Photoshop images 253 PowerPoint presentations 253 uninstalling Windows applications 3n Visio diagrams oo ooooooo 253 Word 235 CUSLOMIZING o Eee 15 accessibility 82 desktop 55 es Ep ee ase oe 25 75 T PCT 86 keyboard language Maps 93 keyboard settings 82 93 keyboard shortcuts 93 Launch menu 86 magic borders 90 mouse buttons action for desktop 85 multimedia settings 101 NUS a ade 329 i MR 3 printet o RR Rr 357 printer defaults 349 Quick Start menu 87 shortcut icons 49 snap zones on window borders 90 Sound Mixer 303 37 window themes T8 WINGOWS eem er ko 88 Cut and Paste Utility 40 331 Index D database este ee peek See he
9. E aa May 2006 us 25 18 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 17 18 12 3 4 5 6 18 19 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 AlDay 19 20 20 21 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 21 22 28 29 30 31 22 23 Sales meeting On 05 19 06 From 11 00 am To 12 00 pm Calendar Default KOrganizer resource Add J Edit ji Remove a Organizer You can synchronize Organizer with a Palm Pilot or similar hand held device for example your to do list See Using a Palm Pilot or hand held device on page 335 A plug in can be used to add compatibility with Microsoft Exchange 2000 that allows access to your calendar on a Microsoft Exchange Server You need to have an account on that server You cannot use the server to see the free busy times of contacts when scheduling a meeting use Evolution instead Using accessories and utilities 321 Using Organizer To start Organizer e Click Launch Applications Accessories Organizer To set view Click View and choose one of the following options List Displays scheduled events instead of a calendar Day Displays a schedule for a single day Work Week Displays a Monday to Friday schedule Week Displays a Sunday to Saturday schedule default Next 3 Days Displays a schedule for the next three days regardless of weekday or weekend Month Displays a schedule for a full month
10. 138 filters creating log view 140 filters e mail 209 finance application GnuCash 27 finance application 27 Find Computers creating a link to network computer 166 searching for network computers 166 viewing network computer files 166 finding computers network 166 158 foldets cesses RR 158 images and photos 263 packages sic me eR nes 367 using the Find Files Folders utility 158 Firefox Web Browser block advertising and images 205 AE e 205 COOKS 206 extensions 202 view Web pages 201 firewall change settings 200 settingUP 197 start after setup 200 p 200 use and remote desktop sharing 185 32 flash memory key accessing 151 flat view in Xandros File Manager 148 Floppy Disk Formatter formatting floppy disks 332 labelling floppy disks 332 naming floppy disks 332 floppy disk accessing fileson 148 erem erm mmm eh 3 foldet i E re tre ak e ae gt 145 COPYING Lacer exem owen ceed 154 cem mere ees 156 deleting seem 155 encrypting
11. 6 Xandros File Manager accessing fileson D 148 accessing files on floppy disks 148 accessing NFS 165 accessing Windows networks 165 Administrator access 108 cache clear o o o oooooo 205 IT pp 206 creating folders 156 creating links 184 166 finding files and folders 159 links Creating oir 184 mount network share 184 moving and copying 154 navigating using browse buttons 149 refreshing view 156 renaming files and folders 156 TODLACCOSS corners recie es 108 Selecting fles zi temm 153 sorting iW 156 starting applications 157 XXIV Index using Address Box 149 using the flat view 148 using the tree view 148 view images and photos 264 viewing file properties 152 viewing local file system 148 viewing remote Linux file systems 165 viewing Windows network 165 Xandros Management Console 19 Xandros Networks finding applications 367 installing applications 369 installing DEB packages 310 installing RPM packages 310 listing softwar
12. Share this item and its contents Share name Documents home xandrosuser SharedDocs Comment Share this item and its contents Permissions Options User Limit Allow all users O Allow maximum E Permissions Allowing access to a folder over a Windows network left and Linux network right To enable folder sharing and set permissions for network use Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 For sharing over a Linux network no spaces are allowed in the path and file names so rename such objects such as the My Documents folder to MyDocuments Also you may need to share the home folder For example right click My Home select Properties and in the Permissions tab enable the Read Write and Execute box for Group and Others then enable the Apply permissions to folder and all subfolders then click OK to exit from the window 3 Right click the folder you want to share and select Sharing Windows Sharing for a Windows network or NFS Sharing for a Linux network 4 Enable the Share this item and its contents check box 5 For Windows shown left enable one of the following options Allow all users Any user can access the folder Allow maximum Lets you specify a limit to the number of users For Windows click Permissions if you want to specify the password to use or to change access to read only For Linux shown right click Edit to change p
13. 383 troubleshooting menu restore Xandros Desktop 376 turn off computer 36 Tux Pait ee cs mis tais 261 Tux Racer 310 Tux Typing 249 DAI ps 3 two sided printing 359 U uninstalling applications 3n packages ci Rete 3n PINE aa 349 Xandros Desktop 318 units of measurement 229 unlocking the Screen 5l updates with Xandros update icon 1 updating after installation 23 upgrading installed applications 11 372 11 372 system components 3n uploading files using FTP 203 USB devices cles 109 user accounts adding cs 110 configuring 53 114 creating 110 iom pee Rn Ree 114 110 encrypting 110 MANAGING i dic Sone A E 109 Index xxi removing 114 restricting access 115 setting passwords 114 userfor ums fv ceed ae dee eee es 383 user groups adding vind m Reg M6 adding users 116 MA na ie eg 116 109 removing users 116 User Manager panel i
14. 191 AAA 57 using modems 195 using telephone or cable modems 57 connection account create using Connection Wizard 57 Connection 57 Console commands 348 opening IIR MI Stating cs mE EQUES 347 console window 345 Console Rescue 29 Control Center Accessibility panel 82 applying desktop themes T8 Background panel 16 80 Boot Manager panel 54 205 CDDB panel caie neat i 101 Change Password panel 52 114 Colors panel Cookies 206 customizing desktop settings 15 Date amp Time panel 83 Desktop panel 85 desktop styles 19 Font Installer panel 246 Fonts panel 19 Hardware Information panel 109 cons panel aiii 80 Keyboard Layout panel 93 96 Keyboard panel 93 Keyboard Shortcuts panel 94 Login 53 mouse button action for desktop 85 Mouse panel 83 92 Multiple Desktops panel 48 Network Connections panel 164 Panel panel 31 password
15. 226 GWONVIOW sik aed ee nee 267 H handle windows 4 hardware compatibility 10 Hardware Information panel in Control Center 109 help Up MC 6 technical support 383 hidden files 151 hiding desktop with screen Saver 80 A RR RERO 38 sound mixer channels 303 Index IX home Web page 203 HP printer driver 3 354 icons application buttons on Panel 38 86 properties for Xandros Desktop 80 Shortcut 4 ese Sod eet rs e 50 size on desktop 50 Icons panel in Control Center 80 ICQ instant messaging 226 Image Viewer cropping images 258 flipping images 258 opening files 257 rotating images 258 Slideshow e 257 zooming images lee 258 ImageMagick 267 MARES Eonia asa 251 blocking from Web sites 205 creating with OpenOffice org Draw 252 creating with Paint 254 cropping in Image Viewer 258 Digkam 261 file formats in Image Viewer 257 flipping in Image Viewer 258 flow charts i em 267 GIMP ui RR RR 3 Gwenview 267
16. 293 261 X Server cc 109 Xlid ed eed xu e ES 343 Yahoo Messenger 226 zero cornered Windows 88 Lip files creating 161 Index XXV xxvi Index
17. 242 Fax Viewer 361 241 PostScript Viewer 2 0 000000 243 viewing CPUs ke eee ede oe 109 device information 109 d lices sene RR ERE a 109 DMA channels 109 faes 361 E 243 folder and file properties 157 hardware pcia ia ad 109 hidden files 151 Intermipts 2 zo ere SE ce ed es 109 ports viet EUR 109 local folders and files 148 140 M MO cuoi Pe Bee eats 109 Part 109 sanra cath 109 PDF files ee RR 243 PostScript files 243 processor 109 properties of file and folders 157 Sl ilem ra 109 SOUNA MR E 109 mor Cr e 109 system devices 109 system files eee eee 151 system information 140 USB devices i i eee eee eee 109 Webpages 2 2 ee 201 Windows file and folders 165 JCSerye neces eae Sede Pa 109 virtual desktops 46 adding recedes E ERAS 48 48 Desktop Pager 46 moving applications 41 NAMING dos 48 refreshing siege wis a 48 setting number 6 2 00 0 00000
18. Adobe PostScript Add Reader Move Down Edit Remove Setting default application used to view PDF files Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 103 104 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 Using Xandros Desktop Managing your system Each Xandros Desktop system whether part of a corporate network or a stand alone computer requires periodic administration This administration can include managing user accounts scanning for viruses monitoring system information and processes and downloading critical and security updates Xandros Desktop provides the following system administration utilities to help you accomplish these tasks Application Function Page Xandros File Manager Provides access to files folders networks 108 Hardware Information Provides information about the hardware 109 in and connected to your computer User Manager Lets you add edit and remove user 109 accounts and groups change user passwords and encrypt home folders Xandros Storage Lets you view and manage partitions and 121 Manager hard disks Xandros Anti Virus Scans and removes viruses 130 Xandros Security Suite Integrates security functions 135 table continued Managing your system 107 Application Function Page Power Control Lets you manage monitor power 136 Performance Monitor Lets you access information about all 137 processes currently running on the operating
19. wees eG 42 Quick Start menu 87 removing 3n LUUD ao 42 schedule to run 342 Starting s erc dea ee ees 42 101 103 stopping with Ctrl Alt Esc 138 upgrading 3n version numbers 384 working with 4 Applications 3 374 appointments making in Organizer 323 making in Personal Information Manager 216 reminder with Reminder Message Scheduler 340 apt get installations 3l arcade games 309 Ark archivingtool 2 0 0 0 00000 343 ER 215 Asteroids 309 Atomic game ida a 310 Audacity sound recorder 308 Audio Builder 215 audio files adjusting volume 295 copying to CD with DVD Writer 286 copying with DVD Writer 284 erasing from DVD with DVD Writer 287 listening to 223 sound wave visualization 297 Auto Brackets in Text Editor 239 autorun launching applications 103 autorun launching applications at startup 101 autostart folder 101 AVI files Media Player 288 B Backgammon game 309 background applying to all desktops 16 COLO hg 16 DP 16
20. 195 dialing an ISP o o o 196 dictionary 40 installing more 3 9 Online Dictionary 333 USING co ora Gn RP OSEE 97 Digi kim uu rr ER e 261 digital camera Dighlam 261 Gwenview nnn 261 Image Viewer 256 Xandros File Manager 264 Xandros Photo Manager 259 148 disabling desktop by locking it 5l login 53 user accounts 110 disk partitions Il 376 378 disk size Xandros Storage Manager 124 disk space Xandros Storage Manager 124 display interruptions 203 display settings 15 displaying applets on Panel 40 application buttons on Panel 38 A IR ERR cas 38 sound mixer channels 303 system information 109 system processes 137 windows 43 DMA channels 109 DNS e rias ar ed aio arias 13 domain search Order 14 domain joining Windows 171 double click mouse action 91 downloading applications 368 files using 203 updates from Xandros Networks 69 Draw O
21. 264 sliders adjusting volume in Sound Mixer 303 merging in Sound Mixer 303 Slow KEYS coco emm mes 82 83 Smart window placement 88 SMS instant messaging 226 snap Zones setting for desktop borders 9 setting for window borders 9 software compatibility 33 software license 13 Solitaire 310 sorting log file list messages 142 log filelists mc Ives 142 system processes 137 Xandros File Manager view 156 sound accessibility options 82 adjusting balance 303 adjusting volume 303 Audio Builder 215 disabling at startup 99 mono device 2 eee eee eee 302 record with Audacity 308 record with Kwave 308 record with Sound Recorder 304 Stereo device 302 synthesizing using Audio Builder 215 system sounds 99 troubleshooting 99 troubleshooting CD Player 282 sound cards 109 302 Sound Mixer adjusting balance 303 adjusting volume 303 customizing 303 splitting sliders 303 sound mixer on Panel 4l
22. System Administration Security level Share Identification Description MyLinuxBox Xandros Desktop Security Windows Networking panel with file and printer sharing set to Share no password required Enabling file and printer sharing on a Windows network You can share your files and printers with Windows and Linux computers on the network The setting in the Windows Networking panel of the Control Center is the master setting for file and printer sharing on the Windows network and over rules all other settings When this setting is disabled other users cannot access shared folders or printers on your system but you can see their shared folders or printers By default file and printer sharing on your Xandros Desktop computer is turned on with the security level set to Share which means that a user name is not required to connect to your computer instead authentication information is sent on a per share basis when attempting to connect to your computer Information on security levels is provided later in this chapter 168 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 To change your file and printer sharing for a Windows network 2 3 4 5 Click Launch Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Enable or disable the Enable file and printer sharing for Windows networks check box By
23. Sending fax to 565 9838 Processing Efax Sending a fax 3 In the Print window from the Name drop down list select Send to Fax 4 Click Print 362 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17 In the Send to Fax window click the Add fax number icon on the right side of the window and enter the fax Number of the recipient and their Name You can also click the phone icon to select the contact from your Address Book or Personal Information Manager in which case only those contacts with fax numbers are listed Then click OK To add another file or cover page click File Add File You can order the documents using the up and down arrows in the application To specify your personal information that appears at the top of each fax page click Settings Configure Send to Fax enter the information in the Name Company and phone Number fields then click OK Click Fax gt Send Fax If you cannot fax check that the Fax Modem device field in the configuration settings reflects your fax modem port You can also view error information under Fax View Log If the file prints with a header or footer that you do not want turn them off in the Header amp Footer tab Printing 363 364 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17 Managing software packages You can list update install and remove applications There are several ways to upgrade and install applications including From the Xandros Desktop Applications CD
24. eee ee eee 244 moving to document beginning 244 moving todocumentend 244 moving to next page 244 moving to previous page 244 navigating documents 244 openingfiles 243 page Marks 244 page marks toggling 244 page orientation 243 page oun Rex dele Ge ee gos 243 243 printing documents 245 reading documents 244 xvi Index removing page marks 244 viewing files 243 Power Control panel in Control Center 136 power management 136 poweroff cocoa 36 PowerPoint 253 255 presentation creating 255 Primary Domain Controller 170 Print fax ses ee e eR ER 361 print preview 353 printer drivers for HP and 3 printers addilig rk ew eae ele ea es 349 default a heres 349 tne 349 Deskjet o ee os 354 JetDirect uei RE piiras 354 WAN is RE RR 349 local ep susp ia 349 metwork oo ee ooo 349 Officejet iei eee ees 354 removing RI 349 restricting access 358 Sc ljet ew aa TY EIS 354 SHAVING Res 167 358 troubleshooting 354 UNIX Loc ise RI ee RR
25. 181 folders accessing 165 join domain 171 links creating 183 printer sharing 167 printers adding 349 ESPERE 170 WN Er 191 Workgroup 169 Network Connections panel in Control Center 164 network share assigning for Windows domain users 179 news accessing newsgroups 212 connecting news servers 212 News Ticker cscs cece aoe ai sis edass 217 adding news source 217 removing news Source 218 scroll speed 219 update interval 218 UE 217 newsgroups connecting to 212 filtering messages from 209 NFS accessing from File Manager 165 Index xiii S RE eR exe Ue 99 not responding application 4 notes popup background color 329 copying text 329 creating notes 328 329 occidere rey p 329 date adding 330 displaying on all virtual desktops 330 CI HR TN 329 font properties 329 MOVING e hea ese Sb eae 330 opening notes 328 Palm Pilot 337 338 pasting text 329 printi
26. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network and click Network Connections Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Select the network connection from the list Click Properties Click the DNS tab To specify the address of a DNS server either enable the Override server provided DNS servers check box viewable when DHCP used and enter the IP addresses Obtain them from your network administrator When using DHCP the addresses are usually supplied by the DHCP server and you do not need to specify them here y comocalArea Connection d Properties General ICP P DNS wins Hardware X Override server provided DNS servers DNS Servers Preferred 172 16 Alternative 172 16 1 X Override server provided Domain Search m Domain Search Order xandros net xandros ca xandros net Remove xandros com Insert Move Up Move Up DNS tab in Network Connection panel to set domain search order You have the option to specify domains The DNS servers and domain settings are independent of each other You can fill in any or all of them The domains may or may not be needed Configuring connections 13 14 To specify domains click the Override server provided Domain Search box type the name and click Insert You can add remove and prioritize servers for domain searching purpo
27. Chapter 13 Chapter 14 Chapter 15 Using multimedia applications Using the Audio Builder Using Sound Server Control Using the CD Player Using the DVD Writer Using the Media Player Using the MIDI Player Selecting MIDI devices Using the MP3 Player Using the Music Manager Using the RealPlayer Using the Sound Mixer Using the Sound Recorder Using the Video Player Additional multimedia applications Playinggames 22e Accessing games Additional games educational and toys Using accessories andutilities Using Adobe Reader to view PDF files Viewing DVI files Viewing faxes Viewing fonts Viewing PDF and PostScript fils Using the Address Book Using the Calculator Using special characters and symbols Using the Organizer scheduler Using the Personal Information Manager Tracking personal time Using Popup Notes Sending faxes Managing print jobs Creating text files Using the clipboard Using the Desktop Pager Using the Floppy Disk Formatter Table of contents 215 An 218 283 288 290 29 283 298 301 302 304 305 308 309 310 310 311 3B 313 3M M 3M 318 320 X 325 325 328 330 330 331 2733 331 33 Using the Online Dictionary Converting Palm Pilot documents Using a Palm Pilot or hand held device Using the R
28. From Xandros Networks From third party Web sites From application CDs Please note that if you install from third party Web sites or CDs it can break other parts of Xandros Desktop and the software is not supported by Xandros Xandros Networks contains a database of installable and previously installed applications specific to your computer It allows you to search for install upgrade and uninstall applications You need an Internet connection to access the Xandros server unless your computer is being managed by Xandros Deployment Management Server xDMS in which case you usually access your xDMS repository over a network There are several options for using Windows applications There are also ways to restore and uninstall Xandros Desktop Managing software packages 365 Listing software You can view lists of applications installed You can also determine version numbers of applications To view a list of installed applications Click Launch Xandros Networks 2 Click Installed Applications expand the list by clicking the sign xandros Networks File Edit Go Settings Help Y X x0 Y IIS News Name Description e 5 E Graphics Applications Cam Stream Collection of tools for webcams and other video devices Application Updates Image Viewer Simple image viewer converter for KDE Bi installed Applications Paint Simple paint program for KDE Codews
29. Inthe Process Table tab select one of the following filter types from the drop down list All Processes Displays all processes that are running on the operating system e System Processes Displays the system processes User Processes Displays the processes you are running Own Processes Displays the processes you are running with your User ID To refresh the process list Inthe Process Table tab click Refresh To terminate a process Inthe Process Table tab select the process es you want to stop To deselect processes right click and select Unselect All Processes 2 Click Kill and confirm it v You can also terminate an application by pressing Ctrl Alt Esc then clicking the window of the application As a regular user you can stop only the processes that you own The Administrator can stop any process 138 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Monitoring system performance The Performance Monitor lets you monitor the overall performance of the operating system You can customize the display To monitor CPU load performance Click Launch gt Applications gt System Performance Monitor 2 Click the System Load tab The information will start scrolling in a few seconds The color coding is indicated with the tool tip as shown You can also right click select Properties then Sensors to view the color coding To monitor memory usage performance Click Launch gt Applications gt S
30. To start Sound Server Control Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia gt Sound Server Control 2 To change volume click and drag the slider on the right side when using Audio Builder Using multimedia applications 11 Using the CD Player The CD Player Kscd lets you play audio CDs With Internet access you can use CD Database CDDB to display track and artist information of the CD being played CDDB uses an online database of music called freedb which contains information such as a CD title artist name and song title This information is displayed in the CD Player window You can customize CD Player including colors to announce the next track disable the icon on the Panel and have the CD eject when it is finished playing 9 n me oi Playing 53 51 Li 0 13 8 12 Stop Eject Alanis Morissette Under Rug Swept Q Previous Next Man Random Loop a CDDB Extras Listening to a music CD with the CD Player Using CD Player CD Player lets you play pause move forward and backward stop and eject To play a CD Insert a CD into the CD drive Click Launch gt Applications gt Multimedia CD Player You can also access the application from its Panel icon 3 Click Play Use the volume icon on the Panel to control volume If you have problems see Troubleshooting CD Player on page 282 To pause or resume Click Play or Pause To move backward in the same trac
31. 110 finding err m 158 home e reme 147 MOVING sima re ee geese ae dee eed 154 moving to Trash 155 navigating 145 POMOVING c scs gee Rer dur e 155 setting ownerships 117 118 setting permissions 117 setting permissions for groups 118 setting permissions for others 118 setting permissions for users 118 sharing with remote users 181 Font Installer panel in Control Center 246 Font Viewer 247 fonts changing Calculator 319 changing Popup Notes 329 changing Text Editor 239 changing weather monitor 228 changing Xandros Desktop 19 color on desktop 80 install in Xandros Networks 247 246 msttcorefonts file 247 type and size on desktop 19 viewing installing with Font Installer panel 246 viewing installing with Font Viewer 241 Windows 5 poe a a onain tcn 241 Fonts panel in Control Center 19 form create in OpenOffice 210 formatting floppy disks 332 formulas creating 241 Frozen Bubble llle 3 HP ir ee Sed a 49 198 203 FTP server ProFTPD 204 FTP gFTP file transfer o
32. 2 3 4 T o T o 3 Click Launch gt Control Center Click Peripheral Devices then Mouse Click the Advanced tab Decrease the Pointer acceleration value for a slower mouse or increase it for a faster mouse The default is 2 0 x Click Apply set the threshold for mouse movement In the Mouse panel of the Control Center access the Advanced tab Click and move the Pointer threshold slider to the left to set a low acceleration threshold or right to set a high acceleration threshold The default is 4 pixels Click Apply set the double click interval for a mouse In the Mouse panel of the Control Center access the Advanced tab Click and move the Double click interval slider to the left to set a short interval or right to set a long interval The default is 400 msec Click Apply To set mouse button mapping 2 3 4 Click Launch gt Control Center Click Peripheral Devices then Mouse In the General tab enable the Right handed or Left handed option Click Apply To set single or double clicking of mouse 2 3 4 92 Click Launch Control Center Click Peripheral Devices then Mouse In the General tab enable the Double click or Single click option Click Apply Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 Customizing keyboard settings shortcuts and language maps Customizable keyboard settings include keyboard repeat Num Lock shortcut keys and international keyboard language
33. 214 CA irre 208 211 sending 208 211 Set Up Li 66 rra 209 Thunderbird Mail 208 encryption user folders 110 end user agreement sse energy saving 36 136 equalizer Media Player sce gy ais alae 289 MPS Player 2e Chae ta 293 equations creating 241 error Mi id n AOOO s scere e n 5005 E E EEE 22 Event Viewer log files clearing 142 log files overwriting 143 log files saving 143 log files sorting 142 log files viewing 141 lato E 142 viewing options 142 Evolution and Palm Pilot 336 Index vil Excel Microsoft 2 Exchange Microsoft 324 exiting 43 Xandros Desktop 35 Explorer Windows 146 Ext file systems 123 ExQ Ext3 file systems 16 extensions in Firefox Web Browser 202 extensions file 103 F Fahrenheit for weather applet 229 FAT and FAT32 iris 1 filesystem 124 Fax Viewer ab RR s 361 faxes Sending RP RE eee 361 VEW iori eda mk Y Ee 361 file extensions 103 File Manage
34. Name HP LaserJet 4100 BRI Properties State Idle accepting jobs C Preview Type Remote UNIX printer Location printer localo Comment HP Laserjet 4100 HP driver v 3010 107 Selection Output Settings All Copies 1 O EE X Collate Range El l 2 2 1 i C Reverse Page set Al Pages Printing to an HP printer To print to a printer Inthe application from which you want to print click File Print 2 Select a printer from the Name drop down list The printer must have been added to the system for it to appear in the list 3 Click Print You can view the page before printing by enabling the Preview check box If the file prints with a header or footer that you do not want turn them off in the Header amp Footer tab which may or may not appear depending on the printer To create a PostScript file Inthe application from which you want to print click File Print 2 Select Print to File PostScript from the Name drop down list 3 Noteor change the Output file name and location 4 Click Print 1 If the file prints with a header or footer that you do not want turn them off in the Header amp Footer tab which may or may not appear depending on the printer Printing 353 To create a PDF file In the application from which you want to print click File Print Select Print to File PDF from the Name dr
35. Select the ISO file and click Open In the Create Disc window check that the Device is the destination drive and click OK When you burn an ISO file to the disc it expands all the folders and copies them onto the disc for use instead of just copying the single ISO file It allows you to install software from the disc You can also double click the ISO file to burn the file to a CD Erasing a DVD If you have rewritable media all information on the disc can be removed using DVD Writer To erase a DVD 2 3 4 Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia DVD Writer Insert the DVD into the drive Click Blank disc A Blank Disc window opens To start a quick erase click OK and follow the prompts Using multimedia applications 287 Using the Media Player The Media Player lets you play audio and video files including MPEG Ogg WAV AVI Windows media QuickTime and Real formats You can select files from a cumulative playlist loop the playlist or a single file play files randomly display volume control and select which equalizer to use You can change the default display settings Media Player File Go Settings Actions Help OO Bf 00 01 KDE Window Close wav 00 02 Listening to a file in Media Player To play a file Click Launch Applications Multimedia Media Player If the application does not launch click its icon on the Panel Click File Open and navigate to the fo
36. To add a network printer Click Launch Control Center then Peripheral Devices then Printers and click Add The Add Printer Wizard launches 2 Enable the Network printer option and click Next 3 Enable the type of network Windows Unix or Other Select Other if the user will print over the Internet or you have an AppSocket HP JetDirect printer For a Windows network type the Name of the printer as it will appear on the user s computer It does not need to match the name elsewhere Type the Path to the printer or click Browse to locate the printer For example a printer connected through a user s computer is typically found in the Workgroup directory and that user account The path 1s in the format Wisercomputer printername For a UNIX network type the Name of the printer as it will appear on the user s computer It does not need to match the name elsewhere The Host name is the name of the server that controls the printer for example printer server The Queue for example local0 or lpr or pl is required because the network printer can have multiple printers under its control and therefore multiple queues For Other select the Connection type from the drop down list e AppSocket HP JetDirect socket Provides bidirectional access to a printer using port 9100 An older connection type Select this option if the network interface or print server supports HP JetDirect Useful for older equipment To determine if this type
37. Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 To delete a logical volume If mounted right click the logical volume select Unmount and confirm that you want to unmount it Right click the logical volume select Delete and confirm that you want to delete it If you cannot delete a partition you can do so in the installation 1 wizard using the installation CD To delete a volume group Unmount and delete all logical volumes in the group 2 Right click the volume group and select Remove Volume Group 3 Confirm the deletion Formatting a partition or logical volume You format a partition or logical volume to erase the data on it use another file system for it or to eliminate a virus for example delete all files on a disk that contains the Xandros Desktop operating system and its Linux swap partition you instead uninstall Xandros Desktop with the installation disk See Uninstalling Xandros Desktop on page 378 To format a partition or logical volume Ifthe partition or logical volume is mounted unmount it 1 Right click the partition or logical volume and select Format You can only format a partition that is unmounted 3 Confirm the format A format window appears 4 From the drop down list select the type of file system for the partition or logical volume See File systems on page 123 for a description of each type 5 Click OK The partition or logical volume is formatted and the file system type appears
38. e Match all of the following Match every filter specified by you before filtering the e mail message Match any of the following If any filter specified by you is matched filter the e mail message Click the Subject box to select the object to which the filter applies such as subject or sender of the message Click the contains box to select the filter type Click the box to the right of the Contains box and type the words to search for For example you can filter all messages with the word pornography in the Subject field To add a second filter click For example you can further specify that you want messages containing xxx to be filtered Select the options from the Perform these actions area to determine what happens to the filtered mail For example you can delete the message directly Click OK to save the filter Close the Message Filters window In Thunderbird Mail click Tools Junk Mail Controls and click OK when a pop up window appears Activate additional options and click OK These filters block only a portion of unwanted messages Some 1 ISPs automatically provide filters that prevent spam from being downloaded to your computer You can also download or purchase third party applications to block or filter additional unwanted messages Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Sending and receiving e mail with KDE Mail While Thunderbird Mail is the default e mail application in mo
39. isse ed 263 Screen SAVE 80 hemi deos oen 18 WIdOW Lacs Xandros Photo Manager 263 Background panel in Control Center 16 80 backup 161 files with Konserve 343 how to with rsync command 162 PalmPilot os ance tme yes 338 A 161 eee sees 283 to DVD gt we egies 283 Xandros Server 161 lip files asco pun gin cta 161 balance adjusting speaker 303 VOLUME ate otero EE den 303 banking with GnuCash 27 Bie eed 82 99 BitTorrent and firewall 200 boardgames 309 bookmarks Text Editot siete b Rem 238 Web pages 203 boot loader FOMOVING oeoa ese bale 379 festo nose 376 boot manager during installation 16 Boot Manager panel in Control Center 54 boot manager to set default operating system 54 boot with keyboard keys 94 border snap zones 88 borders printing margins 360 setting border snap zone 90 setting window snap zone 90 Borland JBuilder 2 Borland Kylix 2 bounce keys
40. on page 71 To launch an applet Right click the Panel select Add to Panel Applet and the applet that you want to use You can also right click the Launch button and select Panel Menu to get to this option To remove an applet from the Panel e Right click the Panel select Remove From Panel Applet and the applet that you want to remove You can also right click the Launch button and select Panel Menu to get to this option Using the desktop 4l Working with applications When you start an application Xandros Desktop displays it in a window on the desktop You can display multiple windows on the desktop simultaneously Moving sizing and arranging windows on the desktop helps you organize your work Recently Used Applications KA First Run Wizard Video Player RealPlayer 10 Player Media Player All Applications MD Applications ma Accessories Find YY CrossOver J Address Book Control Center Games Calculator B Xandros File Manager all Graphics lt Character Selector Xandros Networks Internet Organizer YD Help Multimedia 2 Personal Information Manager Actions Q System Personal Time Tracker B Recent Documents 19 Utilities gt Popup Notes Run Command Print a Fax p Switch User iy Print Jobs Logout xandrosuser Y Text Editor ESKTOP Home Launch menu for starting applications Maximize Menu bar Ti
41. 1 password see Enabling automatic login on page 53 and Logging out and shutting down on page 35 You can also launch applications automatically at startup see Launching applications automatically on page 101 Using the desktop 21 Xandros File Manager Quick Start Guide Desktop Xandros Networks software updates Lock desktop Network connections Xandros update Panel Virtual desktops Xandros desktop Troubleshooting login In addition to allowing you to log in directly to Xandros Desktop or another operating system the startup menu provides other options Typically these options are for troubleshooting the Linux operating system or configuration If these options do not work the troubleshooting menu can be used with the installation CD Also use the troubleshooting menu if an operating system is no longer selectable from the startup screen You can use the troubleshooting menu when your installation is successful but have a hardware issue such as no sound to reinstall using another option See Troubleshooting installation on page 22 To start Xandros Desktop or Linux using specialized settings Start your computer 1 When the black Xandros startup menu is displayed press the down arrow 4 to select the setting you want to use and press Enter The following options are available e Safe Video Mode If you are unable to boot or log in to Xandros Desktop use this mod
42. 82 83 browse buttons in Xandros File Manager 149 browser fireloX sia anor dune ERES 201 Internet Explorer 202 Xandros File Manager 202 Cie p EE EEE 36 cable modem for Internet connection 57 Cache panel in Control Center 205 cache clearing 205 Calculator Mii ar 318 A naw er SEDET 319 constants uere e ee ern 319 customizing 319 decimal places 319 fot cos ree ERR ene ses 319 frequently used numbers 319 setting modes 318 setting the fixed precision 319 AMIN eese eR ee sone 3l8 statistical calculations 318 statistical functions 318 trigonometric calculations 318 trigonometric functions 318 WING cs eee eh Saeed 318 calendar Organizer aec o gee ee 321 Personal Information Manager 216 calendar on Panel 40 83 camera images from 256 259 264 261 camera Webcam 219 cancelling printjobs 360 309 cascading windows 88 accessing files 150 accessing files using Xandros File Manager 148 adding music information over the Internet 101 DUI eae 287 283 A eee xenon 218
43. COPYING isse a Eina a 283 a ee ve 283 MPS Play occ dap a eons aa 293 Music Manager 299 Video Player conos men 305 Index ill CD Player 2p eRRE ORAE REED de 218 CDDB settings 219 CD ROM driver 218 281 defaults cna ae ee se eee eens 280 information on artist andsongs 279 280 nosound 28 Playing ocn des Re s 218 playlists o re be 280 troubleshooting 28 CD playlists 280 CD Player 218 defaults vis os ae rn es slate wc 101 Media Player 288 Player 29 Music Manager 299 Video Player 306 rico Pie keg aed ta 101 279 CDDB Retrieval panel in Control Center 101 Celsius for weather applet 229 Change Password panel in Control Center 52 114 channels hiding in Sound Mixer 303 splitting in Sound Mixer 303 Character Selector 320 Character Selector on Panel 40 characters special 40 320 Chatting co Baek ee ee 199 220 226 Citrix Linux ICA client 375 dipboardi sid ee eed a 40 331 clock onPanl moli wes a Gees 40 Seg seed ra hon 83 closing application windo
44. Hello Type your message here As you type spell checking enabled Main window of Instant Messaging application left and text messages right You can also send instant messages with Skype Internet Calling previous section To set up the instant messaging application Click Launch gt Applications Internet gt Instant Messaging If the application does not launch click the Instant Messaging icon on the Panel 2 Ifthe Configure window does not display click Settings Configure Kopete 3 Click New and complete the Add Account Wizard You can register for a new account in the wizard At the end of the wizard click Finish to set up the account 4 You are prompted to set up a KDE Wallet Cancel out of the window 5 You can be prompted to enter the password for your account 226 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 6 Click OK to exit the configuration window 1 Click the Instant Messaging icon on the Panel to access the application 8 You can set up additional accounts for example add a Yahoo Messenger account after you have added an MSN Messenger account To add a contact Click File Add Contact The Contact Addition Wizard appears 1 Click Next 3 In the Select Display Name and Group box type the contact s name as you want it to appear in the application then click Next 4 When you have more than one account set up for example your MSN Messenger and Yahoo Messenger accounts you select
45. See Using the Reminder Message Scheduler on page 340 To start Address Book e Click Launch Applications Accessories Address Book 314 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To create an address book entry Click File New Contact Tz Edit Gontact Jurgen Stubber KAduressBooKk General Details Crypto Settings Misc Custom Fields Home 2 8 Edit Name Role Jurgen Stuber Work y 0049 234 9 10 11 12 2 Organization eM Mobile 2 Formatted name Jurgen Stuber Edit Phone Numbers Home y Email jurgen dhhm de e 123 Himmel Str 44777 Bochum GERMANY amp Edit Email Addresses e Homepage www dhhm de Blog feed IM address Edit Addresses Edit IM Addresses Select Categories Public ad Apply Cancel Adding an entry to the Address Book 2 Complete the Edit Contact window that appears Note that you can add detailed information by clicking on certain boxes such as Edit Addresses The contacts are listed alphabetically by first name to instead have the name listed alphabetically by last name click Edit Name and select Reverse Name with Comma from the drop down list 3 Click the Details tab and complete relevant information such as department assistant
46. The wizard automatically detects your network setup If the Network Connection Configuration window appears you can accept the default values or select a network connection click Configure and enable one of the following options Dynamic address DHCP When your Internet protocol IP address changes each time you connect to the network for example to your Internet service provider Static address When you use a static IP address enter it in the IP address box and enter the Subnet mask You can obtain these values from your system administrator Internet service provider by entering sbin ifconfig ina Linux console window or by entering ipconfig all ina Windows command window Disable network connection To disconnect from the network and never use the Internet for example Click OK to exit from the window If you are using a static IP address and know the Default gateway IP address enter it A gateway is a computer that connects networks to each other for example within a corporation or at the Internet service provider for a home user Firewall servers and proxy servers are examples of gateways router is a gateway if yours has an IP address enter it here If you have a Domain Name System DNS server enable the Use the following DNS server addresses check box and enter the address es A DNS server translates Internet domain names into IP addresses so that computers recognize them For example it allows
47. Upload Event Using the Personal Information Manager This application provides e mail address book and scheduling functions and is integrated with Organizer for example See Using the Personal Information Manager on page 214 Tracking personal time The Personal Time Tracker allows you to track use of your time It is a handy tool for professionals who need to bill clients by time or task You can start and stop tracking track multiple tasks simultaneously edit time tracked and save the files as text You can set up multiple tasks and multiple sub tasks By default the system stops tracking when an idle period of 15 minutes is detected O te Personal nime racker File Clock Task Settings Help G A Session Time Time Total Session Time Total Time Jane Alexander 0 00 0 00 10 00 10 00 court time 0 00 i i 0 00 research time 10 00 John Chang 0 00 court time 0 00 research time Session 10 03 Total 10 03 Personal Time Tracker with two tasks and four sub tasks To launch the Personal Time Tracker e Click Launch Applications gt Accessories Personal Time Tracker If a message appears that another program is currently using the file it means that you need to access the application from the Panel Only one file is allowed meaning you cannot create a file for Jane Alexander and John Chang and another file for other people Using accessories and utilities 325
48. You can view a folder s subfolders and files in either the tree view which is the default or the flat view In tree view the navigation pane on the left is displayed In flat view there is only one pane which is useful for Web browsing To view folders and files Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click or double click a folder to view its subfolders and files To switch between the tree view and flat view n Xandros File Manager click View Tree to toggle between the two views 148 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 To change the number of panes displayed Click Window and select one of the of the following options One Condenses Xandros File Manager into one window flat view One Top And Two Bottom Splits Xandros File Manager into one top and two bottom windows reflecting flat or tree view Two Vertical Splits Xandros File Manager into two vertical windows tree view default Two Horizontal Splits Xandros File Manager into two horizontal windows reflecting flat or tree view Two Top And One Bottom Splits Xandros File Manager into two top and one bottom window reflecting flat or tree view Four Splits Xandros File Manager into four windows reflecting flat or tree view To switch between view modes Click View and enable one of the following options Thumbnails Allows you to view the file content as thumbnail images change the size of the images with View gt Thumbna
49. amp amp v EE ML Oe Copy di ml Floppy e 9 us Make an exact copy of a disc Blank disc Erase all of the information from a rewritable disc a Show existing project s Open list of already existing music and data disc projects 0 object s 0 bytes DVD Writer in Xandros File Manager This Computer To create an audio or data CD your computer must support CD recording For example you must have a writable CD drive CD RW and writable CD CD R You can use DVD Writer to determine if your device is writable If you want to write files or audio tracks from different locations to a CD you create a project The project allows you to selectively add and remove files and folders or audio tracks and to save the layout of the disc for later burning To set up DVD Writer for the first time and determine if device is writable Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia DVD Writer 2 Click Tools Configure DVD Writer 3 Inthe Path field type a folder path to save files in or click and select a folder for example My Music in the My Documents folder in your home folder 4 To determine if your CD DVD device is writable click the Recorder tab and view the Capabilities 5 Click OK to finish and exit Using multimedia applications 283 Creating a project and writing it to a CD or DVD You can save files before writing them and return to them at a later date See the next procedure when yo
50. click File gt Open and select the Word file to open To access your Xandros home folder navigate up to My Computer Install more fonts by installing the msttcorefonts file from the Debian unsupported site in Xandros Networks Using the Text Editor The Text Editor lets you create and edit ASCII text files It is a word processor to create plain text documents and a programmer s tool to write and edit code You can save files in any format including txt and html For a text editor the application is powerful The programming syntax for several programming languages can be displayed in color including shell scripts C C JavaScript HTML MySQL XML Python and Perl Each programming language has its own distinct set of colors for syntax items You can also select the colors Untitled moditied Editor File Edit View Bookmarks Tools Settings Help 3pm deo amp amp lt html gt lt body gt lt p gt Xandros is actively seeking distribution partners outside North America Learn how you can participate in our exciting reseller partners program lt p gt lt img src lt body gt lt html gt Line 4 Col 11 INS NORM Text Editor showing color coding for programming Creating text files You can create a text file with Text Editor To create a text file Click Launch gt Applications gt Accessories Text Editor Or in the application click File New 2 Type yo
51. click Plugins enable a second interface in the Interfaces tab click Apply and OK The Media Player is displayed in two windows and you can then disable the interface that you do not want To turn off track announcement 2 3 4 Click Settings Configure Media Player Click System Tray Disable the Announce tracks with a popup window check box Click OK Using multimedia applications 289 Using the MIDI Player The MIDI Player lets you play Musical Instrument Digital Interface MIDD files using instrument patches and software emulation It also includes karaoke capability piano guitar Billy Joel Just The MIDI Player The application plays mid and kar files The lyrics are displayed as shown For sample files try www karaokebash com Three instrument patches are included by default piano guitar and piano with guitar You can download more than 100 other patches Normally a patchset contains a folder of files and a configuration file To start the MIDI Player Click Launch Applications Multimedia MIDI Player 2 Click File Open select the file that you want to play click Play then Close to exit from the selection window 3 Select the filter from the Select Patch Set drop down list which is set to piano guitar by default 4 Click Play Pause 11 Missing patches are displayed at the bottom of the window before the song starts 5 To stop playing click Stop To o
52. if the user names for the computer and the Palm Pilot do not match Device The default path is dev pilot When your device is not detected automatically try dev ttysO and dev ttys1 for a serial interface and dev ttyUSBO and dev ttyUSB1 for USB Click Next to continue in the wizard In the second wizard window set the synchronization option KDE PIM suite For use with Xandros Desktop when you use the Personal Information Manager GNOME PIM Evolution For use with Xandros Desktop when you use Evolution the address book cannot be synchronized with this option No sync just backup If you do not intend to synchronize your handheld device with your computer Click Finish to complete the setup wizard The main window of the Palm Pilot Tool appears Check the default values by clicking Settings Configure KPilot Some of the options are Speed Speed of the connection to the device use 9600 for old models and otherwise try to use the maximum speed possible If you select a speed that is too fast the connection will not work This option appears in the Device panel e FastSync To use the fastest synchronization possible FastSync synchronizes only those databases that have conduits This option appears in the HotSync panel Do full backup when changing PCs Disable this option when you have more than one computer and you synchronize your device with each of them This option appears in the
53. mapping a network drive in Microsoft Windows You can perform the same actions on mounted folders and files as on your Linux folders and files When you mount a shared folder the folder and its files are displayed in the location you specify as the mount point The mount point is the location in the local file system where you place the shared network folder For example it can be at the top level or within the My Documents folder You can also share desktop control with other users whereby you invite a user at a remote location to watch and or control your desktop The reverse can also be done you can control a Windows computer with thin client software Enabling network folder sharing on your local system You can make a folder on a local file system available to other users on a network You can set the maximum number of users allowed to access the shared folder By default file and printer sharing on your Xandros Desktop computer is turned on with the share level set to Share but you need to specify which Windows and Linux networking 181 files you want to share as outlined here See Enabling file and printer sharing for a Windows network on page 167 for information on default sharing a My Documents Properties General Permissions Windows Sharing wes Sharing ES home xandrosuser My Documents mese P eje Properties general Permissions Windows Sharing NFS Sharing
54. s name birthdate not birth day and nick name 4 Click OK Y add an entry Using accessories and utilities You can also click the New Contact button on the tool bar to 315 To import contacts from LDAP server 2 In the main window click Add at the bottom left Enter the following information Name A name for the LDAP server for example Xandros LDAP Host The name of the LDAP server for example smtp2 DN LDAP server hierarchy fields For example ou people o xandros Options for the ou entry are people groups and computers Click OK to exit from the window The entries load automatically on the left side of the window If not delete the LDAP server entry and try again To choose window content Click View gt Modify View This modifies the content on the left side of the window Select an entry from the left column that you want to appear in the window and click the right arrow button Click the entry in the right column and click the up or down arrow to select column placement To remove an entry select it from the list on the right side and click the left arrow button Click OK to exit from the window In the main window expand the window and or resize the columns to view the additional columns of the window right click in that area and select the Hida Acne appropriate option Hide Telephone Numbers Hide Web Pages URLs To change the information displaye
55. that run on a Microsoft Windows platform You do not need the Palm Pilot utilities to connect a Palm Pilot or similar Palm compatible hand held device You do not want to install the games included You want to define your own hard disk partitioning scheme You want to choose the software that is installed with Xandros Desktop You want to install multiple user accounts and set privacy such that each user s home folder cannot be browsed by others If you use a non North American keyboard and language there is an International Setup installation option See use the troubleshooting menu for installation on page 22 Installing Xandros Desktop 13 To install Xandros Desktop using Express Install 14 Remove all media from drives such as floppy disks CDs and tapes and disconnect USB hard disks and memory sticks Insert the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the drive Restart the computer and wait for the Xandros Installation Wizard Welcome screen If your computer restarts without displaying the wizard see Troubleshooting installation on page 22 and try again In the Xandros Installation Wizard Welcome window click the Next button Read the Xandros Desktop License Agreement To continue enable the I accept this agreement option then click Next With the Express install option enabled click Next When you have an operating system other than Xandros OS installed you are given the option to ke
56. use the default presented Click Next Take note of any suggestions to obtain other drivers 5 Enable the Yes option to print a test page 6 Click Finish The printer is added to the printer list If the test page does not print you may need an additional driver from the Applications CD Xandros Networks or the manufacturer s Web site See the troubleshooting section later in this chapter if you have problems To set a default printer Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click Peripheral Devices then Printers 3 Select a printer from the list 4 Click Set as Default There must be two or more devices in the list for this button to be active To remove a printer Access the Printers panel in the Control Center Select a printer from the list 3 Click Delete and confirm the deletion Printing common print window is used for several applications including Text Editor Popup Notes DVI Viewer PostScript Viewer and Image Viewer The print options available are print to a printer e mail a PDF file print to file PDF print to file PostScript and send to fax 352 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17 Printing files If a printer is properly added to your computer setup you can print a file without changing the default settings For information about setting up a printing device see Setting up printers on page 349 Print Untitled Text Settings Header amp Footer Layout Printer
57. we 7 Enabling file and printer sharing for a Window s s 10 Joining a Windows domain 2 Ml Adding scripts and assigning network dias Wiid ss M9 Sharing your local system with network computers 181 Connecting to computers remotely 188 UsingXandrosServer s 197 Chapter Using the Internet 193 Connecting to the Internet 195 Usngthefiewall o o 197 Browsing the World Wide Wb 20 Clearing caches sl s 205 Managing cookies 5 ss 206 Creating Web pages eo m AUT Sending and receiving e mail with Thunderbird Mail n ee 208 Sending and receiving e mail with KDE Mail ODM Connecting to newsgroups 2 Using the Personal Information Manager DIA Using the News Ticker WT Using a Webcam e O Making phone calls with pe inci Calling es s s sn s 220 Sending instant messages s s s 226 Using the weather monitor 2028 Using the Stock Ticker 209 Additional Internet applications 2M Table of contents iii Chapter 10 Working with text o o 233 Using the OpenOffice org Writer 2M Using Microsoft 1235 Using the Text Editor
58. which lists details about the computer hardware is an example of a hidden file By viewing system files as the Administrator you can navigate to unencrypted user files or you can navigate to usr share wallpapers and add a background image for example You can view and edit hidden and system files The files displayed and permission vary between user and Administrator accounts To view hidden files in Xandros File Manager Click Launch Xandros File Manager Click View and enable the Show Hidden Files option Managing files 151 To view system files in Xandros File Manager Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click View and enable the Show All File Systems option Accessing Windows and Linux file systems In addition to viewing and using the files on your computer when your computer is connected to a network you can access other computer files on the network according to the file permissions set by other users See Accessing Windows and Linux file systems on page 164 Working with files using Xandros File Manager You can perform a variety of operations on the folders and files within Xandros File Manager including selecting moving copying renaming printing and sorting You can also start applications from Xandros File Manager Selecting multiple subfolders and files enables you to move copy cut or delete the selected files at the same time You can move a folder or file to another location on the file sy
59. 1 when the View gt Show Icon Border option is enabled 238 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 To navigate bookmarks Click Bookmarks and select the bookmark To clear all bookmarks e Click Bookmarks gt Clear All Bookmarks Formatting text files You can set the margin size and use the brackets feature You set margins by specifying the number of characters and spaces that a line contains For example you can specify that a line contain 50 characters When you have more than 50 characters or spaces in a line the next character or word automatically wraps to the line below This feature allows you to start a new line without having to use a hard return each time It works for text files not when you have set the code to be highlighted for example when coding HTML You can automatically insert a set of curly square or round brackets in a text file When you press a bracket key on the keyboard both brackets appear and the cursor automatically appears between the brackets To set margin size Click Settings Configure Editor 1 Click the Editing icon 3 Enablethe Enable static word wrap check box 4 Type the number of characters in the Wrap words at box 5 Click OK to exit from the window To insert brackets automatically Click Settings gt Configure Editor 1 Click the Editing icon 3 Enable the Auto brackets check box 4 Click OK to exit from the window Customizing fonts and text Tex
60. 13 LILO for default operating system 54 Linux kernel version number 384 loader LILO for default operating system 54 NWO 163 system administration 107 Linux Standard Base compliance 4 load driver at startup 30 lock icon 40 lock user account 115 locking the screen 5l log files changing viewing options 142 E ede os 142 MESSAGES ose cde mE Reg es 142 preventing overwrites 143 SAVING ocu ese ic REPE 143 setting log overwrites 143 sorting lists 142 MUI MEER 140 logging in exe REA 25 27 asareguiaruser 2 21 rp D 21 as system administrator 21 automatically at startup 53 default action 35 troubleshooting 28 using debugger 28 using the console 28 using VGA mode 28 without password 53 0 Qul mec cri aa 35 default action 35 logical partition Xandros Storage Manager 122 logical volume management 12 Index xi logical volumes Xandros Storage Manager 123 127 Login Manager panel in Control Center 53 lost found folder 112 Lotus Notes oc
61. 236 fonts in Text Editor 239 opening text files 237 printing files 352 Text Editor automatic brackets 239 background 240 bookmarks 238 closing text files 237 colors for programming code 240 creating text files 236 239 editing margins 239 finding text 238 Mica RES ee 239 formatting text 239 moving to a specific line 238 navigating text files 238 NEW VIEW da 237 newwindow 237 opening new view 237 opening new window 237 opening text files 237 printing files 240 replacing text 238 saving text files o oo oo oo 237 setting margins 239 special characters and symbols 320 text col is audi berti b ae 240 text editors AbiWord 249 Kafe cc Brae Gas ieee 249 KWord iis etm ect 249 Text 236 text messages instant 226 TGZ files creating o 161 A ees 15 A A ze 18 applying to desktop T8 thesaurus with KWord 249 thi client os se er e
62. Activate Raise amp Pass Click Activates a window that you click on raising it to the top of the desktop and passing a mouse click to the application in the window Activate amp Pass Click Activates a window that you click on and passes a mouse click to the application in the window e Activate Activates the window that you click on Activate amp Raise Activates the window that you click on and raises it to the top of the desktop 5 Click Apply To set the action for the modifier key mouse button combination Inthe Window Behavior panel of the Control Center access the Actions tab 2 Select a key from the Modifier key drop down list 3 Select an action for the Modifier key x button with the following options Move Lets you drag the window around the desktop Activate Raise and Move Makes the window the active window raises it to the top of the desktop and lets you drag the window Toggle Raise amp Lower Raises windows that are not on top of the desktop and lowers the ones already on top Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 9 4 Resize Lets you change the size of the window e Raise Raises the window to the top of the desktop and any overlapping windows are hidden below it Lower Moves the window to the bottom of the desktop Minimize Minimizes the window to the Panel taskbar Nothing No action is performed Click Apply To set the mouse speed
63. Browsing files in a partition Managing disks and partitions You can add disks and partitions You add a partition to free space not to existing partitions To add a hard disk Shut down the computer and disconnect the power cord Install the hard disk 3 Reconnect the power cord and turn on the computer Detection of the disk is automatic in Xandros Desktop and the new disk appears in Xandros Storage Manager component In the example shown a new hard disk IDE2 has just been installed It has no partitions and all of its space is free It is an 80 GB disk but all 80 GB are never available To use that disk you add a partition amp iDEl 74 53 GB primary hdal Linux swap 731 MB primary hda2 ReiserFS 73 82 GB 1 47 GB 2 096 IDE2 74 53 GB free space 74 53 GB New hard disk IDE2 To add a partition Right click a free space entry and select Add Partition If there is no free space entry unmount an existing partition or logical volume then delete it or delete a partition or logical volume You cannot unmount and delete a partition that contains the current operating system for example the root level partition mounted at If the Add Partition option does not appear when you right click a free space entry it means that the maximum number of primary and extended partitions is already being used Managing your system 125 Creating a partition with free space 2 In the wizard identify the type of partition
64. HotSync panel Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 Show KPilot in system tray To show a HotSync icon on the Panel when the utility is open enabled by default This option appears in the Startup and Exit panel Stop KPilot s system tray application on exit To exit the utility when you quit the Palm Pilot Tool leaving the serial or USB port free enabled by default This option appears in the Startup and Exit panel Click OK to exit from the configuration window To configure conduits for synchronization 2 Click Settings Configure KPilot From the Conduits list enable the check box of the function that you want to have synchronized between your device and your computer The options include KNotes Memos To transfer Popup Notes to the hand held device where they may appear as Memo Pad items instead of Note Pad items Time Synchronization To synchronize the clock on the device with the computer Calendar KOrganizer To synchronize with the Organizer Palm DOC To use the Palm Document Converter previous section Addressbook To synchronize with the Address Book does not work with Evolution so leave disabled when you use Evolution ToDos KOrganizer To synchronize with the to do list of the Organizer Similarly to discontinue synchronization for a conduit disable its check box 4 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To synchronize with your Palm P
65. Ifyou downloaded any applications that need to be configured do so now 10 If you need to add any applications to the Applications menu see To add a Launch menu item on page 86 10 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 To download updates from the Panel When connected to the Internet click the Xandros update icon on the Panel The system checks if updates are available for the computer and indicates when there are Click Yes to launch Xandros Networks and install the updates 2 The computer checks for updates at login by default To change the frequency for example to hourly or weekly right click the icon on the Panel and select Configure Xandros Update Configuring proxy server settings for Xandros Networks and Internet If you use a proxy server that requires a password when connecting to external networks such as to the Internet or Xandros Networks and you are required to log in each time you access the Internet you may need to configure the proxy settings so that files download properly and to avoid logging in each time After installing Xandros Desktop and configuring your Internet connection follow the procedure outlined here To configure proxy settings Click Launch Control Center Click File Manager then Web Browser then Proxy 2 3 Enable the Manually specify the proxy settings check box 4 Click the associated Setup button 5 In the HTTP box type http followed by your user name a colon your
66. Install boot manager on master boot record list box must already be mapped to the Xandros partition for a second option to appear Or when you have a boot manager that can be configured after installation you can deselect the check box 12 The wizard automatically detects your network setup If the Network Connection Configuration window appears you can accept the default values or select each network connection click Configure and enable one of the following options Dynamic address DHCP When your Internet protocol IP address changes each time you connect to the network for example to your Internet service provider e Static address When you use a static IP address enter it in the IP address box and enter the Subnet mask You can obtain these values from your system administrator Internet service provider by entering sbin ifconfig ina Linux console window or by entering ipconfig all ina Windows command window Disable network connection To disconnect from the network and never use the Internet for example Click OK to exit from the window If you are using a static IP address and know the Default gateway IP address enter it A gateway is a computer that connects networks to each other for example within a corporation or at the Internet service provider for a home user Firewall servers and proxy servers are examples of gateways A router is a gateway if yours has an IP address enter it here If you
67. Launch gt Applications Utilities Task Scheduler 2 Click New 3 In the Command line box type the command to run An example is firefox to run the Firefox Web Browser You can click the icon to the right of the box to browse to the usr bin and usr games folders for example to launch another application 4 Inthe Delay box set the amount of time to wait before the command is executed The maximum is 99 999 seconds or just over a day You need to move the cursor out of the Delay box for example by clicking in the Command line box in order for the delay to take effect 5 To have the command execute once leave the Start only one instance check box enabled To have the command recur enable the Loop check box and disable the Start only one instance check box If you have both check boxes enabled the countdown loops but the command is executed only once 6 Click the start button and leave the Task Scheduler open or minimized The counter counts down from the delay specified then the command is executed If you set the application to loop then the countdown repeats The task is cancelled when the Task Scheduler is closed 34 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 Additional accessories and utilities The following applications can be downloaded from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks Imendio Planner Project management tool Archiving Tool Ark Lets you archive files as tar gzip bzip2 zip an
68. Linux swap Smaller partition used for temporary storage to improve performance on Linux based systems When there is more than one Xandros OS installed on a computer they share a single swap partition ReiserFS Default file system for Xandros OS generally better performance than Ext2 or Ext3 in terms of disk space use access and crash recovery Reiser4 The latest version of the Reiser file system Fastest file system more space efficient Faster copying speed than ReiserFS and Ext3 Ext2 and Ext3 Extended file system Ext versions 2 and 3 used in Linux Alternatives to the Reiser file systems Managing your system 123 FAT and FAT32 File allocation table FAT file system associated with Windows 3 x and 95 FAT32 for 32 bit computers was introduced with Windows 95 and 98 NTFS NT file system associated with Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 Server Newer than Fat and Fat32 The ReiserFS file system is the standard and recommended file system for Xandros products You can have multiple types of file systems in a volume group for example Ext2 and ReiserFS file systems can be in the same group Xandros Desktop lets you view the file system types To change the file system type you unmount a partition then mount it Size and space used The size of the disk or partition and amount of space used is provided Mount point The mount point indicates where the files are located A single slash of in
69. Log Files Click Yes to confirm the clear 142 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Saving the log You can save the log in a local or system folder Saving it ensures that the entries are not deleted if the log is cleared To save a log In Event Viewer click File gt Save Filtered Log File 2 Navigate to the folder in which you want to save the file 3 In the File name box type a name for the file 4 Click Save and indicate if the file entries are to be separated by tabs or commas 5 Click OK to close the confirmation window Overwriting the log You can set Event Viewer to overwrite entries that are older than a specified date which prevents the list from becoming unmanageable You can also specify that log entries are never overwritten when an event or system activity reoccurs all instances of it are displayed in the log The default is to overwrite entries older than five days To overwrite the log In Event Viewer click Options gt Log Dates 2 With the Overwrite events older than option enabled type a number to specify the number of days after which a log event is overwritten by the most recent event 3 Click OK to exit from the window To display all log entries In Event Viewer click Options gt Log Dates Enable the Do not overwrite events option 3 Click OK to exit from the window Using Xandros Networks for updates and new applications Xandros Networks is an application that connects to se
70. Message Scheduler and other applications use when disk space is low 1 5 GB Standard Includes commonly used applications this method is the default and recommended Custom Install option 2 GB The applications are the same as an Express Install Complete Install all the software up to 2 5 GB p Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 e Custom Select the applications required Xandros Desktop cannot be installed on an Apple Macintosh computer The license allows you to install Xandros Desktop on an unlimited number of home computers for your non commercial use and one commercial use computer For details read the license Installation takes about 15 minutes for an experienced user on a 2 4 GHz computer additional configuration may take a half hour or so Installing Xandros Desktop using Express Install The Express Install option installs Xandros Desktop with the default settings and commonly used software For a new installation it creates a single user account and you can add more later The smart technology automatically handles all installation scenarios such as installation on a computer without an operating system or installation on a computer with an operating system including Microsoft Windows or Linux It is the easiest and recommended installation option Use the Custom Install option instead for any of the following scenarios You do not need CodeWeavers CrossOver Office software for applications
71. Otherwise you provide all TCP IP information domain name IP addresses DNS server if you connect to a network with static IP addresses do so in the Network Connections panel of the Control Center For troubleshooting the computers displayed in the Windows Network and NFS Network folders can be refreshed by pressing F5 You can also disconnect and reconnect in the Network Connections panel of the Control Center When others cannot access your computer over the network and you 164 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 ran the Firewall Wizard check that Windows and NFS networking was allowed Once you have accessed a Windows Network or NFS Network you can work with the folders and files just like you work with files on your local file system When you have a dual boot computer with Windows and Xandros Desktop on separate partitions or drives your Windows drives appear in Xandros File Manager with their original drive names like C Accessing folders and files on a Microsoft Windows network Xandros Desktop lets you access the folders and files on Windows networked computers These networked computers are displayed in the Windows Network folder in the Xandros File Manager window To access a Windows Network Click Launch Xandros File Manager e Windows Network 2 Click Windows Network clicking the plus sign beside the folder to display networked computers 3 Click the plus sign 4 beside the comp
72. Specifying domain names Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 8 Fora wireless connection in the Wireless Network Settings window specify Network name SSID Unique name shared among a group of connected wireless adaptors and access points in a wireless network It must be identical for all points in the network It is case sensitive and 32 characters or less Obtain the name from the person or company that set up the access points or click the Browse Wireless Networks button to view a list of wireless networks detected which fills in all fields except encryption An example of a network name is netgear100 Mode Auto Automatically detects the architecture of an existing wireless network Default option Ad Hoc Used for a peer to peer network and allows the sharing of local resources only between wireless PCI cards without needing a wireless access point Infrastructure All communication is done through the access point which relays packets data to other wireless clients as well as allowing the wireless network to be integrated into an existing wired network through an access point Managed networks permit roaming between access points while maintaining a connection to all network resources Transfer rate Leave it at Auto or select a specific rate for your device Click Next 9 Fora wireless connection in the Encryption Settings window enable the Enable encryption check box and set the de
73. To Do List Displays a task list only Journal Lets you type free form by day Using the scheduler You can create edit and delete appointments You can set recurring events and invite others using e mail to attend an event You can set an alarm to remind you of an appointment 322 a z Edit Event Organizer General Recurrence Attendees Eree Busy Attachments Title sales Meeting Location Boardroom 3 r Date amp Time Start 05 19 06 11 00 am End 05 19 06 12 00 pm X Time associated Duration 1 hour Xi Reminder 5 minute s X Show time as Busy Bring projections for the quarter Select Categories Access Public Load Template Save as Template 1 OK Apply Adding an appointment to Organizer Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To set an appointment Click Actions gt New Event 2 Complete the information for the appointment You can set the appointment as a one time or recurring event You can set an alarm notification for example a pop up window five minutes before the event 3 To set the event as a recurring one click the Recurrence tab and set the interval 4 To invite another person to the meeting click the Attendees tab click Select Addressee to easily access e mail addresses in the Address Book or New and complete t
74. To move to the next portion Press the Page Down key or click in the window and drag the page up To move to the previous portion Press the Page Up key or click in the window and drag the page down To move to the beginning e Click View First Page To move to the end e Click View gt Last Page To mark pages Click Edit and select one of the following settings Mark Current Page Mark All Pages Mark Even Pages Mark Odd Pages To remove a page mark nthe Page list on the left side of the window disable the checked box To remove all page marks Click Edit Remove Page Marks To toggle page marks Select the pages you want to mark Click Edit Toggle Page Marks Printing a document When you print a file using PostScript Viewer you can print to a printer save as a PDF file print to a file PostScript or send as a fax PostScript Viewer uses the common Xandros Desktop Print window For instructions on printing see Printing on page 352 Working with text 245 Installing fonts You can view and install fonts on your computer for example downloaded or from a CD There are two ways Font Installer and Font Viewer Font Installer is good for installing multiple fonts Font Viewer lets you install them in Xandros File Manager and is good for installing individual fonts In addition you can also install fonts in Xandros Networks Viewing and installing fonts with Font Installer The Font Insta
75. User Guide Chapter 17 To cancel a print job Select a print job from the list 2 Click Jobs Remove To view completed jobs Click Filter Toggle Completed Jobs Select it again to view only current jobs Viewing and sending faxes You can view and send faxes with Xandros Desktop Viewing a fax Fax Viewer allows you to view print and save faxes you receive specifically faxes sent to a fax server and distributed to you by e mail You cannot receive faxes directly to your computer To view a fax Click Launch gt Applications Accessories gt Viewers gt Fax Viewer 2 Click File Open and select the file to open You can also drag and drop a file into the Fax Viewer window Sending a fax Several applications included with Xandros Desktop have an integrated print function to send a fax Examples are the Text Editor Popup Notes DVI Viewer PostScript Viewer and Image Viewer You can send a fax from such applications or you can send a fax from the Print a Fax application You require a fax modem and telephone connection to send a fax The application is integrated with the Address Book and Personal Information Manager Configuration may be required to send a fax If you have a Winmodem a modem designed for Windows you need to run the Connection Wizard to set up a connection You run the Connection Wizard and load the Winmodem kernel driver You do not need to set up an actual connection You then co
76. When finished turn off hidden files by clicking View and disabling Show Hidden Files Setting default applications You can set the application to launch when a certain file type is accessed For example when you have Adobe Reader and PostScript Viewer installed you can specify which application is used to launch for a file with a Portable Document Format PDF extension You do so by associating extensions with applications To set default applications Click Launch gt Control Center Click File Manager then File Associations 3 From the drop down lists in the Known Types column select the file type for example pdf In the Application Preference Order area select an application click Move Up or Move Down to change the order in which the system tries to launch applications when the file type is encountered To instead associate another application with the file type click Add select the application and click OK 5 Click Apply gt File Associations Find filename pattern Known Types all application Gi futuresplash hta illustrator Sjiava 2 mathml xml E mspowerpoint E msword Joctet stream E ogg Epaf Pgp Pgp encrypted _ t Pgp signature General Embedding Filename Patterns PDF Add Description PDF Document c Application Preference Order
77. You install Win4Lin then the Windows then the applications VMware Runs multiple operating systems and applications not just Windows in a window on the desktop Almost any Windows application can be run Good for developers who need to test on various operating systems You install VMware then the operating system then the applications Purchased separately Terminal Server Client Runs Windows applications on other computers from the desktop Included with the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop and from Xandros Networks for other editions Citrix Linux ICA Client Runs Windows networks and applications on another server from the desktop A client application and a separate Citrix server license are required Managing software packages 315 Restoring Xandros Desktop If you cannot log in to Xandros Management Console or there is a problem with the black Xandros startup screen you can restore the installation Xandros OS includes a troubleshooting menu that lets you restore Xandros Server for example in the event of a crash or if you need to repair the Xandros installation after installing another operating system for example to restore the black Xandros startup screen User accounts and user folders are preserved Restoration is performed at the partition level meaning you select the partition to fix For example if you have Xandros Desktop installed on one partition and Xandros Server installed on another partition
78. a DSL modem and a telephone line to connect to the Internet When there are multiple users they share the one connection Click Next If the Select Hardware window appears the equipment detected for your connection method is displayed Select the hardware that you want to use to connect If the Enter VCI and VPI Information window appears enter these values VCI is Virtual channel identifier VPI is Virtual path identifier When using DSL over ATM you need set these to the values given to you by your ISP Click Next In the Login Settings window provide the user name and password used to connect by DSL Click Next In the Connection Name window type a name for the connection Click Next In the Finish window to initiate the connection each time the computer starts up enable the Connect automatically at system startup check box To connect after you finish the wizard enable the Start this connection when finished check box Click Finish to create the connection account Create a connection account for each type of connection that you will use for example one account for a dial up connection and another account for a cable modem Configuring connections 63 To set up a dial up connection account 64 Click Launch gt Applications Internet Connection Wizard The Connection Wizard launches From the list select the connection method Dial up To use a telephone line and modem to connect to the Intern
79. a folder all of its contents are restored To delete a folder or file from the Trash folder Double click the Trash icon on the desktop Right click the folder or file select Delete and confirm the deletion To empty the Trash folder Right click the Trash icon on the desktop and select Empty Trash Bin Managing files 155 Creating folders You can create folders in Xandros File Manager or on the desktop To create a folder in Xandros File Manager Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Open the folder where you want to place the new folder 3 Click File Add New gt Folder 4 Type a name for the new folder in the highlighted space beside the new folder icon and press Enter To create a folder on the desktop Right click the desktop and select Create New Folder 2 Type a name for the folder and click OK When you create a folder on the desktop it also displays in the Desktop folder in Xandros File Manager Changing the name of folders and files You can rename folders and files To change the name of a folder or file Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Select the folder or file you want to rename 3 Click File Rename 4 Type the new name in the highlighted space by the folder icon and press Enter 0 You can also rename a folder or file by right clicking it and selecting Rename Sorting and refreshing the Xandros File Manager view You can sort the list of folders and files in Xandros
80. also need to know the name of the domain Click Launch Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password From the Security level drop down list select ADS In the Domain box second box from the top of the window type the name of the domain Ensure that the ADS server box displays the correct host name Ensure that the Realm box displays the correct active directory name This name is a fully qualified domain name for example ending in com or info Enable the Join domain check box For the Allow trusted domains box a domain trust can be defined as a relationship between domains that allows users in one domain to be authenticated by a domain controller of another domain When this box is set to No all trusted domains are ignored and bypassed which reduces the login time on a large network with a number of trusted domains In this case attempts to connect to a resource from a domain that has a trusted relationship will fail You can use the default setting of Yes when there are few trusted domains or when you need access to a resource Click Apply confirm that you want the setting to take effect immediately and acknowledge that the changes are now in effect In the Join Domain window that appears with the Join with user name and password check box enabled type the domain User name type the Password which is the password for the server type the Organiza
81. amp A iaa O EN ES A b ECT Y Capture Phone o t Aux dan oa as Balance Sound Mixer You can adjust volumes for each channel shown using sliders Mono devices have one slider per channel Stereo devices have two sliders so that you can adjust the volume of the left and right sound channels independently You can merge two stereo sliders into one to adjust the volume for each sound channel equally shown Sound Mixer also lets you adjust the balance between the left and right speakers To start Sound Mixer e Click Launch Applications Multimedia gt Sound Mixer The display varies with sound hardware detected You can also launch the Sound Mixer from the Panel Click the speaker icon on the Panel and select Mixer To turn a channel on or off Inthe Output or Input tab click the Mute Unmute button which looks like a speaker at the bottom of a channel The 9i icon has a red x beside it when input output is off The Master i slider controls the volume of your speakers and headset for example when you play a CD In the example shown for recording sound the input of the CD device is off Pol 302 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To adjust the volume channel Inthe Output or Input tab move a mixer channel slider up to increase the volume or down to decrease the volume The sliders presented vary by
82. appear in order of priority for example xandros com followed by newyork xandros com and xandros ca When you specify a host name for example myhost the networking software adds the domain xandros com to it to create a fully qualified domain name for example myhost xandros com Using domain search order you can specify domains and the order that the networking software will try when looking up a host For example you specify in the Domain Search Order box the domains xandros com xandros ca and xandros net Typing myhost then causes the networking software to try automatically without configuration or definition elsewhere using the fully qualified names myhost xandros com myhost xandros ca and then myhost xandros net until it finds a match This domain search will be done anywhere you type a host name for example if you enter http myhost in a Web browser run a shell command like ping myhost or enter the host name in a mail program as the mail server name This feature is provided because it is common in large corporate networks to use multiple domains When done click Next Enter Domain Names Enter the DNS server name for your network optional for example my company com and click Insert to add it to the domain search order Domain Search Order AE xandros com xandros ca xandros net lt Next gt Cancel
83. applies check the printer documentation or try typing printer ina Web browser and pressing Enter to view printer capability not all printers have this functionality If you cannot get your networked printer to work try this option anyway Internet Printing Protocol http To print over the Internet to an HTTP server for example running Apache The difference between this option and the next is the server used Port 631 is used When you select this option all a user needs to do to print over the Internet is to select the appropriate printer just like printing to a regular printer Internet Printing Protocol ipp To print over the Internet to an IPP server The difference between this option and the previous one is the server used Port 631 is used When you select this option all a user needs to do to print over the Internet is to select the appropriate printer just like printing to a regular printer The Host name is the name of the server that controls the printer for example printer server It can be a name or an IP address You can click Find in order to scan the network for available printers Click Next Printing 351 4 Select the Manufacturer and Model of the printer from the drop down lists If the printer model is not listed select a similar model or choose Generic as the Manufacturer and choose PostScript Printer for the Model if your printer is a PostScript printer If you do not know which Driver to use
84. box Specify the number of decimal places Click OK to exit from the configuration window When you disable the Set decimal precision check box the 1 number of decimal places becomes the number that you type The maximum number of decimal places is 10 To change colors 2 3 5 Click Settings Configure KCalc Click the Colors icon Click one of the following colored boxes Foreground Background Button Colors various Select a color for the selection and click OK If the color does not change be sure to move the arrow in the Select Color window to another color Click OK to exit from the configuration window To change the font 2 3 4 5 6 Click Settings Configure KCalc Click the Font icon Select a font from the Font list box Select a font style from the Font style list box Select a font size from the Size list box Click OK The font in the display window changes not on the buttons To define frequently used numbers as constants 2 3 4 Click Settings and enable the Constant Buttons option Click Settings Configure KCalc Click the Constants icon Type a number in the box to the right of applicable button Note that you can change the names of the buttons too and select a value from the Predefined drop down list Using accessories and utilities 319 5 Click OK The column of constant buttons appears in the calculator window If you click the Defaults button in any o
85. but does not let you change its size When partitions already exist if you want to create a new partition do so before installing Xandros Desktop using third party or open source applications Xandros Desktop supports logical volume management LVM which allows you to add new hard drives or replace them and have them detected automatically With LVM you can pool space of multiple disks Without LVM you can pool space on a single disk By default Xandros Desktop is installed into the root partition and a swap partition as required for LVM Installing Xandros Desktop There are two main installation options Express Install Quickly installs Xandros Desktop on the computer with the default settings and commonly used applications Using smart technology you are assisted in determining the best installation location and partitioning This is the easiest and recommended installation option Custom Install Installs Xandros Desktop on the computer with user defined settings This option allows you to select the applications you want to install set the installation location by configuring your disk or partitions configure system settings and add multiple user accounts You can select from four packages as well as view and select the applications to be included for each Minimal Basic installation that includes Print a Fax Text Editor Firefox Web Browser Thunderbird Mail CD Player Floppy Disk Formatter Reminder
86. changing o 52 password setting 80 Printers panel 39 357 Remote Desktop Sharing panel 185 Screen Saver panel 80 setting magic borders 9 Settings panel 98 Sound System panel 99 292 Spell Checking panel 9 Stylepanel wee e 18 19 System Bell panel 100 System Notifications panel 100 Taskbar panel 37 time settings 83 User Manager panel 110 115 Window Behavior panel 88 window color schemes Window Decorations panel 18 Windows Networking panel 167 171 Control Panel See Control Center 006 RR es 206 Cookies panel in Control Center 206 copying Miras da 284 datato D ck ie hee em 286 data to DVD 286 284 files and folders 154 Corel LINUXOS CPU requirement for Xandros Desktop 9 viewing information 109 creating Mirar dais 286 desktop shortcuts 49 DVD zik io rato ts 286 66 te 156 log view filters 140 shortcut to Web site 49 Skype Internet Calling account 220 useraccounts
87. clicking OK without entering a password Those files for which you have permission are displayed and the location of the computer in the network is displayed Xandros File Manager File Edit View Go Bookmarks Window Tools Help Address S REFERED y l 4 EME tX O All Folders Fy Xs amp C 3ADMIN amp Ebuilds Qaserver e C3 drivers e EBIPC amp Ming s Share e public ETP Reception amp Robdev amp Sda7 7 objectls amp Local intranet zone Accessing the Qaserver computer over the network To create a desktop link to a computer In the Find Computers window search for the computer and select it Click File Create Desktop Nickname The shortcut is added to your desktop Accessing network printers You can access printers located on Windows and or Linux networks See Adding and removing printers on page 349 Enabling file and printer sharing for a Windows network Your Xandros Desktop system can share files and printer services on a network with other Windows and Linux computers The software included in Xandros Desktop lets Windows and Linux systems recognize and communicate with each other When your computer is connected to a network you can share resources on your computer or mount whole folders of other Linux and Windows computers through Xandros File Manager For information about accessing Windows network computers see Accessing Windows a
88. covering the entire monitor display You can open up to six login shells Each login shell is identified with a number ranging from tty to To start a login shell e Press Ctrl AIt F1 You can toggle among multiple login shells by pressing Ctrl Alt F2 through to Ctrl Alt F6 Using the command line interface 35 This feature does not work with all video cards You get a blank screen without a prompt To return to the desktop e Press Ctrl Alt F7 Using the Run command You can use the Run command to execute shell commands launch applications and access Web sites You can view the command results if any in a Console window Enter the name of the application you want to run or the URL you want to view Command firefox Options gt gt Bun Cancel Launching Firefox Web Browser from the Run Command window To use the Run command Click Launch Run Command 2 Inthe Command box type the command you want to run An example is firefox which launches the Firefox Web Browser or xandros com to launch the Xandros Web site in the default Web Browser You can look up a command in the Menu Editor under Launch gt Applications gt System gt Menu Editor Previously run commands can also be selected from the drop down list in the Run Command window 3 Click Run You can display standard output if any in a Console window by 1 clicking Options and enabling the Run in terminal
89. displays information in the following order date facility affected priority level of the event source and a message describing the event You can change the order in which this information displays To change the column order of the log list In Event Viewer select and drag a column header to its new position Sorting log entries You can sort the log entries according to date facility priority source or message in either descending or ascending order By default log entries are sorted by date and time starting with the most recent activity To sort the log Click Launch Applications gt System Event Viewer 2 The current sorting criteria is shown with an arrow either upward or downward for ascending or descending order Click one of the following column headers Date Sorts the entries chronologically default Facility Sorts the entries alphabetically according to system facility Priority Sorts the entries in order of urgency e Source Sorts the entries alphabetically by source Message Sorts the entries alphabetically according to the log description Refreshing the log Entries are added automatically when they occur and you can manually refresh the log To refresh the log In Event Viewer click Edit Refresh Clearing the log Clearing the log deletes all log entries from the system and from the viewing list To clear the log In Event Viewer click Edit Clear All
90. e mail message and be prompted at a specified time to send it iv Reminder Message scheduler File View Actions Settings Help Bon 05 18 06 07 40 pm Repeat Message File or Command 1 Week Do weekly report 1 Year A Birthday Jim Smart rec Meeting with sales team E Accounts payable Reminder Message Scheduler with task meeting e mail scheduled and birthday reminder To set an alarm Click Launch Applications gt Utilities gt Reminder Message Scheduler 2 Click Actions gt New 3 Type the reminder message in the white box If you want instead to schedule a command to run enable the Command option and type the command for example firefox to launch Firefox Web Browser If you want instead to be prompted to send an e mail enable the Email option and add the address subject and message 4 Enable the Sound check box if you want an audible reminder in addition to a visual reminder then click the musical note icon and select a sound file 5 Set the Time for the reminder 6 To repeat the reminder message click the Recurrence tab 7 Click OK v You can also set an alarm by clicking the New button on the tool bar To import birthdays from Address Book and schedule an alarm Click File gt Import Birthdays Birthdays not already scheduled appear in the list Select the birthday that you want to schedule and click OK A reminder is scheduled 30
91. feedback volume 93 sticky slow bounce keys 82 keyboard shortcuts 93 applicationkeys 95 desktop switching Keys 95 keys bouhte cu ky eI RES eS 83 e 83 Sky aces RR RR ER 83 M MED D ages aru ae 261 KMail account setup 68 error messages 69 troubleshooting 69 USING cs xh eas 211 KMyMoney personal finance 27 Konqueror Web browser 202 247 Konserve backup utility 343 A emm emet 214 Kscd CD player 218 KSpread spreadsheet application 27 KWord word processor 249 L labelling floppy disks 332 landscape printing 356 languages Firefox Web Browser 202 international keyboard language maps 96 235 setting in First Run Wizard 32 Skype Internet Calling 220 spell checkers 97 Thunderbird Mail 67 laptop power management 136 LaTeX viewing DVI files 242 Launch button 36 Launch menu customizing 86 373 LDAP for e mail 66 67 316 LDAP using in Address Book 316 license Software
92. file or browse to find the file Click Apply Ox 4 To apply a sound to all applications Follow steps to 6 from the previous procedure 2 Enable the Apply to all applications check box 3 Click Apply To set the volume pitch and duration of the system bell Click Launch Control Center Click Sound amp Multimedia then System Bell Enable the Use system bell instead of system notification check box Click and move the Volume slider Pitch slider and or Duration slider to increase or decrease the volume pitch and duration of the sound a w N 5 Click Test to hear the sound This test does not work for all computers 100 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 Changing multimedia information retrieval A compact disc database CDDB contains information for music CDs such as artist name and song titles This information is retrieved by default from your cache and over the Internet then displayed in media players such as the CD Player You can change this default behavior and specify the server to retrieve such information The default server is the freedb freedb org site To change multimedia information retrieval Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Sound amp Multimedia then CDDB Retrieval 3 In the CDDB server box type the address of the server 4 Click Apply You can also specify multimedia inputs in the CD Player application See Displaying CD information on page 279 Launchi
93. folder and subfolders r Ownership Owner xandrosuser M Group xandrosuser C Apply ownership to all files in this folder and subfolders Changing file permissions Managing your system 117 Changing file and folder ownership By default the file or folder owner is the user who created it The Administrator can change the ownership of unencrypted user s files or folders An owner does not reassign ownership but can change group ownership To change a file or folder owner In Xandros File Manager locate the file or folder for which you want to set the ownership As Administrator you can view them if user account is unencrypted click into All File Systems then then home 2 Right click the file or folder and select Properties 3 Click the Permissions tab 4 Select the owner from the Owner drop down list The current owner cannot change the owner to another one 5 Click OK To change a file or folder owner group Follow steps to 3 of the previous procedure 2 Select the group from the Group drop down list 3 Click OK When you change the owner the new owner automatically 1 receives the same access permissions as the previous owner Likewise changing the owner group automatically gives the users in that group the same access permissions as the previous group Setting file and folder permissions and sharing The owner of a file and the Administrator can specify who ha
94. for selecting a MIDI device connected to the computer To select a MIDI device Click Launch gt Control Center Click Sound amp Multimedia then Sound System Click the Hardware tab Select the MIDI device from the drop down list The device must be connected to the computer a vU N 5 Ifyou want to apply a MIDI mapper enable the Use MIDI mapper check box and specify the file to use 6 Click Apply 29 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Using the MP3 Player The XMMS Player lets you play audio files such as MP3 MPEG Ogg and WAV files and audio CDs containing files in the MP3 format There are three views Main Window Playlist and Equalizer gt 00 02 J 4 38 1 A IN SPA 14H kbps 44 kHz Y 2 Elton John Since God Invented Girls EQ PL 4238 9 16 wenes BB5H Add Sub Sel Misc List MP3 Player with playlist and equalizer You can shuffle and repeat tracks and manage audio files by creating a file folder The volume and balance tools let you increase or decrease the playback volume and change the volume distribution between the left and right speakers Creating a playlist lets you specify the audio files or CD tracks you want to play You can add remove and arrange tracks in any order You can create and save multiple playlists or load a saved playlist to play The Equalizer does not function at this time Player also provides options and preferences t
95. from the color box in the top left you may also have to select from the color box to the right of it 5 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To change the text background color Click Extras Configure CD Player 2 Click the CD Player icon 3 Click the Background color button 4 Select a color and click OK to exit from the color selection window If you select from the color box in the top left you may also have to select from the color box to the right of it 5 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To announce new tracks Click Extras Configure CD Player Click the CD Player icon 3 Enable the Show track announcement check box 4 Click OK to exit from the configuration window Using multimedia applications 281 To disable the CD Player icon on the Panel Click Extras Configure CD Player 2 Click the CD Player icon 3 Disable the Show icon in system tray check box This action also disables track announcement 4 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To automatically play a CD Click Extras Configure CD Player 2 Click the CD Player icon 3 Enablethe Autoplay when CD inserted check box Click OK to exit from the configuration window To eject a CD once it is finished Click Extras Configure CD Player 2 Click the CD Player icon 3 Enable the Eject CD when finished playing check box 4 Click OK to exit from the configuration window Troubleshooting CD Pla
96. has 27 more applications 27 OpenOffice org database 210 Date amp Time panel in Control Center 83 date settilg esee emm 83 dBase fo s s ede d roda 368 370 373 Debian installing DEB packages 310 Packages coria ee mem ig 368 paths for installing packages 3n default applications launched 101 103 default operating system setting 54 deleting DVD aiii etes 287 Mesias ar 155 files infected with virus 132 i re oo te 155 Packages tee 3n printet obese taht dS Boe sg 349 shortcuts from desktop 50 ror oe cae Ree ae he Raa 3n USer ACCOUN S 114 deployment 25 Deskjet 354 desktop accessibility 82 adding ooo RR m 48 Appearance 25 eee ds 15 arranging windows 44 background color or image 16 QU ecards 16 color schemes font Color icr Deme 80 font type and size 19 icons creating shortcuts 49 ICONS SIZING ere RR es 50 locking Screen ee 5l magic borders 90 Microsoft Windows differences 36 mouse button action 85 moving application to another 4 Multip
97. have a Domain Name System DNS server enable the Use the following DNS server addresses check box and enter the IP address es A DNS server translates Internet domain names into IP addresses so that computers recognize them For example it allows a user to enter www xandros com instead of an IP address Click Next 13 If the Administration Configuration window appears Type a password for the Administrator root account in the Administrator password box The password must be a minimum of six characters e Retype the password in the Confirm password box Change the randomly generated Computer name optional and make it 15 characters or less when your computer is on a Windows network This computer name is that viewable by others when on a network To make it more difficult for a password to be compromised enable the Enforce strong passwords check box The wizard checks if your password is acceptable to this higher standard For example it disallows the use of common words Installing Xandros Desktop 17 14 wm disable sharing of home folders enable the Make user home folders private check box If you have multiple user accounts and thereby multiple home folders users will be able to access and browse each other s folders unless you enable this option e Click Next to continue in the wizard If the User Account Configuration window appears click Add to add a user account optional and recommended then
98. having trouble installing If you have a laptop computer and the entire screen is not used 1 after installation contact technical support for the changes required to configuration files for your computer Getting updates After installing Xandros Desktop Xandros recommends that you download updates such as security updates If you are connected to a network and depending on its configuration you can do so in the First Run Wizard that appears the first time you log in For instruction on downloading updates see Downloading updates and applications on page 69 Installing Xandros Desktop 23 24 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 Using the desktop This chapter introduces the Xandros desktop environment including how to Start up Log in and out Install additional applications Migrate content from a Windows computer Work with the Panel and use applets Start applications Switch user sessions Use virtual desktops Create shortcuts Lock the desktop Change your password Set the default operating system Starting up and logging in After installing Xandros Desktop you log in to the computer and start using your new environment By logging in you identify yourself to Xandros Desktop Based on your user account the system grants you options and privileges to the computer remembers your personal settings and protects your information and data Using the desktop 25 Xandros Desktop be used as a multi
99. hcl php 10 If you try to install Xandros Desktop on a computer that includes incompatible components it may not install or some features may not work Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 Understanding disk partitioning Xandros Desktop can be installed on a new hard disk or one in use It can be installed on a hard disk that already contains an operating system to either overwrite or coexist with that operating system Before installing an operating system such as Xandros Desktop space on the hard disk must be allocated for it in a partition In Windows partitions are called drives and are identified as letters for example C Hard disks can have multiple partitions When you want Xandros Desktop to coexist with another operating system a separate partition is created on the hard disk Creating separate partitions lets you run Xandros Desktop without interfering with other operating systems Partitions can be created using the Xandros Desktop installation program or by you The installation program is automated and requires little input Otherwise you can create partitions yourself if you know how or using Xandros Storage Manager A partition table keeps track of the partitions on your hard disk and lets you create edit and delete partitions The table outlines the options available in the Xandros Installation Wizard Xandros recommends using the Installation Wizard to partition the disk The wizard presents only the optio
100. if you intend to bundle the partition with other partitions or logical volumes or if you do not want the space to be accessible yet to users in which case you can mount it later Click Next to continue in the wizard 5 Click Finish The partition is created IDE2 i 24 53 68 primary 9961 ReiserFS 400 8 33 MB 8 2 free space 74 14 GB New partition Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 To delete a partition For amounted partition right click it select Unmount and confirm that you want to unmount the partition You cannot unmount and delete a root level partition that contains the current operating system You cannot delete a Linux swap partition being used 2 Right click the partition select Delete and confirm that you want to delete the partition If you cannot delete a partition you can do so in the installation 1 wizard using the installation CD Managing volume groups and logical volumes You can bundle primary and logical partitions into volume groups You do so when you want to combine space in order to create a larger space For example you can combine a 20 GB hard disk with a 10 GB hard disk to obtain a block of 30 GB You can create and remove these volume groups In a volume group the partitions are called logical volumes You create a volume group then add logical volumes to it When adding a volume group or logical volume the computer does not need to be restarted To create a volu
101. in Xandros File Manager for a detailed list of hardware detected Managing users and groups Each user is assigned an account containing information such as full name user name user ID number and password Xandros Desktop automatically generates the user ID number The information stored with each user account determines the files and applications that the user can access Encryption capability can be added for home directories so that they cannot be accessed by others including the Administrator This feature is useful for example for laptop computer users who have critical data that must be secure if the computer is stolen If you forget the password you can access or Managing your system 109 recover your files if you elected to export the key to removable media Encryption can be added to new or existing user accounts A group is a set of one or more users identified by a group name and ID number Xandros Desktop automatically generates the group ID number All users must be assigned to a group By default Xandros Desktop creates a primary group for all users You can assign users to multiple groups For example a user who belongs to the Mail group can also belong to the Games group Groups help the Administrator manage the system by classifying users It makes it possible to assign file and folder access permissions based on the group Users assigned to a group are automatically given the permissions associated wi
102. in the Add Edit User Account window the user ID of the user in the User name box This is the name for logging in to Xandros Desktop Spaces cannot be used the full name of the user in the Full name box Spaces are allowed a Password for the user Retype the password in the Confirm password box Click OK to exit from the window Click Next to continue in the wizard In the Installation Summary window check the information If you need to change any settings click Back Otherwise click Finish to perform the installation Xandros Desktop is installed For some editions you also need to install an office suite StarOffice or OpenOffice org using the Applications CD After login simply insert the CD and follow the prompts If you chose to take over a disk or partition that disk or partition will be erased To replace a Microsoft Windows operating system with Xandros Desktop Windows XP example 2 18 Back up any data or folders that you want to keep Remove all media from drives such as floppy disks CDs and tapes and disconnect USB hard disks and memory sticks Insert the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the drive Restart the computer and wait for the Xandros Installation Wizard Welcome window If your computer restarts without displaying the wizard see Troubleshooting installation on page 22 and try again In the Xandros Installation Wizard Welcome wi
103. is added to the system A user can change their own password and the Administrator can change any user s password To change a password as a regular user noun Aa v 1 Click Launch gt Control Center Click System Administration then Change Password Type the current password in the Current password box Type a new password in the New password box Type the new password again in the Confirm password box To have the password synchronized with a Windows password meaning use it as a Windows password too when connected to a Windows network leave the Synchronize with local Windows network password check box enabled If you do not use a Windows network you can disable this option Click Apply To change a password as the Administrator a un N 114 Click Launch gt Control Center Click System Administration then User Manager Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Select the user account for which you want to set the password Click Set Password If the user account is encrypted you are prompted to enter the password Type a password for the user in the Password box Type the new password again in the Confirm password box If you want to force the new user to change their password enable the Force user to change password on first login check box Click OK to exit from the window Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Restricting user access A user account can be loc
104. is for advanced users Click Next 10 The next screen varies based on selection A Disk Configuration window can appear from which you select the disk or partition to use Select it If the Add button is displayed and you want to add a partition click it set File system and Size and click OK Disregard any message about a swap file If the Assign button is displayed click it and in the Assign Mount Point window select a File system e ReiserFS Default file system generally better performance than Ext2 or Ext3 in terms of disk space use access and crash recovery Ext2 or Ext3 Alternative file systems choose this option if you use PartitionMagic to partition your disks PartitionMagic does not support ReiserFS For ReiserFS enable one of the following options Replace existing file system Formats the disk or partition and erases all data on that disk or partition Rename folders Keeps your root and home folders and their contents and renames them with old Leave existing file system unchanged Click Next In the second Disk Configuration window to use the default Xandros boot manager recommended click Next A boot manager determines the contents of the black screen shown on startup for example to select one operating system to launch instead of another If you want to use something other than the default boot manager l6 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 at startup select it from the
105. is the actual size of the image To zoom Click View and select a zoom option v You can also use the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons on the tool bar Editing images in Image Viewer Image Viewer lets you transform images by rotating flipping and cropping them You can rotate images counterclockwise at 90 degree intervals You can flip images vertically or horizontally You can crop images to remove areas of the image without affecting the resolution of the information that remains To rotate an image Click Edit Rotate Counter Clockwise or Rotate Clockwise 258 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 To flip an image Click Edit Flip and select an option Vertical Horizontal Q You can reset the image to its original orientation by clicking Edit Reload To crop an image Click and drag the pointer to select the area of the image that you want to keep Click Edit Crop To undo the change reload the image using Edit gt Reload Managing multimedia in Xandros Photo Manager Xandros Photo Manager lets you view organize and edit your digital photos You can organize touch up and edit images as well as output photos to a printer or CD Formats supported are JPEG GIF PNG and TIFE You can create discrete albums or view all images Editing possible includes cropping resizing fixing red eye tinting brightness and contrast You can use an external editor such as GIMP or Paint When searching
106. it LUCIFER DES is a federal standard Triple DES Cryptographic Algorithm Triple DES essentially uses DES three times hence has a key length of 168 bits It was developed as an answer to the shortcomings in DES in the late 1970s Triple DES is a minor variation of the DES standard and is three times slower than regular DES but can be more secure if used properly Anubis Cryptographic Algorithm A block cipher algorithm that uses a 32 byte block size and a key length of 128 to 320 bits It has been submitted as a candidate for the NESSIE cryptographic primitive evaluation effort CAST5 Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses an 8 byte block size and a key length of 80 or 128 bits Also known as CAST 128 Patented by Entrust Technologies Managing your system I e CAST6 Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses a 16 byte block size and a key length of 128 or 256 bits Also known as CAST 256 Patented by Entrust Technologies Blowfish Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses an 8 byte block size and a variable key length of 32 to 448 bits TEA Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses an 8 byte block size and a 128 bit key length e XTEA Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses an 8 byte block size and a 128 bit key length designed to correct weaknesses in TEA Also known
107. large file types such as ISO PS and SYS You can set the action taken when an infected file is found By default you manually quarantine or delete the file When you quarantine a file you move it away from other files so that the other files will not be affected When you delete the file it is removed completely from the computer Because new viruses appear regularly the anti virus definitions need to be updated The application is set by default to check daily at midnight for new definitions and this interval can be changed The computer must be on and connected to the Internet in order for a scheduled update to occur You can also manually invoke an update You can view results of scans and updates in logs and set other defaults At this time the application does not scan e mail for infected attachments but you have the option of saving an attachment then scanning It does not run automatically in real time a scan must be invoked Files that are on mounted network file systems either in Windows domains or because you mounted them are scanned xandros Anti virus File Settings Help Location home xandrosuser Scan y Infected Files Infected files 0 Infected File Status Virus Name File Location File Size Scan Summary Infected files 0 Skipped files 0 Data scanned 52 43 MB Scanned files 334 Scanned folders 95 Elapsed time 20 214 sec 0 m 20 s
108. lines up the edge of the window with the edge of the screen You can customize the size of snap zones To set the desktop snap zone Click Launch gt Control Center Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Window Behavior Click the Moving tab Click and move the Border snap zone slider to the left to decrease size of the snap zone and to the right to increase the size of the snap zone The default is 10 pixels 5 Click Apply a N To set the window snap zone Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Window Behavior 3 Click the Moving tab 4 Click and move the Window snap zone slider to the left to decrease the size of the snap zone and to the right to increase the size of the snap zone The default is 10 pixels 5 Enable the Snap windows only when overlapping check box to snap windows only when they are overlapping not when they are near each other 6 Click Apply Setting window mouse button action There are several mouse options that you can set when using windows You can specify that a mouse button action for example right clicking or double clicking performs a particular desktop action for example activating or resizing a window You can configure mouse action settings so that clicking a mouse button while holding the Alt key performs a specified action Mouse buttons can be used to raise lower activate or toggle raise and lower when you cli
109. main menu Up Down Left Right Moves the active selection up down left or right in the menu Select Plays the active selection Close Closes the Navigator window Using multimedia applications 307 Additional multimedia applications The following applications can be installed from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks Audacity Popular sound recorder player and editor available from Debian unsupported site Gnomad Lets you play and transfer music to an iPod or jukebox Kwave Sound recorder player and editor available from Debian unsupported site TV Time Supports television video game and DVD input on your computer monitor or a projector i Check Xandros Networks for additional applications 308 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Playing games 14 Xandros Desktop includes the games outlined in the following table For the Professional edition some are installed from the Applications CD Application Function Arcade Asteroids Space game where you dodge and destroy asteroids with a rocket ship uses arrow keys Miniature Golf Miniature golf game up to 10 people can play at one time uses mouse or arrow keys XGalaga Space game where you dodge and destroy flying objects with a rocket ship uses arrow keys and space bar Board games Backgammon Backgammon game the object is to move your checkers off the board before your opponent does Mahjo
110. module to add the module 4 Connect the two modules Click the pos check box on the frequency module and drag and release on the pos check box on the SIN waveform module The input and output of the two modules are connected 5 Create a play module so that you can play the sound Click Modules gt Synthesis Sound IO AMAN PLAY then click the line two rows below the SIN waveform module to add the module 6 Connect the two modules Click the out check box on the SIN waveform module and drag and release on the left check box on the play module The input and output of the two modules are connected 1 Play the sound Click the Execute Structure icon on the tool bar If the sound does not play ensure the Constant value of the frequency module is set to 440 8 To stop the sound click OK in the execution window 9 Change the frequency for example from 440 to 100 and play the sound 10 Save your file for example to the desktop as a arts file type the extension 216 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Using Sound Server Control Sound Server Control allows you to control volume for Audio Builder output o E EI o E y m i gt 2 amp y Volume control for Audio Builder The default view shows two volume indicators for input from the Audio Builder left side and a slider to control volume right side The view can be changed In the example shown a sound is being played as indicated by the yellow bars
111. note appears on the desktop 2 Type your note 3 To name the note double click the title bar type the name and click OK You can also create note by right clicking the icon on the Panel and selecting New Note 328 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To save and close a note Click Close x The note remains accessible from the Panel To open a note Click the Popup Notes icon on the Panel and select the note you want to open To exit from Popup Notes e Right click the Popup Notes icon on the Panel and select Quit Popup Notes are not deleted when you exit the application To rename a note Right click the title bar of a note and select Rename Typeanew name for the note and click OK To copy cut or paste text Select the text 1 Right click and select the appropriate option To change text or background color of a note Right click the title bar of a note and select Preferences Click the Display icon 3 Click the color box of one of the following Text color Lets you select a color for the text in notes Background color Lets you select a background color for notes 4 Selecta color and click OK to exit from the color selection window If the color does not change be sure to move the arrow in the Select Color window to another color 5 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To select a font for a note e Right click the title bar of a note and select Preferences Click
112. o 204 Gadu Gadu instant messaging 226 Gaim instant messaging 231 Galaga game 309 games Applications 3 PA es 309 watching with TV Time 3 gaming over the Internet 200 A oiis aaran e RE e lets 17 3 gFTP for FTP file transfer 204 GIMP graphics application 3 global shortcut 93 Gnomad music player 308 GnuCash personal finance 27 Gnumeric spreadsheet application 27 GRAMPS family tree 343 graphics applications 251 DigiKam 2 ocho ro men 267 flowchats 261 GIMP neta re ee 3 Gwenview 267 Image Viewer 256 ImageMagick 267 OpenOffice org Draw 252 PAINE oi m 254 A pede Rn dads a 352 SCAN iu bd Sie rex Segre Genes 265 screen Captures 266 267 special characters and symbols 320 Tux Palit 22r ERR 261 Xandros Photo Manager 259 groups adding user 116 managing 110 printer sharing 358 setting file permissions 118 setting folder permissions for 118 GroupWise Novell
113. of Xandros Inc Acer is a registered trademark of Acer Technologies Corporation Adobe is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Illustrator is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated AIM is a service mark of America Online Inc AMD K6 is a regis tered trademark of Advanced Micro Devices Inc AOL is a registered trademark of America Online Inc Apple is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc Battleship is a registered trademark of Hasbro Inc Borland is a registered trademark of Borland International Inc Brother is a registered trademark of Brother Industries Ltd Canon is a registered trademark of Canon Corporation Celeron is a reg istered trademark of Intel Corporation Citrix is a registered trademark of Citrix Systems Inc CLIE is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation CodeWeavers is a trademark of CodeWeavers Inc Corel is a registered trademark of Corel Corporation Creative is a regis tered trademark of Creative Technology Ltd CrossOver Office is a trademark of CodeWeavers Inc dBASE is a registered trademark of Borland International Inc Debian is a registered trademark of Software In The Public Interest Incorporated Dell is a registered trade mark of Dell Computer Corporation Deskjet is a registered trademark of Hewlett Packard Company Entrust is a registered trademark of Entrust Inc Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation Flash is a trademark of Macromedia Inc
114. palm pdf search on palm pdf or palm instead of palm From the Look in drop down list select the folder that you want to search in or click Browse to locate it To search in all directories select file Click Find If you mounted a network share the system also searches the other computer for the folder or file v You can also access the find window by clicking Launch gt Find gt Files Folders Managing files 159 To find a folder or file using a text string In Xandros File Manager click Tools Find Files Folders 2 Clear the Named box 3 From the Look in drop down list select the folder that you want to search in or click Browse to locate it To search in all directories select file 4 Click the Contents tab 5 Do any of the following Selecta file type from the File type drop down list Inthe Containing text box type a word or phrase contained in the file 6 Click Find To find a folder or file by date size owner or group In Xandros File Manager click Tools Find Files Folders 1 Click the Properties tab 3 Enable the Find all files created or modified check box 4 Select one of the following options from the list Between Lets you specify the date interval During the previous Lets you specify the number of previous minutes hours days months and years 5 Alternatively click the file size owner or group options 6 Click Find You can complete the information on all thr
115. password cO Aa v N Click Launch gt Control Center Click System Administration and click Change Password Type your current password in the Current password box Type a new password in the New password box the new password again in the Confirm password box If you joined or will join a Windows domain you can use the new password on the domain by leaving the Synchronize with local Windows network password check box enabled 1 Click Apply The Administrator can change the passwords for user accounts 1 in the User Manager panel Under the Password Settings tab with the Timeout specified you will not be asked for a password for the length of time specified after you have given your password once 52 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Enabling automatic login While Xandros recommends using a password to log in to your computer it is possible to enable password less login to a specific user account and to enable automatic login so that Xandros Desktop loads without stopping at the login window It is not possible to apply these features to an Administrator account and only the Administrator can set these options 13 Gogin Manager contro Genter File View Settings Help My Index O Search Login Manager amp Display gt e E File Manager Appearance Shutdown Users Convenience General Settings amp a Hardware Information em amp Y Network User xandros
116. performing searches for phrases words or characters You can perform a search and replace function To find text Click Edit Find Inthe Text to find box type the text you want to find 3 Click Find 4 Click Edit Find Next to find the next occurrence of the text You can also press to find the next occurrence of the text To find and replace text Click Edit Replace 2 Inthe Text to find box type the text you want to find 3 Type the replacement text in the Replacement text box 4 Click Replace Navigating in text files You can navigate to a specific location in a text file using the Go To Line and Bookmarks The Go To Line lets you move to a specific line in a text file The Bookmarks feature lets you mark important lines in a text file so that you can return to those locations quickly Both features are useful if you are working with a lengthy text file For example if you are at the end of a long file and need to return to the beginning of the file quickly you can indicate that you want to move to line one using the Go To Line feature To move to a specific line Click Edit Go to Line 2 Type a line number in the Go to line box or use the slider 3 Click OK To add a bookmark Click in the text where you want to add a bookmark 2 Click Bookmarks gt Set Bookmark The background color of the text changes to indicate the bookmark When you add bookmarks they appear as paper clip icons
117. press the primary mouse button twice Right click Press the secondary mouse button usually the right mouse button Click File New Click the File menu and select the New option in the menu Enable the Network check box Click the check box beside Network to place an x or check mark inside the box Right click and select Paste Press the right mouse button and select the Paste command in the submenu that appears The following conventions relate to keyboard actions When you see this Do this Press Enter Press the Enter key on your keyboard Press Ctrl Shift Press the Ctrl key and the Shift key at the same time Type mkdir Type the text using the keyboard also indicates programming code Welcome to Xandros Desktop 5 The following conventions relate to user guide icons When you see this It means this Caution Negative consequences to software hardware or files can occur Usually presents alternate way to perform a task 1 Note Provides additional information In Xandros Desktop there is usually more than one way to perform a task For example you can click a tool bar button select a menu item or right click and select a menu item This user guide typically describes tasks using menu items Learning how to use Xandros Desktop Xandros Desktop includes hard copy and online documentation to help you learn and use the app
118. printing from the North American standards including Letter and Legal as well as from the European standards including A4 and B5 Depending on your printer s capabilities you can print envelopes and posters You can also set the paper orientation to portrait or landscape Configuration of HP laserjet 1ext Editor s Options Margins Poster Filters Orientation _ Print Order Portrait 8 First to last Landscape O Last to first Paper size Duplex printing Letter 1 Sided Flip on Long Edge Standard Flip on Short Edge Paper source Tray 2 Color Pages per sheet 1 Resolution FastRes 1200 save ok conce Setting printing defaults To specify a paper size including envelopes ah w N In the application from which you want to print click File Print Select a printer from the Name drop down list Click Properties Click the Paper size drop down list and select a size Click OK Printing 355 This sets the page size for the current job You can also set the default page size See To change default paper size on page 359 To specify a paper orientation Inthe application from which you want to print click File Print 2 Select a printer from the Name drop down list 3 Click Properties 4 Enable one of the following orientations Portrait Lets you print a page with th
119. procedure is for advanced users Certain hardware requires that kernel options be input in order to be detected or to work correctly As an example some old IBM ThinkPad laptops have non standard floppy disk drives For these systems you need to use the kernel argument floppy thinkpad To use custom kernel arguments You need to know which partition to use see To determine the partition number on page 376 2 Place the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the drive 3 Restart the computer 4 During startup when a Press lt Space gt for Troubleshooting Menu message appears press the space bar immediately Access is successful when a selection screen appears with the following options 30 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Default Setup Restore Xandros Rescue Console International Setup 256 Colors Setup VESA Mode Setup Intel 1810 Setup Text mode boot Setup ACPI 1 Setup ACPI 2 Setup ACPI 3 Setup ACPI 4 Setup APM 1 Setup APM 2 Setup APM 3 Setup 5 Select the Restore Xandros option and press Enter 6 Type the number of the partition or disk to change for example 1 and press Enter 7 Type yes to verify that you want to restore and press Enter 8 Type yes to verify that you want to change the current command line and press Enter 9 Type the custom kernel argument for example rw acpi on noapic and press Enter 10 When prompted again if you want to change the current command line type no
120. program upon next connection use the Programs tab Connecting with NX Client The NX Client allows you to log in remotely and run a graphical application on any operating system over a network The NX Client is provided free and requires an NX Server product The client and server product need to be installed on your Linux computer then the client needs to be installed on the computer that you want to access for example your Xandros computer or a Windows computer An evaluation version of the server product for Linux is available at www nomachine com download php During configuration you choose if the application runs inside a window on your desktop or covers the entire desktop To configure the NX Client Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt NX Client for Linux NX Connection Wizard The wizard launches 2 Click Next 3 Complete the Session window Type the name of your computer your name or the name that you want to use when you connect each time in the Session box Type the IP address or name of the NX server to connect to in the Host box and its Port number The default port is 22 On a Xandros computer the IP address and name of the computer can be viewed in the Network Connections panel of the Control Center Windows and Linux networking 189 5 Click and drag the slider to indicate the type of Internet connection MODEM If you use a telephone line or cable modem and cable television line to connect
121. scanner 265 Screen Capture Lets you capture desktop images 266 Creating images with OpenOffice org Draw OpenOffice org Draw allows you to create simple diagrams three dimensional diagrams flow charts organizational charts and other drawings Importable image formats include BMP JPEG PNG TIFF and WMF drawings You can insert spreadsheets and charts for example Colors can be specified with RGB CMYK and other palettes You can use special characters such as accents Your work is saved as an OpenOffice org drawing odg and can be exported in various formats including Web pages PDF Macromedia Flash BMP JPEG PNG TIFE and WME apples r OpenOffice org Draw File Edit View Insert Format Tools Modify Window Help sans Ara tna acr f A dy o o0 Black gt Color y E Blue 8 Layout Controls Dimension Lines j4 PON Lee K 235 24 5 52 3 0 00 0 00 200 Slide 1 1 Default OpenOffice org Draw The Professional edition of Xandros Desktop includes the StarOffice version instead of OpenOffice org 252 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 To create an image with OpenOffice org Draw Click Launch gt Applications gt OpenOffice org Tools Draw 2 If required to enlarge the image area click View gt Zoom select a zoom factor and click OK 3 Select a color from the drop down list on the tool bar 4 Select a graphics to
122. startup menu is displayed press the down arrow y to select the operating system you want to use and press Enter 26 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Logging in You can log in as a regular user or as Administrator root In Linux the account used for system administration is called root By logging in to your computer as the Administrator root you have unlimited privileges you can add and delete user accounts change user privileges access all unencrypted files and configure Xandros Desktop Only one Administrator account is allowed Avoid working in this account unless you need Administrator access To log in as a regular user Inthe login window select your user account from the User name drop down list 2 Type the password for the user account in the Password box 3 Click Log in A desktop with a blue background loads by default Q If you have problems logging in or if a feature is not functional such as the startup sound see Troubleshooting login on page 28 To log in as the Administrator root Inthe login window select Administrator root from the User name drop down list 2 Type the password for the account in the Password box 3 Click Log in A desktop with a red background loads by default If you have problems logging in or if a feature is not functional y such as the startup sound see Troubleshooting login on page 28 You can set login options such as logging in without a
123. stored in the NETLOGON share and only one script can be assigned By default NETLOGON is shared by all domain users Windows NT supports this script and only for login group policy script for a Xandros client is a Linux script that is specified in a group policy that is invoked at login Windows 2000 and 2003 supports such scripts Group policies are applied in the following order local site in the specified order domain in the specified order and Organizational Unit from largest to smallest and in the specified order for each Organizational Unit When there are inconsistencies group policies applied later overwrite previously applied policies For user configuration scripts are stored in a share called sysvol in which the default script path is domain policies policy id ser scriptsX logon logoff The network home folder is a network share assigned to a domain user on the domain controller with an associated drive number When the domain user logs in the network share is mounted to the drive number assigned The network home folder is mounted under a folder within the user s local home folder It is identifiable by the user by the drive number There are four requirements for scripts The user must already have joined a domain see the previous section for instructions Ascript must be executable under Xandros Desktop and cannot contain Windows specific commands Users must log in using a password in order to inv
124. susc eate 218 copying to your computer from CD or DVD 284 encoding 101 some etn 308 A Em 274 308 Jn orar 214 Media Player 288 MIDI Player llle 290 Player men 293 Music Manager 298 RealPlayer I0 301 Video Player 305 Music Manager 3 os ode a Se ete eae es 298 A aaa meses 299 radio listento 2 eee ee eee 300 My Computer 36 A 272 N naming computer on network 169 drives conventions 145 files rd S 156 files conventions 145 floppy disks 332 folders aaa x ES 156 folders conventions 145 no a inte 116 Printers arias wea 355 357 Ueracount 110 virtual desktops 48 navigating documents in PostScript Viewer 244 local filesystem 148 using Address box in Xandros File Manager 149 using browse buttons in Xandros File Manager 149 NEC printer driver 3 PP D 163 authentication with WINS server 169 computers finding 166 connection account creating 57 file sharing 167 170 files accessing 165 folder sharing
125. system aborts system processes and displays information about performance Event Viewer Lets you view log files that describe the 140 activities of system facilities such as daemon kernel and printer facilities Xandros Networks Lets you install updates and new 143 applications as well as remove applications Accessing Xandros File Manager as Administrator The Administrator root directory can be viewed using Xandros File Manager Different files are viewed as Administrator than when accessing files as a regular user such as hidden files This mode also allows you to copy files into all directories such as adding a screen saver or a desktop wallpaper background file You can view all user files except encrypted folders as Administrator To access Xandros File Manager as Administrator Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Administrator Tools gt Xandros File Manager 2 Type the Administrator password and click OK v For more information on using Xandros File Manager see Managing files on page 145 To view user files Access Xandros File Manager as Administrator Click File Systems in the menu on the left side Click Double click home tua Aa w N Click into the required user home folder Home folders that are encrypted are not shown 108 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Viewing hardware and system information You can view information about hardware and the syste
126. that has a trusted relationship will fail You can use the default setting of Yes when there are few trusted domains or when you need access to a resource Click Apply confirm that you want the setting to take effect immediately and acknowledge that the changes are now in effect In the Join Domain window that appears enable the Join without user name and password check box Leave the Cache domain credentials locally check box enabled for when the domain server is unavailable for example when you use your laptop computer at a different location and want to log in to the domain as the same domain user Click OK In the Join Successful window click OK to acknowledge that your computer has joined the domain Your computer account has not been added to the domain unless you see this message Click Launch Logout Click the Logout icon In the login window type the domain User name type the Password select the domain from the Log in to drop down list and click Login Windows and Linux networking 175 To join a Windows 2000 domain mixed mode without pre existing computer account and with or without Organizational Unit Obtain the name of the domain host name active directory name valid Internet domain and name of the Organizational Unit optional from the domain administrator Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password From the Sec
127. the Editor icon Click the Choose button for Title font or Text font Select a new font setting for the note and click OK to set the font Aa w N Click OK to exit from configuration window Using accessories and utilities 329 To display a format menu at the bottom of a note Right click the title bar of a note and select Preferences Click the Editor icon Enable the Rich text check box Click OK to exit from the configuration window un Aa w Click the note to view the format menu at the bottom of the note To insert the date into a note Place your cursor where you want the date to appear in the note 2 Right click the title bar of the note and select Insert Date To move a note to a single virtual desktop Right click the title bar of a note select To Desktop and select the name of the desktop To move a note to all virtual desktops Right click the title bar of a note select To Desktop and select Desktops To keep a note on top of all windows Right click the title bar of a note and select Keep Above Others To print a note Right click the title bar of an active note select Print select the printer from the drop down list and click Print You can send it to a printer print as a PDF file print as a PostScript file and send it as a fax To delete a note Right click the title bar of a note and select Delete Confirm the deletion Sending faxes The Print a Fax accessory c
128. the left side of the window 3 Select an icon Note that the icons available for selection change with the drop down list Click OK to exit from the window 4 Click OK Using the desktop 49 To arrange desktop shortcuts Right click the desktop select Arrange Icons and select one of the following arrangement options The default is to arrange icons alphabetically except for the Trash icon By Name Case Sensitive By Name Case Insensitive By Size Arranges the icons from smallest to largest except Trash By Type Arranges the icons based on type such a file or application By Date Arranges the icons from oldest to newest except Trash Line Up Horizontally Arranges the icons alphabetically except Trash at the top of the screen Line Up Vertically Arranges the icons alphabetically except Trash on the left side of the screen default Align to Grid Spaces the icons in a boxed grid Folders First To delete a shortcut Drag the shortcut to the Trash and confirm the move While deleting a desktop shortcut does not delete the application or file from the computer because shortcuts and source files can be indistinguishable be careful that you do not delete the only copy of a file from the desktop 0 You can also delete a shortcut icon by right clicking the icon and selecting Move to Trash To change the size of desktop icons nau Ba v N 50 Right click on the desktop and sele
129. the other Linux operating system Start up and log in to the desktop Open a console window as Administrator root and enter grub or lilo depending on which boot loader method the Linux operating system uses With the grub command for example pressing Tab can bring up a list of commands that will allow the non Xandros boot loader to be restored If the command does not work you may need to perform a repair or rescue using the Linux operating system installation CD Managing software packages 379 380 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 Technical support Getting technical support 1 9 The table lists resources available Help Description Online help Included with all editions excludes installation and configuration information but sometimes includes more how to instruction than user guide User forums http forums xandros com Technical support Xandros provides free installation support by e mail to registered users 60 days for Home Premium Education and Small Business editions and 90 days for Professional edition Register at www xandros com support register html Contact support at support xandros com See also http support xandros com For assistance with Versora Progression Desktop for Xandros contact Versora at http versora com support contact_support php The root detect txt and etc devices devices inf files contain detailed system information for your computer Getti
130. the rectangle to draw a rectangle 254 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter II 4 You can select from the colors at the bottom of the window or create your own To view a color palette double click the colored box at the bottom left of the window after which there are several options You can select a palette such as 40 Colors or Web from the drop down list You can copy a color by clicking the eyedropper then the color you want to copy You can create a color with the HSV or RGB boxes And you can select one by selecting from the two color boxes at the top left of the window You can select the fill pattern from the left side of the main window 5 Click and drag your mouse pointer in the image area to draw the shape or line or click and type your text 6 You can skew the drawing by clicking Image gt Skew 7 save your work click File gt Save type a File name select the file type from the Filter list and click Save To insert an image Click Edit Paste From File Creating slide presentations OpenOffice org Impress allows you to create presentations and slide shows The OpenOffice org package includes a presentation creation wizard You can create effects such as fading between slides The files are saved in the odp format You can also save them as Microsoft PowerPoint slides a housing OpenOffice Impress File Edit View Insert Format Tools Slide Show Window Help Saad Mra oR KR e u
131. the track instead save the file to your computer with it then play the file from the computer instead of the CD To add an audio file to the playlist Inthe Playlist window click File 2 From the Directories list select the folder where the audio files are located To find files located in your folder click into home To find files located on a CD click into media cdrom0 for example 3 From the Files list select the audio file you want to add to the playlist 4 Click Add The file is added to the playlist To add multiple audio files to the playlist Follow the first two steps in the previous procedure 2 From the Files list select multiple audio files by holding down Ctrl and clicking the files you want to add To find files located in your folder click into home To find files located on a CD click into media cdromo0 for example 3 Click Add selected files Or click Add all files in directory The files are added to the playlist 4 Click Close To remove audio files from the playlist In the Playlist window select the audio file you want to remove and click File You can also right click on track in the playlist to remove it To sort the playlist Inthe Playlist window right click and select Sort 2 From the menu that appears select one of the following options Sort List By Title By Filename By Path Filename By Date By Playlength Sorts the audio files alphabetically according to t
132. the window on which the mouse is pointed When the mouse pointer is moved to an area without a window the last window remains active Focus Under Mouse Same as Focus Follows Mouse except when you launch a new window it does not become active until the mouse is placed in it Focus Strictly Under Mouse Active window is the window on which the mouse is pointed When the mouse pointer points to an area on the desktop the desktop is active 4 Click Apply To automatically place activated window to the front Follow all steps in the previous procedure Enable the Auto raise check box cannot be used with Click to Focus 3 Click Apply To set the delay time between positioning the mouse and window activation Follow all steps in the To set the window activation method procedure Enable the Delay focus check box cannot be used with Click to Focus 3 Click and move the Delay slider to the right to increase the delay time or to the left to decrease the delay time 4 Click Apply Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 89 Setting desktop and window snap zones A desktop border snap zone consists of a specified number of pixels around the edge of the desktop A window snap zone consists of a specified number of pixels around the edge of a window Windows automatically snap together and line up side by side when you move one window into the snap zone of another window Moving a window into a border snap zone automatically
133. title bar of the application window This button usually has a line at the bottom of the button and is located at the top right of the application window The minimized window is accessible from the Panel Using tool bars A tool bar is a row of icons and or text displayed just below menu items in a window A tool bar can be moved within a window can be set to show text or icons and can be sized Not all applications can be customized this way To move a tool bar File Edit v Ea l Right click the tool bar handle which is usually faint lines on the end of the tool bar Handle Select Orientation and select one of the following options Top Places the tool bar at the top of the window default Left Places the tool bar at the left side of the window Right Places the tool bar at the right side of the window Bottom Places the tool bar at the bottom of the window Floating Places a tool bar window on top of the window allows you to move it to the desktop away from the application Flat Minimizes the tool bar click the handle to view the tool bar again 44 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 To change tool bar display Right click the tool bar handle which is usually faint lines on the end of the tool bar Select Text Position and select one of the following options Icons Only Shows only pictures on the tool bar default Text Only Shows only names of applica
134. to include wireless and virtual private network configuration initiate Internet and other connections from the Panel mproved wireless support NTFS write capabilities added to some editions which means you can read and write to hard disks formatted in the Windows NT file system NTFS format generally associated with Windows NT 2000 and XP Easier installation using the Applications CD Versora Progression Desktop for Xandros CD added to migrate e mail calendars address books bookmarks desktop files and other settings from a Windows computer included with the Premium and Professional editions Product registration is required in order to install updates and new applications in Xandros Networks Compliant with the Linux Standard Base LSB Basedon the DCC Alliance standards based Debian core 4 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter Purpose of this user guide This Xandros Desktop User Guide explains the features of Xandros Desktop and provides instructions for installation for performing common tasks and for using applications This user guide is intended for both new and experienced computer users It documents the Premium and Professional editions and can also be used for other editions Documentation conventions The following conventions relate to using the mouse When you see this Do this Click Press the primary mouse button usually the left mouse button Double click Quickly
135. to the computer and turn it on 2 Click Launch Applications Utilities gt Palm Pilot Tool 3 Click File Backup 4 Press the HotSync button on your device During the backup progress is displayed in both the Palm Pilot Tool window and on the device When backup is successful the Palm Pilot Tool displays a HotSync Completed message and the device also indicates that the HotSync operation is complete The files are backed up to home username kde share apps kpilot DBBackup palmusername where username is the user account on the computer and palmusername is the name used on the device 5 You can restore the files to the device using File Restore To access memos from your Palm Pilot Connect the device to the computer 2 Click Launch gt Applications Utilities Palm Pilot Tool 3 Perform a synchronization If you had Popup Notes open on the Panel any new memos will automatically appear on the desktop 4 Click the Memo Viewer icon The memos if any are displayed in a list Do not add modify or delete entries in this window because the information will not be transferred to the device or computer Q If you cannot access memos using this procedure check that the conduit is enabled Click Settings Configure KPilot You may not be able to transfer a memo from your computer to the device 338 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To access addresses from your Palm Pilot 2 3 4 Connect the de
136. type and size To change fonts and sizes Click Launch Control Center Click Display then Theme then Fonts 3 Click Choose to change a specific element or Adjust Fonts to make global changes then select the font style and size for the elements that you want changed Sans serif fonts such as Helvetica are recommended for on screen viewing The fonts that can be changed are General Text within Control Center window for example Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 19 Fixed width Not used by many applications an example is KHexEdit which also requires configuration to use the system font Toolbar Text with icons on tool bar when set to display tool bar text Menu Text of menu bar items and Launch menu items Window title Text at top of open window Taskbar Text in Panel taskbar Desktop Desktop icon text Click OK to exit from the window 4 Click Apply v To change font colors on the desktop click Launch Control Center then Display then Background and Advanced Options Setting icon properties Icon properties can be changed For example the color and size of an active icon can be set To change an icon display Click Launch gt Control Center Click Display then Theme then Icons Click the Advanced tab Select the icon in the Use of Icon list Aa w N Change the Size Animate icons and so on See the online help for information on the various eff
137. you get error 4000 and have a serial advanced technology attachment SATA RAID device install with another type of RAID or without RAID If you get error 4000 and have an integrated drive electronics IDE device and a SATA controller update your system BIOS and set it to non enhanced mode If you are unable to use the mouse use a USB or PS2 mouse Xandros Desktop includes a troubleshooting menu outlined here that can be used to install the product when it does not immediately recognize hardware You can also use the troubleshooting menu when your installation is successful but have a hardware issue such as no sound to reinstall using another option To use the troubleshooting menu for installation With the Xandros Desktop Installation CD in the drive restart the computer 2 During startup when a Press lt Space gt for Troubleshooting Menu message appears press the space bar immediately Access is successful when the selection screen includes the following options Option Description Default Setup Default installation acpi on Restore Xandros Restore the startup screen and installation Rescue Console Diagnostic tools vga normal International Setup Non North American keyboard and language 256 Colors Setup Old monitor or video card VESA Mode Setup Generic video support Intel 1810 Setup For Intel 1810 onboard video Text mode boot Setup To start without showing the splash screen ACPI 1 Setup Default installation ac
138. you replace the current version on your system with the most recent version You can easily identify packages for which an upgrade is available With a single click you can install all available updates To upgrade packages using Xandros Networks Click Launch gt Xandros Networks 2 Click Application Updates expand the list by clicking the sign 3 Enable the check boxes of the package s that you want 4 For a single application click Update or Install For multiple applications click File Apply Selected Updates You can be required to activate the product using the serial number or an activation code 5 Confirm the list of packages to be installed and click OK You can also review dependencies by clicking Details 6 If prompted type the Administrator password and click OK 7 Respond to any prompts and close the progress window when done 8 To use the application select it from the Applications menu You can get all available updates at once by clicking File gt 1 Install All Latest Updates from Xandros Uninstalling packages Packages are normally uninstalled using Xandros Networks Windows applications are uninstalled using CrossOver Office When you uninstall a package with Xandros Networks Xandros Networks also deletes the files from your system and any other packages that depend on the package meaning dependencies It does not remove configuration files To uninstall packages using Xandros Networks Clic
139. you select the partition to restore In such a scenario you first need to determine the partition number The easiest way to determine the partition number is to start the installation wizard with the Xandros installation CD Under Custom install enable the Replace existing Xandros OS option view the partition then Cancel the installation You can also use the restore procedure outlined here To determine the partition number Click Launch gt Find Files Folders 2 Inthe Named field type lilo conf 3 Select the file directory from the Look in drop down list 4 Click Find 5 Double click a lilo conf file There can be more than one such file and it does not matter which one you open 6 Look for the label line for your Xandros installation 7 Look for the root line associated with it Note the partition number In the example shown hdb1 refers to partition 1 on the second hard disk b 376 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 5 lilo conf Text Editor File Edit View Bookmarks Tools Settings Help Ar ad oO SER read only compact fix table image vmlinuz Xandros Desktop z label Xandros_4 0_Home_Edition_Premium i vga 791 Partition root dev hdb1 3 initrd z boot initrd 2 6 15 dcc uni gz 3 append quiet rw acpi on resume2 swap dev hdal image vmlinuz label Safe_ video Mode vga 791 root dev hdb1 Line 1 Col 1 INS NORM Determining partitions To re
140. your computer indicating that someone is attempting to access your computer Check that the Remote system is the invited party decide if you will Allow remote user to control your keyboard and mouse and accept or refuse the connection The invited party cannot sees an Authenticating 186 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 window until you accept the connection types the password The invited party is not notified if you refuse the connection After a successful connection you are notified You are also notified when the invited party disconnects from your desktop To cancel desktop control Click Launch Applications gt System Remote Desktop Sharing Share My Desktop 2 Click Manage Invitations 3 Select the invitation to cancel and click Delete To respond to an invitation Click Launch gt Applications gt System Remote Desktop Sharing gt Connect to Desktop 2 Inthe Remote desktop box type the IP address and display number of the computer specified in the invitation separated by a colon An example is 172 16 1 224 0 Or click Browse to search for the computer Click Browse again to return to the smaller window Remote Desktop Connection Connect to Deskto mM FS x Remote desktop 172 16 1 151 0 ol Browse gt gt Enter the address of the computer to connect to or browse the network and select one VNC and RDP compatible servers will be supported Examples To H
141. 17 06 amp To unlock the screen nthe unlock computer window type the login password and click OK Ifthe screen is blank press a key or move the mouse to display 1 the login window You can also lock the screen after a specified period of inactivity with a screen saver See Setting a screen saver on page 80 Using the desktop 51 Changing your user password You can change the password that you use to log in to your Xandros Desktop system If you are logged in as the Administrator you can change the password for that account and user accounts If you are logged in as a user you are changing the password for that user account only ra File View Settings Help amp Index A Search 311 4 Display amp E File Manager amp General Settings Hardware Information amp Network Y Peripheral Devices Power Management amp Sound amp Multimedia Q System Administration Bl Boot Manager amp Login Manager Services User Manager Gi change Password modified contro Genter Change Password Change Password Password Settings Password Configuration User name xandrosuser Current password eee New password sett Confirm password X Synchronize with local Windows network password Apply Reset Change Password panel to change a user account password To change your
142. 24 bit initialization vector not set by the user WPA 256 bit Highest level of encryption It provides a higher level of security than WEP Similarly 256 bit encryption provides better security than 128 bit A Hexadecimal format refers to numbers 0 to 9 and the letters a to f An ASCII format refers to alpha numeric characters Click Next 10 In the Connection Name window type name for the connection such as Office LAN or Cable Internet In the Finish window to initiate the connection each time the computer starts up enable the Connect automatically at system startup check box To connect after you finish the wizard enabled the Start this connection when finished check box Click Finish to create the connection account 12 Create a connection account for each type of connection that you will use for example one account for a dial up connection and another account for a cable modem amp Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 To set up a DSL connection account Click Launch gt Applications gt Internet Connection Wizard The Connection Wizard launches From the list select the connection method DSL Point to Point Over ATM To use a Digital Subscriber Line DSL modem and a telephone line to connect to the Internet for example with speeds from 128 Kbps to 4 Mbps Used by Sympatico and many European providers Protocol for Alcatel SpeedTouch modem DSL Point to Point Over Ethernet To use
143. 3 Click the Calendar icon Click File New Event In the General tab specify the following information Title Name of meeting Location Room or address of meeting Start Date and time the meeting starts End Date and time the meeting ends Reminder Enable to be reminded of the meeting leaving the Show time as box with Busy means that no else can schedule a meeting with you for the same time Text box Text for attendees to read Select Categories Indicate the purpose of the meeting optional e Access Indicate if you want others to be able to view the meeting details In the Attendees tab specify the following information Click New Typethe e mail address of the attendee in the Name box Add any other attendees The Request response option does not work at this time attendees are notified of the meeting only If you want the meeting to recur set this in the Recurrence tab include an attachment with the e mail to be sent to attendees add it in the Attachments tab When finished click OK If you set up an event with other attendees ensure that KDE Mail has been configured see set up an e mail account for KDE Mail on page 68 select the event in your calendar click Schedule Publish An e mail is sent to the attendee with the details of the meeting When attempting to schedule a meeting you may not be able 1 to view the schedule of an invi
144. 349 Printers panel in Control Center 349 357 prin ng see ea ee Ree e4 4 hae eas 352 cancelling printjobs 360 357 duplex eer IRR 359 fax sending 361 landscape i ge ct ete PERSPSER 356 managing printjobs 360 manual feed 359 multiple copies 357 NS ss E 30 number of pages to print per page 359 page margin 360 page order 357 358 page range 356 paper orientation 356 359 355 359 paper tray iia ex ie 359 EE 354 portrait y e eo oe veste 356 PostScriptfile 353 PI dow e be 353 a oe ER 360 requesting print notification 360 resolution 358 357 358 specifying pages 356 troubleshooting 354 two sided 359 privacy cookies 206 processes displaying 137 filtering ui eh 138 killing e rnt Rt men 138 list refreshing 138 I ACC 137 aos it e ERE 137 Stopping cc nem e 138 YIMIDB irse kh SES 137 processor viewing informationon 109 Professional edition of Xandros
145. 48 switching among with shortcut keys 95 viewing with Desktop Pager 46 virtual network computing sharing control of desktop 185 virtual private network 65 191 virus removal 130 Mm 25 VMware for Windows compatibility 315 VNC sharing control of your desktop 185 199 voice over VolP 220 volume 302 adjusting balance 302 decreasing 303 distributing 302 303 increasing 303 key click feedback 9 Player sc nce eee ee 295 Sliders 5 duos 302 Sound Mixer 302 splitting mixer channels 303 system bell 99 volume groups Xandros Storage Manager 123 127 Voodoo video driver 3 vee cae ewes eee ee Reis ae eee 63 VEN Rr 65 191 W wallpaper ee RI 78 263 WAV files Media Player 288 Player sie ane ca Reg 29 RealPlayer I0 301 weather monitor 215 228 Web browser CACHE mn 205 COOKIES es eek we 206 default 203 extensions 202 jo e a 201 Konqueror 202 247 using Xandros File Manageras 201 Web pages blocking p
146. 6 phone calls 220 phone numbers Address Book 314 photographs create slide show Image Viewer 257 create slide show in Xandros File Manager 264 Digkam 261 Index XV AAA eta 3 Gwenview 267 viewing from digital camera 256 Xandros File Manager 264 Xandros Photo Manager 259 Photoshop cio do Shae eae 253 playing audio files oo o oo o o 223 Diss a pte EEG 223 aed Re 223 D TT 309 lapi cave odd ee e e 213 SN 223 plug ins list of installed 366 poker gam ss wee we ene e ves 310 pop up advertising blocking 205 Popup Notes COOKS 329 328 customizing notes 329 date inserting 330 editing notes 329 fonts changing 329 making notes 328 opening 328 Palm Pilot 337 338 printing o ooe 330 sending notes 330 portrait printing 356 ports iier a as 109 PostScript file printing creating 353 viewing II 243 PostScript Viewer To command 244 locating pages 244 marking pages 2
147. 6 w Computer 172 16 1 76 Protocol RDPv5 Protocol RDPv5 2 User Name User Name administrator BS open a Save As Bg Help X Cancel 9 Connect tj Help X Cancel 4 Connect Remotely accessing applications on a Windows computer LAN left other right 188 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 To access a Windows server or computer remotely Ensure the Windows computer is configured for remote access 2 Ifthe remote Windows computer is password protected ensure that you have a user account on it 3 On the Xandros computer click Launch Applications gt System gt Remote Desktop Sharing Remote Windows Connection to launch the Terminal Server Client This application is provided with the Professional edition and can be downloaded from Xandros Networks for the other editions 4 Complete the General tab As shown on the left you can leave the User Name Password Domain and Client Hostname boxes blank if you are connecting to a computer on a local area network LAN If you complete them they are those required for the destination computer 5 connect to the computer specified click Connect A window displays the remote Windows screen You may have to wait for the window to display if the connection is slow If the remote Windows computer is password protected you log in remotely A user on the remote Windows computer is notified when you log in but not when you log out 6 To invoke a
148. 70 Database OpenOffice org Calc Lets you create spreadsheets 271 Spreadsheet CrossOver Office Lets you use Microsoft Access Excel 272 and other Windows based applications compatible with CrossOver Office Calculator Lets you perform mathematical functions 318 Working with data 269 Using the OpenOffice org database OpenOffice org Base Database allows you to use databases You can create new databases or use existing ones specifically tables queries forms and reports in a database format Files are saved in the odb format To start OpenOffice org Base Database Install it from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks See Installing applications from the Applications CD on page 33 2 Click Launch gt Applications gt OpenOffice org Base Database You can download and install the OpenOffice org suite of i software in over 35 languages from www openoffice org To create a form Launch Base Database 2 With the Create a new database option enabled click Finish 3 Type a name for the form then click OK A new database is created 4 Click Create Form in Design View An OpenOffice org Writer window appears 5 To insert a form field such as a text box or bullet option select it from the floating tool bar then click and drag in the window to create it 6 Save the document and exit from OpenOffice org Writer 7 To try the form right click the form in OpenOffice org Base Database and select Open then com
149. 94 Restore installed boot troubleshooting menu 316 Restore Xandros logging in using 29 restoring Xandros Desktop 316 restricting printer access 358 restricting user access 115 Reversi game 309 root acting as system administrator 107 logging Was rr cee SS 21 managing files 145 RPM Package Manager 310 RPM installing packages 310 rsync command for backing up files 162 Run command executing commands 346 starting applications 158 Runaway Process Catcher 41 running applications 42 Samba domain adding users 171 SATARAID cere em esa RE ee n saving desktop view 35 logfiles m Ren 143 Seas Ewes 160 231 ue ci wed tp o op ed vss 354 scanner ME Das 265 as 261 schedule commands to run 340 scheduler uum REDE 216 321 scheduling integration with Windows 216 screen captures creating in Screen Capture 266 setting timer in Screen Capture 266 screen locking 5l screen resolution 98 screen saver CHANGING sd ees Rr knee 80 x
150. 99 disabling and enabling 99 setting pith 99 setting volume 99 C iad CERE 99 XX Index System Tray on Panel 4l system users accounts adding 110 accounts deleting 114 accounts editing 110 109 passwords 114 remote user 185 systems managing multi user 107 managing network 107 managing stand alone 107 T tactical games 309 tags Xandros Photo Manager 261 task manager Performance Monitor 137 Task Scheduler back files with 162 DE 34 taskbar 37 moving applications 4 on 4l Taskbar panel in Control Center 37 technical support 383 television watching WMG m MR A 3 xine Video Player 305 temperature monitoring 228 Terminal Server Client 188 TeX viewing DVI files 24 text background color in Text Editor 240 colors in Text Editor 239 creating text files 236 editing in Text Editor 238 editing text files
151. AMAN_PLAY Port INPUT Constant value O From connection Connect Playing a sample file in Audio Builder To start Audio Builder Click Launch Applications Multimedia Audio Builder To view play an example In Audio Builder click File Open Example select a file such as example adsrarts and click Open Start the Sound Server Control by clicking Launch gt Applications gt Multimedia gt Sound Server Control You can control the volume by clicking and dragging the bar on the right side Or you can reduce the volume by clicking the volume icon on the Panel Click File Execute Structure An execution window is displayed the sound begins to play and the Sound Server Control bars oscillate depending on the example chosen To stop the sound click OK in the execution window The sound stops playing and the Audio Builder window reappears Using multimedia applications 275 To build a sound Click File New Create a frequency module Click Modules gt Synthesis gt Oscillation amp Modulation gt Synth_FREQUENCY then click in the line at the top of the window to add the module Click the freq check box enable the Constant value option and type 440 to give a frequency of 440 click Connect then enable the Constant value option again 3 Create a waveform module Click Modules Synthesis gt WaveForms Synth WAVE SIN then click in the line two rows below the frequency
152. Applications gt System Menu Editor Some applications can be started by entering their name in a console window or using the Run Command accessible from the Launch menu Xandros Networks attempts to resolve dependencies for DEB 1 packages downloaded from the Internet and does so when found This means that additional packages required for the application will be automatically installed Installing RPM packages Some Linux distributions use different package formats for example the RPM Package Manager RPM format Xandros Networks lets you install RPM packages To install a downloaded RPM package 2 3 4 310 Click Launch gt Xandros Networks Click File Install RPM File Open the folder where the package is stored Double click the package file name If prompted type the Administrator password and click OK The application is installed Xandros Networks does not resolve dependencies for RPM 1 packages downloaded from the Internet This means that you may have to install additional packages for the application to function Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 Installing packages using the apt get command Another way to install packages is using the apt get command You open a console window as Administrator update your installation with the apt get update command optional then install a particular application with the apt get install command In this example the Tux Paint graphics application is ins
153. Assign port automatically check box set the port number and click Apply Windows and Linux networking 185 To share desktop control Ifthe Xandros Firewall Wizard is active at either end of the connection ensure that VNC access is enabled 2 Click Launch Applications gt System Remote Desktop Sharing Share My Desktop Welcome to KDE Desktop Sharing Desktop Sharing KDE Desktop Sharing allows you to invite somebody at a remote location to watch and possibly control your desktop More about invitations Invite via Email Manage Invitations 0 Configure r Close Share My Desktop application for sharing desktop viewing and control 3 Click an option e Create Personal Invitation You give the invited party the information displayed Invite via E mail The information is sent to the address specified Desktop Personal Invitation Sharing Give the information below to the person that you want to invite how to connect Note that everybody who gets the password can connect so be careful Host 172 16 1 151 0 Help Password fazC BvR Expiration time 05 19 2006 11 34 58 IP address and password generated for a personal invitation to share your desktop 4 The person invited uses the Connect to Desktop application when using Xandros Desktop to connect to your computer Otherwise any VNC viewer can be used When they attempt to connect a window appears on
154. Behavior window You can change the login splash window in the Splash Screen panel of the Control Center Setting fonts and sizes You can change the fonts displayed by Xandros Desktop and the sizes Changes can be specific to elements such as the desktop or global such as tool bar and desktop text Anti aliasing is applied by default to fonts which smooths out the fonts you may want to experiment with this feature as it may work better on larger fonts File View Settings Help Wj Index G Search as p T Fonts il Display General Bitstream Vera Sans 10 Choose E Background Panel Taskbar Fixed width Bitstream Vera Sans Mono 10 Choose W Screen Saver KE Settings Theme Menu Bitstream Vera Sans 10 Choose F Colors gt Ip Font installer Window title Bitstream Vera Sans 10 Choose Taskbar Bitstream Vera Sans 10 Choose Wa Icons Sef Splash Screen Desktop Bitstream Vera Sans 10 Choose amp Style 13 Theme Manager 3 Window Decorations amp E File Manager General Settings amp Hardware Information amp Y Network 3 Peripheral Devices Power Management amp E Sound amp Multimedia My System Administration al Toolbar Bitstream Vera Sans 10 Choose Adjust All Fonts X Use anti aliasing for fonts Configure Defaults Fonts panel for configuring font
155. Click Apply To set the screen saver priority level Follow steps and 3 of the previous procedure 2 Click Advanced Options Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 8l 3 Select an option from the Screensaver Priority drop down list If your screen saver is unstable increase its priority so that more resources are used for it 4 Click OK to exit from the window 5 Click Apply To return to the desktop when a screen saver is active Move your mouse or pointing device Setting accessibility Lowering screen resolution is the easiest way to increase the size of all desktop elements such as icons Panel and fonts Bell keyboard mouse window Panel Launch menu and desktop icon defaults can be changed to increase accessibility For example visual and or audible bells can be used and the screen can be set to flash on and off To change keyboard repeat speed shortcut keys and keyboard language maps see Customizing keyboard settings shortcuts and language maps on page 93 To increase the size of tool bar icons in an application see To set icon size on tool bar on page 45 increase the size of fonts in windows on the Panel on the desktop and in the Launch menu see To change fonts and sizes on page 79 increase the size of the Panel see size the Panel on page 37 increase the size of desktop icons see change the size of desktop icons on page 50 To increase size of elem
156. CodeWeavers Games Internet S KDE3 Supplemental A scanning program with Optical Character Recognition OCR E Multimedia capabilities The scanning program includes utilities to work with y Office Suite many different scanners E Spell Checking Dictior E System Utilities Download 299 13 KB Time estimate 00 01 25 at 28 8 kb s 00 00 43 at 56 6 kb s Installed size 1 79 MB Category Graphics Remove Lu Administrator Mode Off Xandros Networks showing application installed To print a list of applications installed on the computer Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Console 2 Type the following command dpkg 1 gt InstalledPackages and press Enter A detailed list of applications installed including version numbers is saved to a file called InstalledPackages in your home folder acl 2 2 23 1 Access control list utilities acpi 0 09 1 displays information on ACPI devices acpid 1 0 4 1 Utilities for using ACPI power management adduser 3 63 Add and remove users and groups akode 3 4 2 15 1 plugin for aRts alien 8 52 install non native packages with dpkg alsa base 1 0 11 2 ALSA driver configuration files alsa utils 1 0 11 3 ALSA utilities amarok 1 4 beta3c 4 versatile and easy to use audio player for Listing applications installed For more information on version
157. Desktop joining Windows domain 171 network share setting for user 179 scripts adding 179 StarOffice 234 252 256 271 StarOffice installation 3 Terminal Server Client for remote access 188 ProFTPD ooo E 204 projectors using with TV Time 3 properties viewing for files folders in Xandros File Manager 157 proxy server settings 1 Quick Launcher applet 40 Quick Start Guide 6 Quick Start menu customizing 87 starting applications 87 QUICKER s aora na RR ea REUS 33 QuickTime Media Player 288 quitting applications 43 R radio listening to 300 random window placement 88 Reader Adobe 3 313 RealPlayer 10 301 PPP a a Coe 35 Recycle Bin rara ip 36 red eye Xandros Photo Manager 262 refreshing desktops oo mee eee 48 log filelist ras 142 network connections 164 O ce 138 Xandros File Manager 156 Xandros File Manager when Web surfing 203 ReiserFS cos ica e teens 123 ReiserFS filesystem 16 Reminder Message Scheduler da EE 340 alarm changing 341 alarm deleting
158. Desktop is restored and your files and some settings are saved If that option does not work repeat the procedure to select Rescue Console from the menu The Rescue Console provides diagnostic tools for configuring Xandros Desktop It is for advanced users Using the desktop 29 Manually loading driver at startup You can manually load a driver at startup This procedure is for advanced users Some hardware that is not supported or not automatically detected can require manual loading of the kernel driver For example an ISA bus network card is not automatically detected but usually works if the driver is loaded for it For example a certain ISA bus Western Digital network card uses the wd kernel driver You add a line containing the text wd to the etc modules file This action loads the driver at startup To load a driver Log in as Administrator 2 Click Launch gt Applications gt Accessories gt Text Editor 3 Open the etc modules file by clicking File gt Open and typing etc modules in the File name box 4 Adda line to this file in the following format Module name Options sb 10 0x220 irq 5 dma 1 dmal6 1 In this example an ISA sound card driver is to be loaded 5 Save the file and close the Text Editor 6 Restart the computer The driver will be loaded automatically at startup Using custom kernel arguments You can use custom kernel arguments at startup An example is acpi off noapic This
159. Desktop uses the Bourne Again Shell bash as the default You can open multiple shell sessions in different command line modes You can multi task by running more than one shell session simultaneously For example to write a computer program you can open one shell session to write and edit code a second session to compile the code and a third session to view a Man page To start the Console utility Click Launch gt Applications gt System Console 2 You can launch a different shell environment by clicking Session and selecting one 0 You can also launch a console window in Administrator mode Click Launch gt Applications gt System Administrator Tools gt Console Using the command line interface 347 Common commands See the Man page for each command for more information To repeat a command already typed in a Console window use the up arrow key on the keyboard Command Function ls List contents of the current directory cd Change directory to the one specified by you for example cd SharedDocs inthe current directory cd Change directory to the one above the current one Copy file specified by you to another directory for example cp report txt SharedDocs which copies the report txt file to the SharedDocs directory mkdir Make the directory specified by you for example mkdir Test inthe current directory rm Remove the file specified by you for example rm report txt i
160. FE When you finish working with an image you can save it in several formats and or print the file S file fome xandrosuser dscnvise jpa Kview 42 bx File Edit View Go Tools Settings Help lt oom E 7 E E E m di 2592 x 1944 Viewing an image from a digital camera in Image Viewer 256 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 Opening files in Image Viewer You can use Image Viewer to open images from an FTP or Web server from a local disk a digital camera or from an archive on a remote server You can create a slide show To open an image file Click Launch Applications Graphics Image Viewer 1 Click File Open 3 Select the folder where the file is stored To access images on a digital camera click My Linux then All File Systems then then disks then Removable 4 Double click the file name v If you have more than one image in the same folder you can cycle through them by clicking the Forward button repeatedly or the Slideshow button If you cannot open the file as outlined find the file in the 1 Xandros File Manager and double click it If you open an image from the Web ensure that you include the entire address in the File name box for example http home xandros com images navbar 1 gif To view a slide show Click Tools gt Slideshow 2 To change the speed click Go gt Image List and drag the slider The speed changes autom
161. File Manager You can use wildcard characters in a search string You can search for a file by name string of text contained in the file file type dates owner group and so on a A Find Files Name Location Contents Properties Named gif Look in file usr Browse Save AS X Include subfolders O Case sensitive search O Use files index Name y In Subfolder size Modified Permissions pal x Preview ey cancerjou gi srrareycupsyuoc r 3 cancel job gif share cups doc r 248 12 12 05 08 53 am Read only l cancel job gif share cups doc r 427 11 14 03 11 15 am Read only icancel jobs gif share cups doc r 255 11 14 03 11 15 am Read only EB cat gif share doc libtiffa 12 477 05 19 05 05 59 am Read only sl caution gif share apps ksg 743 06 13 05 04 32 pm Read only si caution gif share doc crosso 1 039 05 14 06 10 05 am Read only sl caution gif share doc esoun 1 039 08 12 04 10 24 am Read only 1 In IReady 510 files found IZIIZ UJ U5 33 medu urny Finding all GIF files in the usr folder by searching on gif To find a folder or file using the name 1 In Xandros File Manager click Tools gt Find Files Folders In the Named box type the name of the folder or file for which you are searching Searches are case insensitive Try more than one variation for example to find a file called
162. File Manager by criteria such as name size type attributes date modified owner and group You can also change the order of the columns in the tree view and the flat view You can refresh the Xandros File Manager view for example to view the computers in the Windows Network To arrange folders and files Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click View Arrange Icons by and one of the following options Name Arranges folders then files alphabetically default e Size Arranges folders and files by size 156 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 Type Arranges folders then files by type of file Attributes Arranges folders then files by file permission Modified Arranges folders then files by date modified Owner Arranges folders and files by owner Group Arranges folders and files by group name To change the order of the information columns Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click View and enable the Detailed List mode 3 Click an information column header and drag it to another position on the header bar To refresh the view Click Launch gt Xandros File Manager Click View Refresh or press F5 Viewing folder and file properties You can view information about a folder or file such as read and write permissions To view the properties of a folder or file in Xandros File Manager Click Launch Xandros File Manager Select a folder or file 3 Click File
163. For example Xandros Desktop recognizes File file and FILE as three different files The top level of the folder tree is called the root or home folder and is denoted by the slash key All other folders are below or within the root folder You can open files from Xandros File Manager You can edit MIME types so that Xandros Desktop knows what application to use to open a file Managing files 145 You can share the files on your local file system with remote Microsoft Windows and Linux users For more information see Accessing Windows and Linux file systems on page 164 In Xandros File Manager you can perform a variety of operations on the files and folders including selecting moving copying renaming sorting and viewing properties You can search for files folders and network computers Xandros File Manager has browser and FTP capabilities that let you navigate the folders and files on your local file system and the folders of FTP sites For more information about using Xandros File Manager as a browser see Browsing the World Wide Web on page 201 For more information about using Xandros File Manager to work with files using FTP see Transferring files using FTP on page 203 Because file security is a built in feature of Xandros Desktop a regular user has access to their own folders and files while the Administrator has unlimited access to all user folders and files unless a user s home folder is e
164. Garmin is a regis tered trademark of Garmin Corporation GroupWise is a registered trademark of Novell Inc Handspring is a registered trademark of Handspring Inc HotSync is a registered trademark of Palm Inc HP is a trademark of Hewlett Packard Development Company IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation ICA is a registered trademark of Citrix Systems Inc ICQ is a reg istered trademark of ICQ Inc Illustrator is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated Instant Messenger is a service mark of America Online Inc Intuit is a registered trademark of Intuit Inc iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc iQue is a reg istered trademark of Garmin Ltd Corporation iTunes is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc JBuilder is a registered trademark of Borland Software Corporation JDK is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc JetDirect is a registered trademark of Hewlett Packard Company KDE is a service mark of K Desktop Environment Kodak is a registered trademark of Eastman Kodak Company Kylix is a registered trademark of Borland Software Corporation Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Lotus Notes is a registered trademark of IBM Lucent is a registered trademark of Lucent Tech nologies Inc Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc Mac OS is a registered trademark of Apple Computer I
165. Image 257 257 OpenOffice org Draw 252 Paint program 254 PowerPoint Visio Photoshop 253 printing 352 rotating in Image Viewer 258 SCAN cria a t 265 Screen Captures 266 slideshow 255 257 264 viewing in Image Viewer 256 Xandros Photo Manager 259 installing 368 boot manager 16 Complete o ee eee eee 12 computer requirements 9 ruo RR a e 15 X Index error 2000 eso sawed obese pad 2 error 4000 22 error S005 ooooooooooooo o 22 Express Reed dane ee ge 13 folits o rose p ees 246 Optio E 12 15 PRINCE io oro ne 349 SATA RAID issue 22 SoftWale seas eee de id 368 system requirements 9 troubleshooting 22 updates with Xandros Networks 69 with Windows 19 21 Xandros Desktop 12 instant messaging ral errar 199 Galli 231 Instant Messaging 226 Skype Internet Calling 2 Intel video driver 3 Interactive window placement 88 internat
166. K This option is not available for all connection types If only the Administrator account connects automatically upon login copy their konnect desktop file in the kde Autostart folder and copy it into usr share autostart This allows all users to dial out on login If you need to use a cell phone with a laptop to get Internet access add a line to the UDEV rules to permit the Xandros connection system to view the device As Administrator access the file etc udev rules d 50 xandros udev rules Under the usb modems category add the following line if it is not already there KERNEL ttyACM 0 9 NAME k GROUP dialout MODE 0660 SYMLINK usb tts k If you want to use Internet connection sharing whereby multiple users can access a single Internet connection over a local network see Using the firewall on page 197 196 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 To disconnect from an ISP Click the network connections icons on the Panel select the connection then Disconnect To share an Internet connection Access the Network Connections panel in the Control Center 2 Select the connection to be shared 3 Click Properties 4 Click the Sharing tab 5 Enable the check box 6 Click OK to exit from the window Using the firewall You can activate a firewall to provide protection from unauthorized access of your computer and to block outgoing services Complete the wizard at the computer that you want protect
167. Monitoring system performance on page 139 Quick Launcher Places additional application buttons on the Panel that you can configure table continued 40 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Applet Function Run Command Places a window on the Panel in which you can type commands and launch applications For example type firefox to launch the Web browser Runaway Process Catcher Launches an application that monitors for runaway processes which you can remove Click to use Sound Mixer Places a mixer on the Panel and lets you control volume speakers line CD microphone video and video connections Stock Ticker Places a scrolling stock ticker on the Panel See Using the Stock Ticker on page 229 Storage Media Places icon on Panel for example to quickly eject a CD from the drive System Tray Adds a section on the Panel to show icons of the underlying systems running such as volume and Instant Messaging launched by default Taskbar Places a taskbar on the Panel Trash Places a trash can on the Panel You can drag and drop files onto it Weather Report Places a weather readout with temperature wind speed and air pressure on the Panel see Using the weather monitor on page 228 Xandros Update Places the Xandros Update icon on the Panel to indicate if updates are available on Xandros Networks launched by default See To download updates from the Panel
168. OVING s eere tebe tere ees ake 38 removing 38 application windows A EUR eR ERR RE SORS 44 cascading eee ee eee 44 ke eere ey s 4 customization settings 88 default placement 88 description 42 desktop placement 88 Dr a 43 FOCUSING rd 89 89 MAXIMIZINS 44 MIAMI cio ard ideas es 43 MOVING see ak ea eee 43 moving among virtual desktops 41 PESIZING 2c e ee es 43 SLING tasa 43 uncluttering 43 WINdOWS Coos died Sic es eR 44 applications accessing at startup 2 2 2 0000 101 accessing remotely with NX Client 189 accessing with Launch menu 42 accessing with Quick Start menu 87 accessing with shortcuts 49 adding ae Sc 369 373 il Index adding to Launch menu 86 applets on Panel 40 creating shortcuts 49 default 1 ee ee Res 101 103 deleting oc ck swe rm Rem 3n finding in Xandros Networks 367 gaps eee heed ba eels 251 installing eR m 369 kill with Ctrl Alt Esc 4 launching with Run Command window 36 list of software installed 366 moving among virtual desktops 4 not responding 43 Opening
169. Properties Q You can also view file properties by right clicking a folder or file and selecting Properties Starting applications in Xandros File Manager You can start applications in Xandros File Manager To start an application in Xandros File Manager Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Navigate to the folder where the application you want to open is located 3 Double click the icon of the application You can also open the application by right clicking it and selecting Open Managing files 157 Starting applications using the Run command window You can start applications by typing the path and file name where the application is stored in the Run Command window Typing an application name in this window also launches it An example is typing firefox to launch the Web browser To start an application using the Run command window Click Launch Run Command 2 Type the path and file name or the application name and click Run You can look up the command to type in the Menu Editor under Launch gt Applications gt System Menu Editor 1 Enter the name of the application you e want to run or the URL you want to view Command firefox X l Options gt gt Run Cancel Run Command window to start applications Q To open the application and also launch a console window to view execution information click Options and enable the Run in terminal window check box Finding folders an
170. RAID where data is stored on multiple hard disks which appear on the system as a single disk RAID helps to protect data and improves performance In terms of naming conventions the first IDE hard disk on the computer is referred to as IDE1 A SCSI disk is indicated as SCSI In the example shown the hard disks are labelled as IDE1 and IDE2 Managing your system 12 Partitions There are three types of partitions primary extended and logical The first partition often is a primary partition from which the computer boots There can be up to four primary partitions for example when you have a multi OS computer or there can be three primary partitions and one extended partition An extended partition contains any remaining partitions which are called logical partitions For example with a 100 GB disk you can have a 40 GB primary partition then a 60 GB extended partition that is divided into three 20 GB logical partitions In this case three logical partitions were created which are not bootable The operating system is contained in the primary partition which is bootable User files can be placed in any of the partitions Please note that a logical partition is not the same thing as a logical volume explained later 100 GB Disk 40 GB Primary Partition 60 GB Extended Partition Primary extended and logical partitions To illustrate use the operating system is on the primary partition the path home xandrosuser1 can be one l
171. Route Connection Name Type Status Local Area Connection 1 LAN Connected 4 VPN Office PPTP VPN Client Disconnected Create Connection Manage Properties Network connections Using the Internet 195 Making an Internet connection When you have a modem depending on the settings configured in the Connection Wizard the connection 15 initiated automatically on startup or you manually connect to your Internet service provider ISP This section outlines how to manually connect to the Internet and how to share this connection among multiple users When you share an Internet connection among several computers over a local network these computers share the connection simultaneously To manually connect to an ISP Click the network connections icon on the Panel select the Cay connection type then Connect The connection is established and 8 you are able to use a Web browser for example In the example shown here a cable modem is selected for connection se Network Connections E Rogers Cable VPN Office E Local Area Connection 1 Wireless Networks Ey Create Connection Configure Network Connections amp Configure 2 Help Selecting an account to connect to the Internet Q To connect to the network server automatically upon login in the Network Connections panel click Properties select On Boot from the drop down list and click O
172. Sound Recorder playing sound 304 recording sound 304 Sound Server Control 271 Sound System panel in Control Center 99 SPAM iuc ms cbr t DRE ERE EE EH Ier 209 speakers distributing volume 303 nosund seen 99 splitting sound channels 303 special characters and symbols 320 special characters applet on Panel 40 spell checkers Adding i 97 isc eon bales 9 Online Dictionary 333 Spell Checking panel in Control Center 9 spreadsheet Exel eee Re RR REF 27 Gnumeric 2 ss cee cae RS Hp OpenOffice org spreadsheet 2n SPYWARE sees be yee 135 201 lovin Hp standard shortutkes 93 standby powering down monitor 136 StarOffice 234 installation 33 A Le RR RR Ren 36 starting applications 42 applications automatically 103 applications automatically at startup 101 Index XIX applications from Xandros File Manager 157 applications using the Run command 158 Xandros Desktop 25 26 27 startup Operating system 54 startup options 25 26 27 53 101 startup sound disabling 99 stereo devices merging sli
173. The weather information appears in the Summary window oO t A 9 To display the weather information in metric units change them in the Other tab of the Regional Settings panel in the Control Center To use the address book Click the Contacts icon 2 To add a new entry click File gt New Contact 3 To import an address book from another application export the book from that application then click File Import here and select the format You may need to click on the column headings to specify what each column is 4 To send an e mail to the contact select the contact entry and click File gt Send Email to Contact To set birthdays Under Contacts double click an entry to edit it click the Details tab and specify the birth date for example June 1 1960 in the Birthdate field 2 Click OK Birthdays for the next week appear in the Summary window To create a to do list Click the To do List icon 2 Click File New To do 3 Type an action for the task in the Title box for example Prepare for Sales meeting 4 Select when you want to start or finish the task by enabling the Start or Due check box Further specify the time to start or finish by enabling the Time associated check box and specifying the time A Start or Due date must coincide with the current date for the task to appear in the Summary window 5 Click OK to exit from the window Using the Internet 215 To schedule a meeting 2
174. To create a task for tracking Click Task New 2 Type a name for the task in the Task name box If you intend to create sub tasks type a category name first In the example shown the task is the client s name Jane Alexander 3 Click OK to exit from the window Q You can also create a task by clicking the Create new top level task button on the tool bar To create a sub task for tracking Click the task for which you want to create a sub task 2 Click Task New Subtask 3 Type a name for the sub task to be tracked in the Task name box 4 Click OK to exit from the window Q You can also create a sub task by clicking the New Subtask button on the tool bar To track time Click the task or sub task for which you want to track time 2 Click Clock Start A clock appears to indicate tracking 3 To stop tracking the time click Clock gt Stop You can also start and stop tracking by clicking the buttons on the tool bar You can track multiple tasks simultaneously The tracked tasks do not need to be saved When you exit from 1 the Personal Time Tracker then use it later the previous tasks and times appear To edit task time Select the task or sub task that you want to change 2 Click Task Edit 3 To specify the time to use enable the Edit absolute option and specify it To add or subtract time enable the Edit relative option select or from the drop down list and specify the hours or minutes to ad
175. Type a Password for the user Retype the password in the Confirm password box Click OK to exit from the window Click Next to continue in the wizard In the Installation Summary window check the information If you need to change any settings click Back Otherwise click Finish to perform the installation Xandros Desktop is installed For some editions you also need to install an office suite StarOffice or OpenOffice org using the Applications CD After login simply insert the CD and follow the prompts 1 If you install Xandros Desktop to coexist with or more other operating systems install the other operating system first If you install Xandros Desktop first then want to install Microsoft Windows insert the Windows CD into the computer and wait for the installation wizard If the installation wizard does not automatically launch back up your files clear the hard disk install Windows then install Xandros Desktop Installing Xandros Desktop 2l Troubleshooting installation If you get error 2000 and you downloaded the product try another installation CD for example create it using a speed of 4x or less If you get error 5005 try the following Check the hardware requirements Check the MD5 check sum if you downloaded the Xandros product Ifthe check sum is correction create the installation CD again using a slow speed such as 4x or less Use the troubleshooting menu outlined in this section If
176. Windows domain on page 171 to complete this process This option is displayed in the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop only 5 You can change the Workgroup if you want This is the folder directory in the Windows network where your computer appears to other users 6 When the Server security level is selected the Password authentication server box is automatically completed with the name of a server Check that the server is the correct one to use 1 Click Apply Joining a Windows domain With the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop you can join Windows domains including Windows NT4 Windows 2000 and 2003 ADS Mixed and native modes Joining such Windows domains allows you to access computers printers folders and files located on those domains depending on permissions granted In the following instructions if you are using a Samba domain you follow the Windows NT4 instructions and will substitute root and the root password when instructed to enter Administrator and the Administrator password Joining a Windows NT4 domain Using the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop there are two ways to join a Windows NT4 domain Your network administrator creates the computer account on the server before your computer joins the domain join with pre existing account The computer account is created when your computer joins the domain In this scenario the domain administrator password is required A
177. Xandros Desktop User Guide xandros Copyright 2006 Xandros Inc All rights reserved Xandros Desktop 4 User Guide INFORMATION IS PROVIDED BY XANDROS ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT ANY OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABLE QUALITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR POSE OR THOSE ARISING BY LAW STATUTE USAGE OF TRADE COURSE OF DEALING OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE RESULTS OF THE INFORMATION RECEIVED IS ASSUMED BY YOU WE SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDEN TAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT LOST OR DAMAGED DATA OR OTHER COMMERCIAL OR ECONOMIC LOSS EVEN IF WE HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR THEY ARE FORE SEEABLE WE ARE ALSO NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR CLAIMS BY A THIRD PARTY OUR MAXIMUM AGGRE GATE LIABILITY TO YOU AND THAT OF OUR DEALERS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PARTICULAR PRODUCT OR COPY OF THE PRODUCT OR SERVICE GIV ING RISE TO THE CLAIM SOME STATES COUNTRIES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU Xandros Xandros Desktop Xandros Networks Xandros Deployment Management Server xDMS Xandros Server and the Xandros logo are trademarks
178. Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To change an alarm Select the entry that you want to change 2 Click Actions gt Edit 3 Change the reminder If you try to change the date of a recurring event you need to change it in the Recurrence tab 4 Click OK v You can also change an alarm by double clicking it or by clicking the Edit button on the tool bar To delete an alarm Select the entry that you want to delete Click Actions gt Delete and confirm the deletion You can also delete an alarm by clicking the Delete button on the tool bar To disable all alarms Click Actions and disable the Alarms Enabled item The Reminder Message Scheduler icon on the Panel is gray when alarms are disabled To change the default alarm color Click Settings Configure Reminder Message Scheduler 2 Click the Font amp Color icon 3 Change the Background color 4 Click OK The change applies to new reminders Using accessories and utilities 34 Scheduling tasks Applications can be scheduled to run after a specified delay If you schedule a job to recur the maximum interval is 99 999 seconds or just over a day and the Task Scheduler must remain open or minimized on the desktop You can also use commands in a console window to schedule tasks For example open a console window as Administrator enter at 1830 enter halt and press Ctrl D These commands shut down the computer at 6 30 PM To schedule a task Click
179. a CD to another CD drive 2 Ox Un fa w Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia DVD Writer Place the CD to be copied into the CD drive If it launches another application like the CD Player exit that application Click Copy disc Close all other applications and click OK to exit from this prompt Select the device to read from in the Copy from drop down list Select the device or location to read to the Copy to list copying to another CD drive Note the disc and copy time outlined in the Summary area Click OK and follow the prompts Insert the destination disc when prompted progress bar appears during copying To copy a CD to a CD using a single drive 2 in Se v Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia DVD Writer Place the CD to be copied into the CD drive If it launches another application like the CD Player exit that application Click Copy disc Close all other applications and click OK to exit from this prompt Select the device to read from in the Copy from drop down list From the Copy to drop down list select Disc Image File When you copy as a disc image file it copies the CD as one file to a location on your Using multimedia applications 285 computer specified by you and it allows you to then create a CD with that image file Disc Copy from HL DT ST DVD ROM GDR81638 Copy to Disc Image File r Summary Disc type M
180. a user to enter www xandros com instead of an IP address Click Next If the Administration Configuration window appears Type a password for the Administrator root account in the Administrator password box The password must be a minimum of six characters e Retype the password in the Confirm password box Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 Change the randomly generated Computer name optional and make it 15 characters or less when your computer is on a Windows network This computer name is that viewable by others when on a network To make it more difficult for a password to be compromised enable the Enforce strong passwords check box The wizard checks if your password is acceptable to this higher standard For example it disallows the use of common words To disable sharing of home folders enable the Make user home folders private check box If you have multiple user accounts and thereby multiple home folders users will be able to access and browse each other s folders unless you enable this option Click Next to continue in the wizard 14 If the User Account Configuration window appears click Add to add a user account optional and recommended then in the Add Edit User Account window the user ID of the user in the User name box This is the name for logging in to Xandros Desktop Spaces cannot be used Type the full name of the user in the Full name box Spaces are allowed
181. abase is compiled from the CD Click New Applications clicking on the to expand the list View or select the packages for installation by enabling the check boxes You can select multiple packages If you perform a search for an application and do not Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 find it try clicking Expert in the left pane You also change the mode of the window by clicking Settings Expert View Install a single package by clicking Install or multiple packages by clicking File Install Selected Applications then click OK to install Wait while the packages are being installed respond to any prompts then Close the installation window when done Click Edit Set Application Sources window and reset the source for example enable only the Xandros distribution site check box Applications installed from the CD normally appear in the appropriate area of the Launch menu Some applications run in the background and are not launched Options for using Windows applications If you need to run Windows applications options include CrossOver Office Runs some Windows applications in Xandros Desktop without having Windows installed You install the applications Win4Lin Runs Windows operating systems and applications in a window on the desktop Almost any Windows application can be run An evaluation version is available through Xandros Networks for Windows 95 98 ME Windows 2000 and XP support is separate
182. acy icon 3 Click the Cookies tab 4 Set your options for example enable the for the originating site only option 5 Click Close to exit from the window To manage cookies for Xandros File Manager In Xandros File Manager click Tools Configure Xandros File Manager 2 Click Cookies 3 Set your options See the online help file for an explanation of each option 4 Click OK to exit from the window The Cookies panel in the Control Center manages cookies for 1 Xandros File Manager 206 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Creating Web pages Several applications included in Xandros Desktop can be used to prepare content for Web sites including OpenOffice org and the Text Editor In the Professional edition the equivalent Star Office applications are used OpenOffice org Web is designed specifically for writing and editing Web pages You can work on the HTML source code directly or work on the page in a user friendly interface You can also save the files as OpenOffice org Word Processor files Similarly the OpenOffice org Word Processor lets you save your work as a Web page and produces an HTML file With the Text Editor you can code in HTML Tags can be color coded To use OpenOffice org Click Launch Applications OpenOffice org Tools Web If OpenOffice org is not installed install it from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks 2 Type your content and save the file You do not need to type tags on
183. adset can be a two plug type or a USB plug and it connects to the computer You need a Skype account which allows you to call other Skype accounts If you want to call regular telephones or mobile phones meaning users without Skype accounts you need SkypeOut not included You can make conference calls with Skype users and using SkypeOut The application works behind most firewalls and it is available in several languages You can also send instant messages with the application You can send instant text messages When using a headset with a USB plug configuration of the application and sound mixer is required Start with that procedure before attempting to make a phone call To make a phone call While connected to the Internet click Launch Applications Internet gt Skype Internet Calling If the application is not in the menu install it with Xandros Networks 220 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 2 Click the New Users Create a Skype Account tab to create a Skype account or enter your Skype user name and password Then click Next to log in and launch Skype S Skype Create Account 8 Create a new Skype account New Users Create a Skype Account Existing Users Log in to Skype Choose Skype Name xandrosuser Betweer ungrouped buddies 1 6 kenw Deans 3 erich y boylinux 3 echo123 xandrosbru Password Repeat Password Your E mail Address kandrosuser amp xandro
184. ager 1 Click the first file or folder that you want to select hold down Shift and then click the last file that you want to select To select multiple folders and files Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Hold down Ctrl and click each file and folder that you want to select Managing files 153 To select all the folders and files in a folder Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click Edit Select All To invert the selection of folders and files Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click files or folders 3 Click Edit Invert Selection Moving and copying folders and files You can move and copy a folder or file to another location in the file system or to the desktop To move a folder or file Select the folder or file you want to move Click Edit Cut 3 Access the folder where you want to paste the folder or file 4 Click Edit Paste To copy a folder or file Select the folder or file you want to copy Click Edit Copy 3 Access the folder where you want to copy the folder or file 4 Click Edit Paste To copy or move a folder or file to the desktop Drag the folder or file from Xandros File Manager to the desktop Inthe menu that displays click one of the following options Not all files can be moved copied or linked to another location Move Here Moves the folder or file to the new location it is no longer in the original location Copy Here Places a cop
185. ages To run the Konqueror Web browser click Launch Run 1 Command type konqueror and click Run To create a shortcut to it right click on the desktop select Create New gt Shortcut use the Program option andtype konqueror in the box You can change the desktop icon by right clicking it selecting Properties and clicking the icon shown If you use Konqueror please note that it is not supported by Xandros You can install Internet Explorer using CrossOver Office See Installing Windows based applications on page 33 202 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 To revisit a Web page using the history list Click the arrow to the right of the address box 2 From the list that displays click the Web page to revisit To refresh the Web browser Click the Refresh or Reload current page icon on the tool bar To interrupt a Web page transmission Click the Stop or Stop loading this page icon on the tool bar To bookmark a Web page e With the page open click Bookmarks Bookmark This Page or Bookmarks Add Bookmark To view a bookmarked Web page Click Bookmarks and select the Web page from the list To change the home page In Firefox Web Browser click Edit Preferences 2 Inthe General tab change the address in the Location box 3 Click Close To set the default Web browser Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Component Chooser 3 Click Web Brows
186. ages See Filtering unwanted messages on page 209 You need the address of the newsgroup that you want to view Examples are news example net and rumours uwaterloo ca Your ISP may host newsgroups and you can view lists of newsgroups at www newzbot com Y a Uwatenoo ca FETU EC 33 p ey ee File Edit View Go Message Tools Help ewe g Ele Get Mail Write Address Book Reply Reply All Forward Print Folders View All M P Subject or Sender e 0 Subject Sender je Date Sj FURNITURE SALE shiprasingh2002 y 05 08 200 anyone go to take IELTS t asuro rd ea May 12 Fri carpool offe Thomas amp LF furniture a spacious bedroom in a Yanwei Wan gt 05 09 200 Local Folders 9 second hand bicycle w jordan 05 10 200 la lt lt amp Subject LE furniture T u debian From Shim lt smquo200_ gmail comNOSPAM gt Date 05 09 2006 06 08 PM Newsgroups uw forsale uw cssa I m looking for the following furniture 1 A chair suitable for study 2 A wardrobe 3 A bed side table Please contact me via smguo200 AT gmail DOT com Unread 96 Total 97 Accessing a newsgroup in Thunderbird Mail To connect to newsgroups Click Launch gt Applications Internet Thunderbird Mail 2 Ifyou have not set up an e mail or newsgroup account an Account Wizard is displayed If the wizard is not shown and you want to set u
187. alling Windows based applications on page 33 To uninstall select Microsoft applications installed without your knowledge click Launch gt Applications gt CrossOver gt Configuration Working with graphics 253 To install Adobe software With the Adobe CD in the drive exit from CrossOver 2 Open Xandros File Manager 3 Navigate to the folder containing the application for example an Adobe Illustrator folder 4 Double click the setup exe file To open a graphics file Click Launch Windows Applications gt Programs and select the application 2 In the application click File Open and select the image file to open To access your Xandros home folder navigate up to My Computer Creating images with Paint Paint lets you draw simple images and convert between file formats You can set colors with several palettes with HSV RGB and HTML codes or by creating a custom color The images can be saved in various formats including JPEG PNG and BMP Paint File Edit View Image Settings Help 3p Ed e b 77 BBA Aho oti A Ae Le ea e fo MAC vu 1 0 Ex s 355 150 400x300 24 100 Paint To create an image with Paint Click Launch gt Applications gt Graphics gt Paint 2 Click Image Resize Scale to set the size of the image Size is in number of pixels 3 Select an action from the left menu bar for example
188. ame for the key Scheme in the dialog box that appears and click OK 8 Click Apply 94 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 To remove a shortcut key Click Launch gt Control Center Click General Settings then Key Assignment then Keyboard Shortcuts Select a key scheme from the drop down list 2 3 4 Select a key from the list 5 Inthe Shortcut for Selected Action area enable the None option 6 Click Apply Customizing desktop switching keys You can set the keys used to switch among virtual desktops For example Ctr F1 is used to switch to virtual desktop 1 and Ctrl Tab cycles to the next virtual desktop To change a desktop switching shortcut key Click Launch gt Control Center 1 Click General Settings then Key Assignment then Keyboard Shortcuts 3 Select a key scheme from the drop down list 4 Click the Shortcut Sequences tab 5 Select a key from the list 6 Select an action from the Shortcut for Selected Action list and change the default if prompted 1 Click Apply Customizing application shortcut keys You can create a shortcut key scheme that contains shortcut keys related to applications for example pressing F1 to access help You can modify the shortcut keys and remove them To change default application shortcut keys Click Launch gt Control Center Click General Settings then Key Assignment then Keyboard Shortcuts 3 Select a key scheme from the drop down list 4 Click the A
189. an also view individual fonts in Xandros File Manager Double click the font file and the window similar to Font Viewer appears You can then click Install Using special characters and symbols A Character Selector utility is provided so that you can insert special characters and symbols such as accents and mathematical symbols in text and other types of documents See Using special characters and symbols on page 320 Using the online dictionary Using an Internet connection you can look up words using the dictionary application supplied with Xandros Desktop See Using the Online Dictionary on page 333 Using spell checkers Xandros Desktop is installed with an English dictionary as the default spell checker dictionary If you are preparing documents in another language you can use the following dictionaries provided on Xandros Networks and on the Applications CD Brazilian Portuguese Danish French German Italian Polish Portuguese Russian Spanish and UK English See Adding and using spell checkers on page 97 The spell checker is used by some applications such as the Text Editor Other applications have their own spell checkers such as Thunderbird Mail and OpenOffice org Write 248 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 Additional text applications The following applications can be downloaded from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks Kate Text editor already installed type kate in the Run Command
190. an also zoom out by clicking the Zoom Out button on the tool bar Navigating a document PostScript Viewer provides tools to navigate a document Go to Page lets you specify the section and page number that you want to view When you finish reading or viewing a page you can use the Next Page command to see the next page in the document PostScript Viewer lets you navigate quickly to the beginning or end of your document You can quickly read a document using the Page Up and Page Down keys as well as clicking and pushing the page As you read a document you can mark pages for future reference Marking pages is also useful when you want to print only certain sections of a document You can add and remove page marks You can also switch page marks so that previously marked pages become unmarked and previously unmarked pages become marked Toggling page marks lets you mark and unmark pages The Toggle Page Marks command lets you invert marked and unmarked pages For example you can print 97 pages of a 100 page document without marking all 97 pages Instead you can mark only the three pages you do not want to print and then toggle the page marks Similarly if you previously marked all even pages you can use the Toggle Page Marks command to invert the page marks and mark all odd pages instead To view a specific page Click View Go to Page 2 Type the page number to go to 3 Click OK 244 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10
191. an be used to send a fax See Viewing and sending faxes on page 361 Managing print jobs The Print Jobs accessory can be used to monitor and manage print jobs See Managing print jobs on page 360 330 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 Creating text files The Text Editor lets you create text and HTML files See Using the Text Editor on page 236 Using the clipboard The Cut and Paste Utility displays clipboard history which lets you easily retrieve previous cut and paste content Klipper Clipboard Tool Xandros Desktop OS is a great Linux OS www xandros com _ Check the text Enable Actions Alt Ctri X Clear Clipboard History Configure Klipper Help O Quit Cut and Paste utility with three entries shown To access previous cut and paste text Click Launch Applications Utilities Cut and Paste Utility The i clipboard tool icon appears on the Panel 2 Click the icon on the Panel and select the item that you want to copy You can only select an item when content has previously been copied 3 In the target application place the cursor where the text is to go 4 Right click and select Paste To exit the utility Click its icon on the Panel and select Quit Using the Desktop Pager The Panel shows the virtual desktops available and lets you switch among them In addition a Desktop Pager utility can be used to display a snapshot of all virtual desktops so that yo
192. anced tab Click the Text Files list to expand it Click a page margin from the list and set the margin for the bottom left right and top of page as required 1 Click OK 1 Changing the margins in the Control Center changes them for all applications You can sometimes change margins for individ ual applications within an application noun Aa v N To specify time to print In Properties access the Advanced tab and expand the Job Flow category Managing print jobs When you print a file the job is stored in the print queue until the printer can process it The print queue displays print jobs in the order in which they are sent and it displays information about each print job Jobs can be cancelled If you are logged in as the Administrator you can cancel a print job belonging to another user amp Print Jobs for AlllPrinters gt Print jobs File Jobs Filter Settings Help xandrosuser tmp kde xandrosus Queued 20 C Keep window permanent Max Unlimited Monitoring the printer queue with Print Jobs To access the print queue Click Launch Applications gt Accessories Print Jobs The application is also available from the Panel when a job is printing 2 To view jobs specific to a printer select it from Filter Select Printer 3 To view jobs specific to a user select Filter Show Only User Jobs specify which user in the box on the tool bar and press Enter 360 Xandros Desktop
193. and file system Partition type The partition type selectable here depends on the location of the free space If you are creating a partition within an extended partition you are creating a Logical partition Otherwise you can create a Primary or Extended partition where up to four primary or three primary and one extended partitions are possible See Partitions on page 122 for an explanation of partition types File system type Select the type of file system for the partition from the drop down list The default and recommended system is ReiserFS See File systems on page 123 for a description of each type A partition is automatically formatted for use If you do not want to format it enable the Do not format check box Click Next to continue in the wizard In the Enter Start Point and Size window specify the values Start point offset The partition is created at the first available space on the hard disk unless you specify a location here Size Specify the size of the new partition in MB where the maximum available is used by default Click Next to continue in the wizard If the Choose Mount Point window appears specify the folder where the partition will reside You can click into the various files to select one or type a name to create a new one If the partition is for a user you can click into the home folder for example For the Do not mount option there are two reasons to enable this option
194. and press Enter I When asked if you want to change the current boot device enter no and press Enter 12 After computer restart the black Xandros startup screen appears Using the desktop 3l Completing the First Run Wizard The First Run Wizard automatically launches the first time each user logs in to Xandros Desktop 1 SERN Wizard Welcome to First Run Wizard The First Run Wizard helps you to easily customize your desktop environment You can set the way numbers dates currencies and time are displayed desktop appearance and behaviors and more All of these settings can be changed later using the Control Center Which hand do you use to operate your mouse Right hand xandros First Run Wizard to set basic default values The wizard guides you through basic setup tasks such as Configuring your mouse Choosing your regional settings such as location and keyboard language setting the locale automatically sets fields such as the character set date format and currency Setting the date and time Adding printers Choosing default window styles and system behavior such as Xandros Desktop UNIX Microsoft Windows or Mac OS behavior Registering Xandros Desktop over the Internet required in order to install updates Installing updates to Xandros Desktop over the Internet using Xandros Networks Complete the wizard If you do not want to add a printer now or download updates from Xandro
195. anel To add an application button e Right click the Panel and select Add to Panel Application and the application that you want to add to the Panel To remove an application button Right click the application button and select Remove 38 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 To change an application button icon Right click the application button and select Properties Not all application buttons can be changed Click the icon on the left side of the window General Permissions Application Source gt 3 Tu A MyHome System icons Filesystems Other icons Type File system explorer Web browser and network browsii E Search Contents Desktop Config File Location Jusr share applications kde Size 2 5 KB 2 511 Modified 05 12 06 09 15 am Accessed 05 18 06 10 28 am Changing icons for an application 3 Select a new icon Note that different collections are available with the drop down menus Then click OK to exit from the window 4 Click OK To change the description for an application button Right click the application button and select Properties Not all application buttons can be changed 2 Click the Application tab 3 In the Name box type the name of the application button This is the first part of the description 4 Inthe Comment box type a description for the application button optional Th
196. aper For printing the options include contact sheets thumbnails multiple images full size To print to a printer 2 3 4 T o uo pa un N 262 Select the images Click File Print Select the printer from the Name drop down list Click the Image Settings tab select if you want individual prints a contact sheet small images on one page or a picture package various sizes on one page Set the other options such as number of images per page as appropriate Click Print copy to a CD Insert a blank CD in the drive Select the image or click Edit gt Select All Click File Burn CD A Create Disc window opens Select the CD drive from the Device drop down list Click OK The images are copied to the CD Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 To use an image as desktop wallpaper Right click the image and select Set As Desktop Wallpaper Only part of the image is used as the desktop background 2 To return to the default click Launch gt Control Center click Display then Background Select the background from the Picture drop down list for example XandrosBlue then click Apply Searching for images You can search by various criteria including file name folder name album tag date and media file type and caption To search for an image Click Search and select an option The applicable images are displayed in a new tab 2 To close the tab right click the tab title and se
197. appears in the list The partitions included are marked as LVM Next create a logical volume primary hdb1 ReiserFS 400 MB primary hdb2 LVM WebServer 9 MB a extended hdb3 35 MB logical hdb5 LVM WebServer 9 MB free space 25 MB free space 74 09 GB Eg WebServer 16 MB free space 16 MB Volume group called WebServer To create a logical volume In a volume group right click the free space entry and select Add Logical Volume The Add Logical Volume Wizard appears Enter the attributes of the logical volume Name of logical volume Type a name for the logical volume such as logicalvolumel Size Specify the size in MB of the logical volume File system type Select the type of file system for the logical volume from the drop down list The default and recommended system is ReiserFS See File systems on page 123 for a description of each type Click Next to continue in the wizard In the Choose Mount Point window specify the folder where the logical volume will reside You can click into the various files to select one or type a name to create a new one For the Do not mount option there are two reasons to enabled this option if you intend to bundle the logical volume with other logical volumes or do not want the space to be accessible yet in which case you can mount it later Click Next to continue in the wizard 4 Click Finish The logical volume is created and added to the volume group 128
198. ary for ispell fig Database Managery French Dictionary French dictionary for ispell 4 Development German Dictionary German dictionary for ispell fag Drivers Italian Dictionary Italian dictionary for ispell 4 Editors Polish Dictionary Polish dictionary for ispell 49 Education 4 e 4 Games E Graphics 4 Internet fa KDE3 Supplemental 4 Multimedia E NoMachine F Novell NetWare F Scalix Clients F Servers Download 1022 45 KB 12 Spell Checking Dictil Time estimate 00 04 50 at 28 8 kb s 00 02 27 at 56 6 kb s E System Installed size 2 90 MB m a Utilities Category Spell Checking Dictionaries I KIG Administrator Mode On Danish Dictionary Danish Dictionary Install Installing a spell checker dictionary using Xandros Networks Installing packages using Xandros Networks You can install packages from Xandros Networks To install packages using Xandros Networks Click Launch gt Xandros Networks Click New Applications expand the list by clicking the sign Select the folder where the package is stored Enable the check boxes of the application s that you want to install Click Install for a single application or click File gt Install Selected Applications for multiple applications You can be required to activate the product using the s
199. as SERVER Xandros User Guide Power Oooo Without Xandros Reviews Read what the experts are Complexity Vibius reli Distribute Xandros Abroad king you can participate in our exciting reseller partners program Learn More Using Firefox Web Browser to view Web pages Using the Internet 201 You can download and install Firefox Web Browser in more i than 30 languages from www mozilla com You can add applications and other functions such as weather conditions to the tool bar and browser window In Firefox Web Browser select Tools Extensions and click Get More Extensions To view a Web page using Xandros File Manager While connected to the Internet click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click View and disable the Tree check box 3 Type a Web site address in the Address box for example www xandros com or http home xandros com and press Enter 4 To increase the size of the font click Tools Configure Xandros File Manager Easy linux Desktop and Server Operating Systems Xandros Xandros File Manager File Edit View Go Bookmarks Window Tools Help Address http www xandros com wDXmEnNSWaa Home Products News Introducing SEBVER Xandros User Guide Power 0 Without Xandros Reviews Read what the experts are Complexity M DE Distribute Xandros Abroad ivel Learn Using Xandros File Manager to view Web p
200. as eXtended TEA Serpent Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses a variable block and key length but default implementations use key lengths of 128 192 or 256 bits Was a candidate for the Advanced Encryption Standard AES Serpent and tnepres Cipher Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm tnepres is serpent cipher but in reverse Was a candidate for the AES Khazad Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses an 8 byte block size and a 128 bit key length Twofish Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses a 16 byte block size and a variable key length of 8 to 256 bits Select the Creation method from the drop down list Fast medium security To create the encrypted file system with empty data zeros Less secure but 10 times faster than the Slow option This is the default option It takes about 10 minutes for a 10 GB folder Slow high security To create the encrypted file system using secure random data More secure and 10 times slower to create or resize the file system than the Fast option after which there is no impact on performance When you encrypt a home folder a lost found folder is also created in that folder Ignore this folder Note that if you encrypt the home folder and forget your password or do not export it you will not be able to access or recover your files Click Next to continue i
201. atically Close the window 3 To stop the slideshow click Tools Slideshow again or click the s key v You can also use the Slideshow button on the tool bar To create a slide show Place the required images in a folder 2 Open one ofthe images in Image Viewer 3 Click the Slideshow button 4 Click Go Image List 5 Click Save List and name the slide show Note the Load List button that allows you to view the slide show Working with graphics 257 Saving image files in Image Viewer You can save an image file with a new file name however if a file already exists in your working folder with that file name it will be overwritten with the new image file if you have write permission on the original file To save an image file Click File Save As Select the folder where you want to save the file Type a name in the File name box Select a file type from the Filter list box Click Save a v N Printing image files in Image Viewer When you print a file using the Image Viewer you can print to a printer save as a PDF file print to a file PostScript or send as a fax Image Viewer uses the common Xandros Desktop print window For instructions on printing see Printing on page 352 Looming images in Image Viewer Use the zoom feature to enlarge or reduce the viewing size of images Image Viewer lets you change the magnification level or you can use preset magnification levels A zoom factor of 100
202. ating to select the file To eject a CD or DVD from the drive n Xandros File Manager right click the CD or DVD icon on the left side of the window and select Eject Disc 150 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 To access files a flash memory card When using a card reader device in which you insert flash memory sticks for example a one inch by one inch card that holds 128 MB click the Removable Disk entries in Xandros File Manager to access the contents 2 To remove the card select the Removable Disk and click Eject Disc If you remove the card without selecting Eject Disc then change the contents of the files your changes will not be saved To stop Xandros Desktop from automatically mounting disk drives Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Administrator Tools Console 2 At the prompt type the Administrator password and press Enter 3 Type etc init d autofs stop and press Enter 4 Click Session Quit To allow Xandros Desktop to automatically mount disk drives Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Administrator Tools gt Console 2 At the prompt type the Administrator password and press Enter 3 Type etc init d autofs start and press Enter 4 Click Session gt Quit to close the window Viewing hidden and system files Some Linux system files are hidden by default Hidden files are generally files that are critical for running operating system processes The setup log file
203. ations sections of Xandros Networks Educational applications Numerous applications including Linux information Spanish language tools mathematics tutors periodic table of the elements stars viewer and typing tutors Toys More than five applications including moon phase information mouse odometer and a world clock 310 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 14 Using accessories and utilities 1 O Several accessories and utilities are included The following table outlines the purpose of each application Application Function Page Accessories Adobe Reader Lets you view PDF files 313 DVI Viewer Lets you view DVI files 242 Fax Viewer Lets you view faxes 361 Font Viewer Lets you view and install fonts 247 PostScript Viewer Lets you view PostScript and PDF files 243 Address Book Lets you store contact information such 314 as name e mail addresses street addresses and phone numbers Calculator Allows you to perform simple 318 trigonometric and statistical calculations Character Selector Provides special characters and symbols 320 for use in text and graphics applications table continued Using accessories and utilities 311 Application Function Page Organizer Provides a calendar scheduler meeting 321 arranger to do list and journal Personal Information Provides e mail address book and 214 Manager scheduling functions Pers
204. bin oowriter for OpenOffice org Word Processor e usr bin noatun for Media Player e usr bin ksnapshot for Screen Capture e usr bin digikam for Digital Camera e usr bin kwrite for Text Editor e usr bin kaddressbook for Address Book e usr bin kalarm for Reminder Message Scheduler e usr bin kfloppy for Floppy Disk Formatter e usr bin acroread for Adobe Reader e usr bin xmms for Player e usr games kasteroids for Asteroids e usr games xgalaga for XGalaga Browse For Files and Folders Xandros mile Manager x Look in Jusribin te E A rawcmd filesharelist firewallcontrol fixmswrd pl umount fileshareset firewallwizard 7 fixpsditps My Linux find fitstopnm E fixpspps 3 find2perl 12 focbs_and_del fixscribeps findaffix 7 fixdlsrps E fotpps scotopnm Jfindsmb Z fixtmps E fixwfwps e Bina B fixmacps B fixwpps Ed E lt Desktop File name firefox M Home Folder Filter All Files y Selecting application to launch automatically at startup 102 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 I Click OK 12 Log out then in again and check that the application launches automatically after login Some applications can take up to a minute to load If an application does not launch then you did not find the right file to link to Delete any links that are incorrect before trying again 13
205. btain patches Log as the Administrator 290 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 2 In the application click Help gt KMidi Handbook then click Where to get a full set of patches Patches can be downloaded from the sites outlined requires Internet connection For example open www anime net goemon timidity download the file and extract the file by clicking it and selecting Extract all Do not type a file name for it For more patches in the application click the Configure KMidi button then click the Patchsets tab Patches can be downloaded from the sites outlined requires Internet connection use patches 2 Log in as the Administrator Move the downloaded patches to the following folder for example move the goemon folder and goemon cfg file to it usr share apps kmidi config Open the timidity cfg file in that folder for example double click it then click Edit Text Editor and add the following lines before the first occurrence of else if N source fileName cfg where N is the following number and fileName is the name of the file you added to the folder For example here is what the file looks like with the goemon cfg file added from the previous procedure bank 0 standard if 1 source piano if 2 source guitar if 3 source goemon cfg else source piano guitar After you move the files and update the timidity file the patchset goemon cfg is added and available for
206. by right clicking its icon on the Panel You can also exit by clicking the Close button on the title bar of an application window This button is usually an x at the top right of the application window Alt F4 works too If an application is non responsive you can terminate it by pressing Ctrl Alt Esc then clicking the application window Moving sizing and arranging windows You can organize windows on the desktop by moving and sizing them You can arrange windows on the desktop by separating them or by ordering the application windows progressively starting with the active window Minimizing windows you are not using increases the workspace available on the desktop To move a window Drag the window title bar to a new location Using the desktop 43 To size a window With the pointer placed at the edge of a window and a double arrow showing click and drag the window border to the required size 2 To enlarge a window to its maximum size click Maximize This button is usually an up arrow box at the top right of the window You can switch between windows on the desktop by pressing Alt Tab To arrange windows on the desktop Right click the desktop and select one of the following options e Cascade Windows Arranges the application windows on top of each other e Unclutter Windows Separates windows to maximize the space available for each application To minimize a window Click the Minimize button on the
207. c DHCP client host name optional DHCP client identifier optional DHCP fallback domain name optional IP address 172 16 1 224 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 172 16 0 optional Network Connections panel for viewing and setting network addresses To specify IP addresses Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network and click Network Connections Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Select the network connection from the list Click Properties Click the tab Select Static from the drop down list and provide the following IP addresses You can obtain these values from your system administrator ISP by entering sbin ifconfig ina Linux console window or by entering ipconfig all ina Windows command window Un Bb v M 1 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 8 IP address The static IP address to use for the computer when it connects to the Internet e Subnet mask The subnetwork address of the computer usually 255 255 255 0 or 255 255 0 0 Gateway A gateway is a computer that connects networks to each other for example within a corporation or at the ISP for a home user Firewall servers and proxy servers are examples of gateways A router is a gateway if yours has an IP address enter it here Click OK to exit from the panel You are prompted to restart the connection To set a DNS server
208. cations automatically IM0l Setting default applications 2 2 5 103 Using Xandros Desktop Chapter6 Managing your 107 Accessing Xandros File Manager as Administrator 108 Viewing hardware and system information 109 Managing users and groups 109 Assigning access privileges to files and folders l7 Managing partitions and disks s s s MI Scanning and removing viruses 130 Using Xandros Security Suite 2 2 s s s 135 Managing monitor power 136 Monitoring system processes and performance 137 Monitoring system activities s s s s M Using Xandros Networks for updates and new oc E ii Table of contents Chapter 145 Moving from Windows Explorer to Xandros File Manager M6 File system explained sow A owe 0 A Accessing files in local floppy CD aii DVD folders e s s s s MB Accessing Windows and Linuxfilesystems 2 15 Working with files using Xandros FileManager 15 Finding folders and files 158 Backing up files 2 2 ee ee 16l Chapter 8 Windows and Linux networking 163 Accessing Windows and Linux file systems 164 Accessing network printers
209. cations available through Xandros Desktop and Xandros Networks hundreds of applications are available Setting a package source By default Xandros Networks accesses package information from a Xandros server unless the computer is being managed by xDMS in which case the xDMS repository usually is accessed You can also access applications from a CD the Debian Web site and other Web sites For example if you set the Debian site as the package source then hundreds if not thousands of applications become available for downloading To set a package source Click Launch Xandros Networks 2 Click Edit Set Application Sources 3 Enable one of the following check boxes CD ROM drive 1 or 2 For a CD that contains new or updated Debian files and placed in CD ROM drive 1 or 2 the Xandros Applications CD not the Xandros Desktop Installation CD Xandros distribution site The Xandros Networks server default Debian unsupported site Gets packages from the Debian Web site Location Custom path s Custom paths shown in the box select the paths you want from the secondary list To Add or edit a path you Managing software packages 373 need the required folder structure for the path The path can include the following information URL The Internet location where the DEB packages are stored Distribution The parent folder of the dists folder The dists folder is included automatically in the fo
210. ccess Permissions section enable any of the following check boxes for the Group row Read Lets group members examine the file contents Write Lets group members change the file Exec Lets group members run an executable file for example to install an application Set GID Set group ID This option applies only to executable files It assigns the group name for the time during which an executable program executes An example of such an executable program is the Connection Wizard which is set at Administrator root level because it needs to modify root owned files 1 For access over a network file sharing must be enabled for it See Enabling network folder sharing on your local system on page 181 To set file or folder permissions for all other users Follow steps to 3 of the To set file or folder permissions for the owner procedure In the Access Permissions section enable any of the following check boxes for the Others row Read Lets all other users examine the file contents Write Lets all other users change the file Exec Lets all other users run an executable file for example to install an application Sticky Applies only to executable files When enabled applications are not swapped out of memory when they are not being used and Managing your system 119 instead run in the background which means the applications are quickly available when you want to use them agai
211. ch menu 86 xii Index moving applications in Launch menu 86 removing applications from Launch menu 373 renaming applications in Launch menu 86 messages e mail 208 211 Instant iii 199 222 26 231 Microsoft Access Hp Microsoft Excel o o o o o 271 272 Microsoft Exchange 324 Microsoft Internet Explorer 202 Microsoft PowerPoint 253 255 Microsoft Visio 253 Microsoft Windows desktop style 19 moving to Xandros Desktop 36 using applications 375 Microsoft Word 234 235 MIDI files playing in MIDI Player 290 MIDU Player into soci cio 290 migrate Windows computer 34 Minesweeper game 310 Miniature Golf game 309 minimizing Windows 43 mixer applet 2 2 2 eee ee eee eee 4l mixer channels displaying 303 hiding sem 303 merging sliders 303 splitting sliders 303 Mixer Sound 302 monitoring CPU catis RR 139 laptop battery 136 memory usage 139 system performance 137 139 system processes 137 monitors power ma
212. che domain credentials locally check box enabled for when the domain server is unavailable for example when you use your laptop computer at a different location and want to log in to the domain as the same domain user Click OK to exit from the window In the Join Successful window click OK to acknowledge that your computer has joined the domain Your computer account has not been added to the domain unless you see this message Click Launch gt Logout Click the Logout icon In the login window type the domain User name type the Password select the domain from the Log in to drop down list and click Login Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 To join a Windows NT4 domain without pre existing computer account 2 3 4 5 6 Obtain the name of the domain from the domain administrator Click Launch Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password From the Security level drop down list select Domain In the Domain box second box from the top of the window type the name of the domain Ensure that the Password authentication server box reads or enter the server name or IP address Enable the Join domain check box For the Allow trusted domains box a domain trust can be defined as a relationship between domains that allows users in one domain to be authenticated by a domain controller of another domain When this box is set to No all trus
213. ck Add to add more files to the archive E Add to Archive Archive name home xandrosuser xandros zip Browse Options Xi Save full path info Store filenames in 8 3 format r Add Files NE Add Ihome xandrosuser xandros desktop os benutzerhandbu Remove EN Adding files to ZIP archive 3 Specify the location and name of the ZIP file in the Archive name box 4 Forthe Store filenames in 8 3 format option old DOS and Windows FAT file systems only allowed file names with a maximum of 8 characters plus a 3 character extension hence 8 3 Enable this option if you want to truncate filenames to fit these constraints 5 Click OK The archive is created with a zip extension You can also create TGZ archives Right click a folder or file 1 and select the Create TGZ Archive option TGZ tars and compresses files It is a format used in UNIX while ZIP is commonly associated with Windows In general a tgz file size is marginally smaller than a zip file Managing files 161 To back up files using rsync Click Launch gt Applications gt Accessories gt Text Editor 2 Type the backup command Three examples are 162 rsync au root disks C backup where root indicates the folder that will be backed up to a new folder called backup ona Windows partition called C rsync au home username root backup username where the Home folder of the user i
214. ck on an active or inactive window while pressing the Alt key An Alt mouse button combination can also resize a window 90 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 You can change the speed at which the mouse pointer moves Mouse acceleration refers to the speed at which the pointer moves when you move the mouse A lower mouse acceleration value makes the pointer move slowly The mouse acceleration threshold is the distance in pixels that the pointer must move before movement occurs The lower the threshold the more quickly the pointer responds to mouse movement For example a high acceleration value combined with a low threshold value means that a small mouse movement makes the pointer move a great distance quickly You can change the mouse button mapping For example you can switch the function of the right and left mouse button from right handed to left handed It is right handed by default You can set the mouse for single or double clicking when opening files For instruction on configuring mouse settings for the desktop and taskbar see Setting desktop and taskbar mouse button action on page 85 To set the action for mouse buttons within a window Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Window Behavior 3 Click the Actions tab 4 In the Inactive Inner Window area select an action for the Left button Middle button or Right button drop down list with the following options
215. creen In the Control Center under General Settings and Desktop Behavior click Window Behavior Click the Advanced tab and enable an Active Desktop Borders option You have the choice of switching to another desktop by dragging a window to the edge of the desktop or by using the mouse pointer 46 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 You can also switch among virtual desktops using the mouse wheel See To change the number and names of virtual desktops on page 48 To switch virtual desktops using Desktop Pager Click Launch Applications gt Utilities Desktop Pager 2 Click on any virtual desktop image to switch to that desktop n y EX ul ld Desktop Pager for switching between virtual desktops To configure the Desktop Pager Right click in a pager window and select Configure KPager Moving applications among virtual desktops You can move open applications among virtual desktops You can make an application available to all virtual desktops if for example you frequently need to access a specific application To move an application to another desktop Right click the title bar of the application that you want to move 2 Select To Desktop and select the virtual desktop to which you want to move the application You can move it to a particular desktop or all desktops v You can also move an application in Desktop Pager by dragging and dropping the application window within Desktop Pager Using the deskto
216. ct Properties Click Icons Click the Advanced tab Change the Size This affects the desktop icons and their text Change any others by selecting from the list and changing the size Click OK to exit from the window Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Protecting your work In a multi user environment you can lock the screen to ensure that no one accesses the computer when you leave it You can also protect your work by changing your login password on a regular basis You can also set permissions for folders and files on your computer to ensure that they are not accidentally changed or destroyed For information about setting permissions see Assigning access privileges to files and folders on page 117 To encrypt user files see Adding editing and deleting user accounts on page 110 You can control outside access to the computer with the firewall See Using the firewall on page 197 You can minimize risk from viruses See Scanning and removing viruses on page 130 If security is not a concern you can specify a user account to load automatically at startup without a password bypassing the login window Locking the screen When you lock the screen Xandros Desktop blocks access to the desktop You enter the appropriate password to unlock the screen and regain access to the desktop To lock the screen On the Panel click the Lock The Desktop icon Lock The Desktop ES 11 41 am 05
217. ct multiple files to play by holding down Ctrl clicking the rest of the files Or click Add all files in directory The files are added to the Playlist window v If the file is located on the computer drag and drop it from Xandros File Manager into the Playlist window You can also select multiple files in the playlist and click Play To play audio files from a folder Inthe Player window right click in the window and click Play Directory To find files located on an iPod click into media ipod iPod Control Music Double click the folder that you want to play To play a CD Inthe Player window right click and select Play Location Select the drive from drop down list for example media cdrom0 3 Click OK The CD begins to play To stop play Inthe MP3 Player window click the Stop button You can also stop playing an audio file or CD track by pressing 294 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To move to the beginning of an audio file or CD Inthe Player window click the Play button gt To pause or resume playing an audio file or CD Inthe Player window click the Pause button 11 or press c To move to the next audio file or CD track Inthe MP3 Player window click the Forward button or press b To move to the previous audio file or CD track Inthe MP3 Player window click the Backward button 4 or press z To stop a CD Inthe Player windo
218. d files Konserve Lets you schedule back ups available on the Debian unsupported site Mobile Phone Tool Mobile phone tool including the ability to access the phone book of the mobile phone and to synchronize it with Address Book Note Taker Hyper cards Tape Backup Tool Archiving tool for backing up tar files to tapes xTide Tide information download with xtide data from the Debian unsupported site GRAMPS Family tree available on the Debian unsupported site Check Xandros Networks for additional applications Using accessories and utilities 343 344 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 Using the command line interface 1 6 You can perform tasks using the graphical user interface or a command line interface similar to UNIX There are three ways to use the command line interface Login shell Non windowed environment Displays a blank screen with a command line prompt You can open up to six login shells Run command You can use the Run Command window to execute shell commands You can view the command results or standard output in a Console window when you run the command Console window Opens a shell session using your default shell This is the method commonly used Common commands are also listed at the end of this chapter Using the login shell The login shell is non windowed environment in the sense that it displays a blank screen with a command line prompt
219. d Xandros Desktop Professional computers can access network resources by being authenticated against a Microsoft Windows Primary Domain Controller PDC Microsoft Active Directory Server ADS a Linux UNIX NIS controller or by the local computer For the computers in a Windows domain scripts can be added for login and logoff and network shares can be assigned For other editions of Xandros Desktop authentication can be done by the local computer Configuration is required You can share your files and printers with Windows and other Linux users and you can set security levels for this sharing You can allow remote access to your desktop for example allow a network administrator to take control of your desktop for troubleshooting You can connect to networks and computers remotely including by virtual private network VPN Xandros Desktop is integrated for use with Xandros Server available separately You can install and run Xandros Management Console xMC Windows and Linux networking 163 Accessing Windows and Linux file systems When the computer is connected to a network of Microsoft Windows UNIX or Linux computers you can access their shared folders and files Windows UNIX and Linux networks display in Xandros File Manager as the following folders Windows Network Displays the computers folders and files on the Microsoft Windows network to which your computer is connected You can access the shared resource
220. d files Xandros Desktop lets you search for computers folders and files You can define the search parameters to conduct a simple search using a string of text file type using dates owner group and so on You can save the results of your search Wildcard characters help you to find folders and files Wildcard characters take the place of one or more characters in your search string e Question mark Substitutes a single character in your search string for folders e Asterisk Substitutes any number of characters in the search string for files and folders For example you can search for a folder using the search string Pic This search string returns all folders that have a name beginning with the letters Pic Searching for a folder using the search string Pic returns only folders that have one character following Pic such as pics or pico Use of the asterisk increases your search results finding both folders and files You can use a wildcard character anywhere in the search string 158 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 When you have mounted a network share for example a SharedDocuments folder from a Windows Network the search will also look in that folder for the file For more information on finding computers folders and files in a computer network see Finding computers on page 166 Finding folders and files You can search for folders and files in Xandros
221. d files on the desktop and the personal files that you created or copied to the file system If you are logged in as the Administrator root user your home folder is root If you are logged in as a regular user your home folder is home username If you are logged in as a domain user on a network your home folder is home domainname username In each case the home folder is under My Home in Xandros File Manager As outlined in the table files that launch programs are Ary unus contained in usr bin and usr games for example which canbe accessed by enabling View gt Show All File Systems gaping amy amp EA disks ixandros You can add functionality to Xandros File Manager by adding o genen plug ins For example you add an XML file to a plug in folder Windows Network and the function appears in the tree structure See the online help for Xandros File Manager for more information Function Folder User files home and root Linux kernel files boot Configuration files etc Program files bin usr bin usr games and usr local for example Device files dev Temporary program files tmp Fonts usr share fonts for OpenOpen org and usr lib staroffice7 share fonts truetype for StarOffice Desktop background usr share wallpapers Screen savers usr share xscreensaver config and usr share applnk System ScreenSavers Managing files 147 Accessing files in local flo
222. d in the middle of the round dial m Navigate to and double click the file The file begins to play To stop the Video Player Inthe Video Player window click the Stop button To hide the display In the xine video output window double click the title bar 2 To view the display double click the title bar again Using multimedia applications 305 To create a playlist Inthe Video Player window click Playlist which is a button located at the top left of the window 2 Click the source for the playlist CD DVB DVD or VCD 3 Click Save 4 Tf the location shown to save the playlist is acceptable click Save To load a playlist Tn the Video Player window click Playlist which is a button located at the top left of the window 2 Click Load 3 Click the tox playlist file to load and click Load 4 Double click the track to play To mute sound In the Video Player window click Mute which is a speaker icon located near the bottom right of the window To change volume Use the volume icon on the Panel or the speaker lines in the application To configure the Video Player Click Setup window for which the button appears on the left side of the window 2 Inthe gui tab set the following options ore R Ph 3 kon Hec x y Video Player configuration window 306 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Configuration experience level Determines the co
223. d on the right side Show Birthday To change an address book entry Double click the entry that you want to change Q You can also click the Edit Contact button on the tool bar To delete an address book entry 2 316 Select the entry that you want to delete Click Edit Delete Contact and confirm the deletion You can also click the Delete Contact button on the tool bar Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To find an address book entry Inthe Search box type part of the name that you want to find For example when you type John the first record with that name is automatically highlighted Note the ability to search in select fields using the drop down lists To sort address book entries Click the column heading on which you want to base the sort To save an address book Click File Save Address Books are saved automatically without saving To import an address book Click File Import and select the type of address book to import At this time importing an LDIF address book does not work To export an address book Click File Export and select the type of address book to export For use in Thunderbird Mail use the LDIF format To send e mail to a contact Select the contact from the list Click the e mail address at the right side of the window The default e mail application 15 launched for example KDE Mail Using accessories and utilities 317 Using the Calcula
224. d or subtract 4 Click OK to exit from the window Q You can also reset time using File Reset All Times You can also edit a task by clicking the Edit name or times for selected task button on the tool bar 326 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To specify the columns to display Click Settings gt Configure KArm 2 Click the Display icon 3 Enable or disable the columns to display 4 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To change default idle time Click Settings gt Configure KArm 2 Click the Behavior icon 3 With the Detect desktop as idle after check box enabled set the time in the box 4 Click OK The change takes effect immediately If you leave your computer idle for the period specified for example 15 minutes the time accumulated is not saved To delete a task Click the task or sub task that you want to delete Click Task Delete and confirm the deletion v You can also delete a task by clicking the Delete selected task button on the tool bar To save times to a text file Click File Import Export gt Export to CSV File Click the Open file dialog button on the right side of the window select the folder to save to type a file name and click OK Enable the Hours Minutes option Enable the Tab option Click Export Open the file for example in Text Editor File Edit View Bookmarks Tools Settings Help 14184 GRAAL Jane Alexander 0 00 0 00 court
225. dates and applications for use with Xandros Desktop can be downloaded from Xandros Networks Xandros Networks is an application that accesses a server so that you can install updates and applications and delete applications Normally Xandros Networks accesses a Xandros server over the Internet If your computer is being managed by Xandros Deployment Management Server xDMS Xandros Networks accesses your xDMS computer and for the Shop section accesses a Xandros server iv PY Xandros Networks File Edit Go Settings Help Q5 YQ 219 search Bjshop Xandros Networks News New Applications Application Updates Welcome to Xandros Networks Last modified May 4 2006 Installed Applications Featured Applications M Codeweavers Crossover Office Sun StarOffice 8 Xandros Premium Membership For more information click here For more information click here For more information click here Xandros Networks for installing updating removing and listing applications Configuring connections 69 aminimum Xandros recommends installing the updates because they include critical patches and security updates An applet resides on the Panel that indicates when updates are available in Xandros Networks Depending on your setup it checks automatically at login then hourly daily or weekly A green check mark indicates that the computer is up to date A red exclamation mark indicates t
226. default it is enabled Click Apply To change the name of your computer as it appears to other users on a network In the Windows Networking panel type a name for your computer in the Description box for example JaneQ Xandros Desktop Click Apply To change the name that appears on the network to others access the Network Connections panel click the Identification tab type the name and click Apply For example the name JaneQ appears in Xandros File Manager over a Windows network as Janeq Setting your workgroup for a Windows network You can change your workgroup if you want your computer to appear in a different location on the Windows Network To change your workgroup for a Windows network 2 3 4 Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Type a workgroup name in the Workgroup box This field is called Workgroup when the Security level is set to Share User or Server and is typically completed as WORKGROUP It is called Domain when the security level is set to Domain or ADS and is completed by you with the appropriate name of the server as outlined later in this chapter The Server Domain and ADS options appear only in the Professional edition Click Apply Specifying a WINS server for name resolution A Windows Internet Naming Service WINS server maps computer names to IP addresses so that computers can recognize t
227. ders 303 splitting sliders 303 sticky filis puc tiles 119 Sticky keys 82 83 Stock Ticker 229 stop Watch rra 325 stopping system 138 Web page transmissions 203 Storage 4l Strategy games 309 Style panel in Control Center 18 19 subnet Mask n Sun DK zu ree Rm 2 support for Xandros Desktop 383 suspend powering down monitor 136 swap partition 123 switching user sessions 45 symbols and special characters 320 symbols applet on Panel 40 synchronize Palm Pilot with computer 337 synchronize with local Windows network password 52 system administrator different roles Of 107 logging WAS 21 System Bell panel in Control Center 100 system files viewing 151 System Notifications panel in Control Center 100 system processes DOMINE rare 138 displaying lt a 137 llei cs Bee caes 138 killing es eee ee e 138 monitoring 137 137 system requirements 9 system sounds accessibility 2 eee ee eee 82 applying to desktop actions
228. dicates the root level Primary partitions logical partitions and logical volumes can be mounted and unmounted but you cannot unmount a primary partition that is at root level or a swap partition Normally Xandros Desktop is installed at the root level of Xandros Desktop lets you view mount points mount partitions and logical volumes and unmount them When you unmount a partition it means that the data on that partition can be written over You can change the type of file system used for a partition by unmounting the partition then mounting it again Browsing files contained in a partition You can easily see which files and folders are contained in a partition To browse files contained in a partition Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Administrator Tools Xandros Storage Manager 2 Type the Administrator password and click OK 3 Right click the partition for example hda2 or hda3 and select Properties The partition must be mounted A Properties window opens 4 Click the File System tab 5 Click into the required folder for example the home folder to view user files You cannot open the files 124 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Primary habi Properties aj General Eile System amp Ebin amp boot dev e disks etc o CI amp 3xandrosuser e Dinitrd e Elib media amp mnt amp opt
229. drop down list The Server Domain and ADS options appear only in the Professional edition Share A user name does not have to be provided to connect to your shared resources such as files or printers User A user name and password must be provided to connect to your shared resources the user name and password are validated against the user password list on the machine that hosts the shared resources e Server A user and password must be provided to connect to your shared resources the user name and password are passed to a password server for validation If validation fails security is reverted to the User level This option is displayed in the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop only Domain A user name and password must be provided to connect to your shared resources the user name and password are passed to a Windows NT Windows 2000 or 2003 mixed mode or Samba PDC for validation Follow Joining a Windows domain on page 171 to 170 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 complete this process This option is displayed in the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop only e ADS Active Directory Server which is a new version of the Windows domain controller The user name and passwords are passed to the domain controller for authentication With this option an ADS server name realm and Windows binding information must be provided to connect to your shared resources Follow Joining a
230. e 366 package sources 3n passwords bypassing 7l proxy server 7l searching applications 367 troubleshooting when using proxy server 7l uninstalling applications 3n upgrading applications 3n Xandros Open Circulation Edition 2 Xandros Photo Manager 259 CD copy photosto 262 cropimage 261 photographs view 260 o a ee bs cu e pL CORRI RM 26 resize image 261 A eee HERE 263 lapso oni de REPE EE 261 Xandros Security Suite 135 Xandros Server 161 192 Xandros Storage Manager browse files in partition 124 disks and partitions managing 125 file systems explained 123 format partition 129 logical partition explained 122 logical volumes explained 123 mount partition o o oo o 130 mount point explained 124 partitions explained 122 unmount partition 130 volume groups and logical volumes managing 127 volume groups explained 123 Xandros update icon on Panel Al 71 MOMS sois old ala 4 69 71 XGalaga game 309 xine Video 305 XMMS Player
231. e Configure Expert If you are unable to boot or log in to Xandros Desktop using Safe Video Mode use this mode This option is for 28 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 advanced users who are familiar with the UNIX command line interface and who are interfacing with technical support personnel For example you can press Ctrl D at the prompt to load the login window 3 If you are still unable to log in follow the instructions in the next procedure To start Xandros Desktop using the troubleshooting menu You need to know which partition to restore see To determine the partition number on page 376 2 Insert the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the drive 3 Restart the computer 4 During startup when a Press lt Space gt for Troubleshooting Menu message appears press the space bar immediately Access is successful when a selection screen appears with the following options Default Setup Restore Xandros Rescue Console International Setup 256 Colors Setup VESA Mode Setup Text mode boot Setup ACPI 1 Setup ACPI 2 Setup ACPI 3 Setup ACPI 4 Setup APM 1 Setup APM 2 Setup APM 3 Setup Press the down arrow 4 to select Restore Xandros from the menu and press Enter You are prompted for the partition to restore and to verify that you want to restore it When asked if you want to change the current command line enter no When asked if you want to change the current boot device enter no Xandros
232. e To apply a color scheme Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Display then Theme then Colors 3 Selecta color scheme from the Color Scheme list box The scheme is previewed at the top of the window 4 To change the color of an individual element select it from the Widget Color drop down list click the colored box and change the color 5 Ifyou want to save your changes as a new color scheme click Save Scheme 6 Click Apply You can also import a color scheme from another source by 1 clicking Import Scheme These files are kcsrc files Customizing Xandros Desktop settings Applying a window theme Applying a window decoration theme customizes the appearance of multiple parts of a window such as buttons progress windows and window borders Several preset themes are included from which you can choose and customize There are two panels in the Control Center to set a window theme Style and Window Decorations The default for the former is Plastik and Keramik for the latter CI Style Control Genter File View Settings Help Display style Effects Toolbar 81 Background Panel Taskbar Widget Style El Screen Saver Settings Theme Description A simple and clean style F Colors Ip Font Installer i T Fonts X Enable tooltips 3 Icons 2 2 Splash Screen HE Taba Tab2 9 Theme Manager ARA UE Window Decorations Ea El amp E File Manager 8 Radio butto
233. e Open and select the file to open To access your Xandros home folder navigate up to My Computer Using the Calculator See Using the Calculator on page 318 Additional data applications The following applications can be downloaded from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks MySQL Database and Navigator Database applications GnuCash Personal finance application for bank accounts stocks income and expenses KMyMoney Personal finance application for income expenses assets liabilities bills download from the Debian unsupported site run as kmymoney2 Gnumeric Spreadsheet application download from the Debian unsupported site KSpread Spreadsheet application Check Xandros Networks for additional applications 2n Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter I2 Using multimedia applications 13 Xandros Desktop multimedia applications let you play audio and video files and record sound While Xandros Desktop includes applications that play DVDs please note that they do not play encrypted DVDs such as commercial movies The following table lists multimedia applications provided Application Function Page Audio Builder Lets you synthesize sound and music 275 Sound Server Lets you control volume output for Audio 277 Control Builder CD Player Lets you play music CDs 278 DVD Writer Lets you create and copy music and data CDs 283 and to write data DVDs Media Pla
234. e Instant messaging Send text messages using a messenger client compatible with AOL Instant Messenger AIM MSN Messenger ICQ IRC and Yahoo Messenger Phone calls Make phone calls over the Internet Multimedia support Players are included for CDs unencrypted DVDs videos and recording Several media types are supported including MP3 MPEG WAV and MIDI Use an iPod Security features Firewall included and encryption of user folders is possible Package compatibility Ability to install Debian DEB and RPM Package Manager RPM packages Development compatibility Compatible with Sun JDK Borland Kylix Borland JBuilder KDevelop Eclipse and other Linux development tools What is included in Xandros Desktop Xandros Desktop includes terrific features developed by Xandros as well as third party applications such as word processing and instant messaging software Xandros selects the best applications integrates the applications into the operating system and suite and does quality assurance testing The applications included depend on the edition purchased which include Home formerly Standard Home Edition Premium formerly Deluxe Education Small Business Professional formerly Business This user guide documents the Premium and Professional editions and it can also be used for other editions including the Home Education Small Business and Open Circulation editions 2 Xandros Desktop Use
235. e pdb format and a confirmation message displayed To convert Palm Pilot documents to text documents Click Launch gt Applications Utilities Palm Document Converter 2 Tothe right of the DOC file box click the Open file dialog button and select the pdb document to convert 3 Type a name for the new file in the Text file box No extension is added for example txt unless you add it 4 Click Convert PalmDOC to Text The document is converted and a confirmation message displayed 334 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 Using a Palm Pilot or hand held device You can use a Palm Pilot or similar hand held device that has a Palm compatible operating system You can synchronize information between your computer and the device for some applications including the address book and e mail You can view memos from your device within the Palm Pilot Tool and import them from the computer to your device You can view address book contact information too You can transfer and install files onto your device Serial and USB interfaces are supported for connection When using the USB interface devices supported include the following Handspring TREO Handspring Visor Palm M series Palm 1705 Palm TUNGSTEN Palm Zire Sony CLI Samsung SCH 1300 Garmin iQue 3600 The Palm Pilot Tool needs to be configured before first use with your device a HotSync Version KPilot 4 5 2 kind Version
236. e Firewall Wizard System File Protector Xandros Networks Details Wa System File Protector Suspicious results found Details Y xandros Networks There are no critical or security updates available Details Last refresh Thu May 18 14 52 17 2006 Xandros Security Suite Managing your system 135 Managing monitor power You can set your computer monitor to save energy or power down when no activity is detected Standby The monitor saves a minor amount of energy and returns to full operation by moving the mouse Suspend The monitor uses a low amount of energy and returns to full operation about 10 seconds after moving the mouse Power off Shuts down monitor To set monitor power management options Click Launch gt Control Center 1 Click Power Management then Power Control 3 Enablethe Enable display power management check box 4 Click and move the Standby after slider to specify the interval after which the computer powers down to standby mode 5 Click and move the Suspend after slider to specify the interval after which the computer suspends any processes running 6 Click and move the Power off after slider to specify the interval after which the monitor shuts down 1 Click Apply These settings do not apply to all monitors and monitor 1 behavior can vary To reactivate the monitor Move the mouse You can also manage laptop comput
237. e and folder has an assigned owner and owner group You can share files and folders at the local and network levels For information on sharing at the network level see Enabling file and printer sharing for a Windows network on page 167 You can encrypt a user s home folder See Adding editing and deleting user accounts on page 110 Ownership In general the owner is the user who creates the file or folder The owner group is typically the primary group to which the owner belongs You can change the owner or owner group only for files and folders that you own The Administrator can change the ownership of all files and folders Permissions You can set access permissions for files and folders that you own The Administrator can set access permissions for any file or folder other than encrypted ones You can set read write and execute permissions for the file s owner the owner group and other users For example you can set access permissions so that only the owner can write to or modify a file but all other users on the system including those in the owner group can read or view the file s contents You can also set read write and execute permissions for folders iv fonts cont Properties General Permissions f fonts conf Access Permissions Read Write Exec Special Owner x x L Set uD Group O L Set GID Others xj LJ L Sticky C Apply permissions to all files in this
238. e computer solution It includes an operating system Web browser e mail instant messaging word processing spreadsheet presentation multimedia and graphics software for example Xandros Desktop includes proprietary applications and utilities such as the Xandros File Manager third party applications such as RealPlayer and open source software developed around the world Xandros has incorporated such work and modified the Linux distribution applications and user interface to meet the needs of our users Updates are contributed to the open source software community Features include Automatic disk partitioning Xandros Desktop automatically partitions your disk space during installation relieving you of this confusing task Multi OS support It can be installed as a stand alone system or to coexist on the same computer with Microsoft Windows and other operating systems Welcome to Xandros Desktop Microsoft Office compatibility You can run Microsoft Office and some Windows based applications with CodeWeavers CrossOver software The supported applications include Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint Visio Lotus Notes Intuit Quicken iTunes and Adobe Photoshop Multiple workspaces You can easily switch among 1 to 20 desktops Multiple users Multiple users can be logged in to the desktop simultaneously Restricted login access User login can be restricted to specific days and times and it can be set to expir
239. e process remains active Double click the spinning icon at the bottom right of the Xandros Networks window to return to the window When installing a new package Xandros recommends that you look first for it on Xandros Networks because Xandros may have modified the package to run with Xandros Desktop When the package is not found Xandros suggests using the Debian unsupported site option see Setting package sources on page 373 Uninstalling packages deletes all files in the package except files that are still required by the system It does not remove configuration files If Xandros Networks does not work and you have a proxy server see Configuring proxy server settings for Xandros Networks and Internet on page 71 Registration of your Xandros Desktop product is required before you can update or install applications in Xandros Networks The following installation procedures are outlined using Xandros Networks Debian files RPM files apt get command and other methods 368 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 iv V oXandros Networks File Edit Go Settings Help nx FIS 9 ny fax Search BH E News 2 Name Description e 5 4 Spell Checking Dictionaries Applications Brazilian Dictionary Brazilian Portuguese dictionary for ispell 4 Business and Finan Danish aspell Dictionary Danish dictionary for aspell E CodeWeavers Oanish diction
240. e short end at the top Landscape Lets you print a page with the long end at the top 5 Click OK change this setting globally see change default paper 1 orientation on page 359 Specifying the pages to print You can print all pages default the current page or a range of pages in a file To print current page Determine the page number to print 2 Inthe application from which you want to print click File Print 3 Enable the Range option The Current option cannot be enabled at this time 4 Type the page number that you want to print 5 Click Print To print a range of pages Inthe application from which you want to print click File Print 1 Enable the Range option 3 Type the page range you want to print for example 1 3 for pages 1 to 3 For discontinuous pages separate the page numbers with commas for example 2 4 for pages 2 and 4 4 Click Print 356 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17 Printing multiple copies You can print multiple copies of the same file To print multiple copies Inthe application from which you want to print click File Print 1 Type the number of copies you want to print in the Copies box 3 Click Print Printing in reverse order You can choose the printing order for example print a file in reverse order from the last page to the first page so that you do not need to manually order the pages To print in reverse order Inthe applicati
241. e the Do not ask on startup again check box Click OK to launch the application with your scanner settings or Cancel to launch the application Select the settings such as Color for the Scan mode and Resolution for example 300 dpi Click Preview Scan A scan is performed Drag the edge of the image outline to size the scan properly When you are satisfied with the image click Final Scan You may or may not be able to rotate the image A scan is performed and a window prompts you for the format to save in Select a format such as PNG and click OK If you make changes to the image click File Save Image to save the image again Working with graphics 265 Performing screen captures Screen Capture lets you capture images of the entire desktop a single window or a region You can save screen captures in several file formats including JPEG PNG and BMP You can set a delay time so that you can open a menu before the screen capture is done text font viewerl png Screen Save As Print Tase Capture mode window Under Cursor Snapshot delay 1 sec X Include window decorations heer Screen capture application When you open Screen Capture it automatically takes a picture of your desktop and the open windows on it You can save this screen capture or create a new one You can capture the desktop a specific window with or without the borders or a reg
242. e the check box for the task in the list This action sets the percentage to 100 complete To delete a to do list task Click the task in the list Click Actions gt Delete To do 3 Confirm the deletion You can also delete task by right clicking the task and selecting Delete Using the journal You can keep notes in a daily journal To use the journal Click View Journal 2 Click a date for the journal 3 Click inside the main box and type your entry Configuring Organizer for Microsoft Exchange 2000 You can upload and download appointments from a Microsoft Exchange Server To configure and use the Microsoft Exchange 2000 plug in Click Settings Configure Organizer Click the Plugins icon Enable the Microsoft Exchange 2000 Plugin for KOrganizer check box Click OK to exit from the configuration window Click Exchange gt Configure Type the IP address or domain name of the server in the Exchange server box for example the mail server name cO bl v N 7 Type your Microsoft Exchange Server account information in the User and Password boxes 8 Click OK to exit from the configuration window 324 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 9 To download appointments from the server click Exchange Download set the time period for which you want information and click OK Appointments appear in Organizer You can also upload events by selecting the event and clicking Exchange gt
243. earch is conducted using the name of the computer When you locate a computer you can view and use its files create a desktop link and other functions depending on permissions A link creates a shortcut icon on the desktop that allows you to quickly access the computer Find Computers File Help 343 50 Computer Name Start Search New Search Location Comment WORKGROUP QAServer server Samba 3 0 14a Debi 1 computer s found Searching for all computers on a network with qa in their name To find a computer on a network In Xandros File Manager click Tools Find Computers 2 Type the name of the computer in the Computer Name box or use to list all viewable 3 Click Start Search The computers in the local network are viewable If the one you want is not viewable enter the computer name in the Address box of Xandros File Manager to find it use the format name and the complete name of the computer for example qaserver You can also access the Find Computers window by clicking Launch Find Computers 166 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 To view the files of a computer In Xandros File Manager click Tools Find Computers 2 Type the name of the computer in the Computer Name box 3 Click Start Search 4 Select the computer on which you want to view the files 5 Click File Explore You may be prompted to enter a password to access the files try
244. eck the weather just to name a few examples The following table outlines the Internet related applications available Application Function Page Connection Wizard Lets you create an Internet connection 57 account Network Connections Lets you connect to the Internet 195 applet Firewall Wizard Lets you use set access to yourcomputer 197 and share an Internet connection Firefox Web Browser Lets you view Web pages access FTP 201 servers and other file systems Xandros File Manager Lets you view Web pages access FTP 201 servers and other file systems Cache Lets you clear the cache 205 Cookies Lets you manage cookies 206 table continued Using the Internet 193 Application Function Page OpenOffice org Web Lets you create and edit Web pages 207 Thunderbird Mail Lets you send and receive e mail and 208 view newsgroups KDE Mail Lets you send and receive e mail and 211 view newsgroups Personal Information Provides e mail address book and 214 Manager scheduling functions includes a Microsoft Exchange 2000 plug in News Ticker Lets you view news on your desktop in 217 the form of a ticker Web cam Information on using a Web cam 219 Skype Internet Calling Lets you use the Internet to make phone 220 calls Instant Messaging Lets you chat online with text messages 226 Weather Provides weather information such as 228 temperature wind speed and air pressure Stock Tic
245. ects 6 Click Apply Q To change font colors on the desktop click Launch gt Control Center then Display then Background and Advanced Options To download more icon themes In Xandros Networks look in the KDE3 Supplemental category Setting a screen saver A screen saver covers the desktop when you are not using the computer By default a Xandros screen saver appears after five minutes of inactivity Each screen saver has different setup options for example some let you customize the colors that appear in the screen saver while others let you change the speed at which an image moves on the desktop Several options are available You can set the time required before the screen saver is invoked require password reentry use your own screen saver or 80 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 disable use You can also set the priority of the screen saver in relation to other processes running on the system For example setting a high priority for the screen saver causes the screen saver to become active instead of a lower priority process when there is only enough memory to run one process To set a screen saver To add your own screen saver file log in as Administrator and place it in usr share xscreensaver config as a xml file then add a desktop file for the screen saver in usr share applnk System ScreenSavers 2 Click Launch Control Center 3 Click Display then Screen Saver 4 Select a screen saver from the Sc
246. ed The firewall opens inbound ports and blocks outbound ports specified by you If you do not run the firewall wizard all the ports services are open When your computer is within a corporation the corporation may already have firewalls set up that are invisible to you To set up the firewall Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Security gt Firewall Wizard If you are not logged in as Administrator the password is required then the wizard launches Inthe wizard click Next 3 From the drop down list select the connection s to which the firewall rules will apply The connection types displayed are those that were established during installation or created subsequently in the Connection Wizard and you can apply the firewall rules to several connections Using the Internet 197 Firewall Wizard Select Connection Select the network connection s to which the firewall rules will apply If multiple connections are selected they will be given the same rules Then click Next to continue Local Area Connection 1 LAN Connected 4 VPN Office PPTP VPN Client Disconnected Details Selecting the Internet connection in the Firewall Wizard Click Next 4 Enable the check boxes of the services for which you want to allow access The selections available depend on the connection type selected They include Allowed Services Select the services on your computer
247. ed Files Quarantine All Delete All Infected files 1 Infected File Status Virus Name File Location File Size hot_hot_hot cab infected ClamAV Test home xandro 621 Virus found 4 When infected files are found they are listed in the upper portion of the window You can click Quarantine All to move them out of your directories click Delete to delete them from the computer or they can be automatically quarantined or deleted depending on configuration The default is that you manually quarantine or delete infected files You can quarantine and delete files for which you have the required permission the Administrator can quarantine and delete any files If as Administrator you quarantine or delete a user s infected files those files will disappear from the user s account without warning to the user At this time the files cannot be disinfected that is recovered within the application software firewall combinations can also be used such as the Xandros Firewall Wizard and the Xandros Security Suite Anti virus software is only one means of security Hardware 132 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 To view quarantined files Click the Quarantine tab To set the automatic scan and update intervals 2 3 5 Click Settings Configure Xandros Anti Virus Click the Scheduled Tasks tab With the Automatically Scan for Viruses check box enabled default set the interval every day or on a
248. ed a Rx IM 340 Settings panel in Control Center 82 98 setup lop cir 109 sharing desktop with 185 files from local file system 181 files with Microsoft Windows computers 167 folders 181 Internet connection 197 mounting remote folders 183 167 358 pee ae 345 Shisen Sho 310 shortcut keys adding application shortcut keys 95 adding desktop switching shortcut keys 95 adding global shortcut keys 94 changing default application shortcut keys 95 changing default desktop switching shortcut keys 95 changing default global shortcut keys 94 removing application shortcut keys 95 removing global shortcut keys 94 shortcuts creating on desktop 49 deleting from desktop 50 IONS vs se th RE ERE ES 50 shutdown poweroff scc cessa Sakae ete 36 sound disabling 99 Xandros Desktop 35 single click mouse action 91 sizing application windows 43 rn edes rede 19 Panel i ses eh er 37 WINDOWS Sige eee emu and ded 43 Skype Internet Calling 220 slide show Image Viewer 256 OpenOffice org Impress 255 Xandros File Manager
249. ed applications In the Maximum number of entries box type the number of applications to display in the Quick Start menu The maximum is 20 entries The Quick Start menu disappears if the box is set to 0 Click Apply Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 87 Customizing window behavior Xandros Desktop lets you customize the appearance and behavior of windows Customizing the placement of windows helps you to maximize the work space on your desktop Window focus options let you set how windows become active on the desktop You can also set snap zones around application windows and the edge of the desktop so that windows snap together or snap to the edge of the desktop when they are moved You can set mouse behavior Setting window placement options You can specify where a window displays on the desktop when you open it and how several windows are displayed on the desktop When you have more than one monitor connected to your computer you can also share the display across the monitors To set window placement Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Window Behavior 3 Click the Moving tab 4 Select one of the following window placement styles from the Placement drop down list Smart Places a new window on the largest empty desktop area default Cascade Places a new window on top of the previously opened window so that the title bar of each window is visible Rand
250. ee tabs in the Find Files Folders window for a search The more information you provide the narrower the search Saving searches You can save the results of your search for later use To save the results of a search Click Save As 2 Select a folder in which to save your search file 3 Type a file name in the File name box 4 From the Filter drop down list note that you can save the information as a text file or HTML file 5 Click Save 160 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 Backing up files To avoid accidental loss of work from hard disk failure theft or other events you can back up files toa CD memory key other computer or other media You can simply drag and drop files to copy them for example between Xandros File Manager windows For instructions on copying to a CD see To create a music or data CD or DVD on page 286 Zip archives can be created which compresses files Their creation is outlined in this section The rsync command can also be used whereby you simply double click on a desktop shortcut to back up files This command can be customized to run automatically at timed intervals You can use Xandros Server available separately to back up computers Another option is to use the Konserve application which can be installed in Xandros Networks from the Debian unsupported site To add files to a Zip archive Right click a file that you want to archive and select Add to ZIP Archive 2 Cli
251. een added click Properties and do so from the Change Model list Try adding the printer to Xandros Desktop when logged in as Administrator Delete and reinstall the printer on the same computer Xandros Desktop or Windows then restart the computer Start the computer with the printer already turned on If the printer is connected to your computer and a Windows computer cannot access it check that printer sharing is enabled Control Center Peripheral Devices Printers Properties Windows Sharing Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17 For sharing in a Windows network ensure that sharing is enabled in the Windows Networking panel of the Control Center in Xandros Desktop enabled by default If the printer is connected to a Windows computer ensure that printer sharing is enabled on the Windows computer If the printer is connected to a Windows computer and you can see it on your Xandros computer but not print ensure that the printer name in Windows does not contain spaces Try TurboPrint drivers at www turboprint de turboprint html which provides drivers for Canon Epson HB and Brother printers Try the AppSocket HP JetDirect socket option in the Add Printer Wizard If the printer supports Windows printer sharing install it as a Windows printer and browse the network for the printer Printer use is unaffected by the use of the Xandros Firewall Specifying the paper size and orientation You can choose a page size for
252. elp Output input Switches A da ea IntelicH5 Balance f Sound Mixer settings for Skype Internet Calling Using the Internet 225 Open the Control Center click Sound amp Multimedia click Sound System click the Hardware tab enable the Full duplex option and click Apply This item does not apply to a USB headset It can apply when you see a Problem with sound device message Ifthe person you are calling cannot hear you open the Control Center click Sound amp Multimedia click Sound System click the Hardware tab select the Open Sound System option from the drop down list and click Apply Sending instant messages Xandros Desktop lets you send instant text messages Protocols supported are AOL Instant Messenger AIM MSN Messenger Yahoo Messenger Gadu Gadu ICQ IRC Jabber Novell GroupWise and SMS An Internet connection and instant messaging account are required You can mix MSN Messenger Yahoo Messenger and other account types erich xandros com Online Instat W E xj Chat Edit Format Tabs Settings Help ae 2B 7 0 a Bitstream Vera Sans Message to xandros com at 09 49 18 am Hello To n Instant Mes File Edit Settings Help a Qe E Search Y Chris at Hotmail v W Mags at Yahoo v paul passport com v Message from erich xandros com at 09 49 24 am
253. elp Preferences lf Connect J Close Connecting to someone else s desktop 3 Click Connect From the window that appears select the connection type then click OK gt 5 You see an authenticating message while the person who invited you receives a notification of your attempt to connect and accepts or refuses the connection o Wait for the prompt to enter the password provided then type the password and click OK You are given access to the other desktop Using the small connection box located at the top of the desktop close the connection when you are finished by clicking the large red X If the connection is interrupted a new invitation must be created You can also connect to other computers in a network using the Xandros File Manager See Accessing Windows and Linux file systems on page 164 You can also configure defaults to allow uninvited connections by clicking the Configure button Windows and Linux networking 187 Connecting to computers remotely In addition to using Xandros File Manager to access computers over a network you can connect to other computers using applications You can also connect remotely to a network and its computers by a virtual private network VPN Three applications are outlined here Terminal Server Client To log in remotely to Windows servers and computers and run their applications NX Client To log in remotely and run applications on any ope
254. eminder Message Scheduler Scheduling tasks Additional accessories and utilities Chapter 16 Using the command line interface 2 2 Using the login shell Using the Run command Using the Console window Common commands Chapter I7 Setting up printers Printing Managing print jobs Viewing and sending faxes Chapter 18 Managing software packages Listing software 4 Finding packages Installing upgrading and uninstalling packages Setting package sources Installing from the Applications CD Options for using Windows applications Restoring Xandros Desktop Uninstalling Xandros Desktop Technical support Chapter 19 Getting technical Support 2 vi Table of contents 333 33 335 340 342 343 345 345 346 34 348 349 349 352 360 361 365 366 367 368 323 EIL 375 316 318 Introduction Welcome to Xandros Desktop Thank you for choosing Xandros Desktop as your operating system and desktop suite Whether for your desktop or laptop at home school or in the office Xandros Desktop is easy to install learn and use What is Xandros Desktop Xandros Desktop is an operating system and software suite based on Linux It uses a graphical interface with a windowed environment similar to Microsoft Windows It was first developed using the name Corel LINUX OS Xandros Desktop is a complet
255. ent mixer field is not displayed try exiting from the application by right clicking the speaker icon on the Panel then relaunching the Sound Mixer 3 Inthe Input tab for the default sound card meaning not the USB headset mute Mic input by clicking so that a red x shows on the speaker icon File Settings Help Current mixer Output Input Switches Te oe eT AE Te A Y Line Mic ie BEI Aux y Input tab of the Sound Mixer 4 From the Current mixer drop down list select the USB headset for example the Plantronics Headset entry Using the Internet 223 5 Inthe Output tab ensure that the PCM slider is up and that it is not muted The slider increases the sound volume that you hear foc gt soma File Settings Help Current mixer o Plantronics Headset 1 1 1 1 Output tab of the Sound Mixer 6 Inthe Input tab ensure that the Mic slider is up and it is not muted This ensures that your voice is input foc sommer File Settings Help Current mixer plan Output Input Switches G Plantronics Headset 1 1 1 Input tab of the Sound Mixer 7 Try the application by calling echo123 Also in the Switches tab you can optionally enable the Auto Gain Control check box which automatically controls volume for example it lowers volume minimally 224 Xandros De
256. ents Click Launch gt Control Center Click Display then Settings Drag the Screen Size slider to the left for example half way a vU N Click Apply and restart the computer when prompted To set accessibility options Click Launch gt Control Center Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Accessibility Change the bell settings Click the Keyboard tab Enable the required settings Aa w N 82 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 Sticky Keys When enabled key combinations can be typed in succession not simultaneously For example Ctrl Alt Del is typed as the Ctrl then Alt then Del keys When the Lock sticky keys option is enabled an individual key remains selected until the user deselects it e Slow Keys When enabled you must hold down a key for a specified period of time before the key is accepted Bounce Keys When enabled you must wait a specified period of time before the next key stroke is accepted 6 Click Apply i Setting the date and time You can set the date time and time zone for the computer You can synchronize the time with a server To set the date 1 3 Click Launch Control Center You can also use the numeric pad to move the mouse cursor Set it in the Mouse Navigation tab in the Mouse panel Click General Settings then Date amp Time Click the arrows to scroll to the correct month The single arrow is for month The double a
257. ep it or overwrite it When you have a version of Xandros OS installed you have the option of keeping your folders and user accounts Yes option or overwriting the installation No option Select an option then click Next If an Administration Configuration window appears type and confirm a password for an Administrator root account The Administrator can set passwords set file access add user accounts and so on In the Computer name field type a name for the computer or leave the randomly generated name shown Then click Next If a User Account Configuration window appears type a User name for login to the Xandros desktop Spaces cannot be used Type the user s Full name and password for the account Creation of a user account and the use of a password are optional but recommended Click Next You can change settings that you specified in the wizard by clicking Back Otherwise click Finish to perform the installation Xandros Desktop is installed For some editions you also need to install an office suite StarOffice or OpenOffice org using the Applications CD After login simply insert the CD and follow the prompts A If you chose to overwrite files your files will be erased Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 Installing Xandros Desktop using Custom Install The Custom Install option allows you to select applications for installation set the installation location by configuring your disk or partitions configure
258. er 4 Set the default 5 Click Apply Transferring files using FTP You can download files using the File Transfer Protocol FTP with a Web browser FTP lets you transfer files and folders across the Internet To download a file using FTP Inthe Address box of a Web browser type the address of the remote location Precede the address with ftp An example is ftp ftp xandros com 2 Press Enter 3 Select the file to view download You may need a password or an account before you can view or transfer files by FTP depending on the permissions set on the remote computer Using the Internet 203 To transfer files to an FTP site for example because you have i a Web site and transfer files to it by FTP use Xandros File Manager Enter the address of the site in Xandros File Manager such as ftp intranet then log in when prompted You can then drag and drop files into and out of the site Or you can try gFTP install it in Xandros Networks by setting the source to the Debian unsupported site Creating an FTP server You can have your computer function as an FTP server for example to download files to a laptop computer while you are away on a trip or to allow several people to upload files remotely to your computer To create an FTP server 2 3 204 If using Xandros Firewall Wizard ensure that FTP access is enabled Install ProFTPD from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks From a remote computer open Xandros Fi
259. er Guide Chapter 8 To add a script for use with Xandros Desktop For Windows NT add the script server side to a directory called xandros in the NETLOGON share for the user object script For Windows 2000 or 2003 add the script server side to a directory called xandros under the sysvol share for the group policy based script The script is a shell script if you do not want the Windows clients to run it use a suffix that the Windows clients do not recognize such as sh 2 For Windows NT assign the script to the profile for the domain user For Windows 2000 or 2003 assign the group policy to a domain Organizational Unit or other unit Sharing your local system with network computers You can make folders and their contents available to Microsoft Windows and Linux users who are connected to your computer through a network You can specify the number of users allowed to access a folder and set access permissions for users including full access no access or read access to a folder You can create a link to a folder or resource located elsewhere in a Linux or Windows network so that you can access the folder quickly This is called mounting a network share For example if you want to quickly access a folder called Graphics on a Windows network computer you can mount the Graphics folder so that it displays in Xandros File Manager as if it is part of your local file system Mounting a network share in Xandros Desktop is similar to
260. er battery power using the Laptop Battery panel in the Control Center 136 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Monitoring system processes and performance Xandros Desktop tracks all programs running on the operating system You access information about these processes using the Performance Monitor which displays a list with information about each process including its unique ID number the user that invoked it the time that it has been running and the amount of memory that it is using You can sort processes and filter them to display only certain processes When you refresh the process list the Performance Monitor displays new processes and removes processes that are no longer running In general the user who invoked a process is the owner of that process and can abort it The Administrator can abort any system process The Performance Monitor also displays information about the operating system s overall performance The CPU Load meter displays the overall processor load The Memory meters display the total memory used by the operating system and gives a breakdown of the memory usage by program buffer cache and swap memory The view is customizable Viewing sorting and stopping system processes You can view all processes running on the operating system By default the Performance Monitor displays all processes in a list You can also display processes in a tree format which displays the relationship between processes Yo
261. erial number or an activation code un Be w 6 If prompted type the Administrator password and click OK 7 Confirm the list of packages to be installed and click OK You can also review package names and dependencies by clicking Details 8 Respond to any prompts and close the progress window when done 9 Some applications work in the background and others are launched To launch the application select it from the Launch menu You may be required to log in again to view the application in the menu or to add it to the menu with the Menu Editor Launch Applications gt System Menu Editor Some applications can be started by entering their name in a console window or using the Run Command accessible from the Launch menu Managing software packages 369 You can move and rename entries in the Launch menu with the Menu Editor See Changing the Launch menu on page 86 Installing DEB packages You can install Debian packages that you download from the Internet or obtain from other sources Use this format when possible instead of the RPM format to increase installation success To install a downloaded DEB package 2 3 4 Click Launch Xandros Networks Click File Install DEB File Open the folder where the package is stored Double click the package file name If prompted type the Administrator password and click OK The application is installed Add it to the Launch menu with the Menu Editor Launch gt
262. ermissions if required ignore the Host box The default is read only access You can be required to provide the Administrator password to change permissions As indicated in step 2 if a folder higher in the hierarchy does not allow sharing you 182 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 need to change its permissions For more information about file access permissions see Setting file and folder permissions and sharing on page 118 6 Click OK Note that the folder icon includes a hand to indicate file sharing Documents Mounting a network share Mounting a network folder on your computer lets you access the resources of that file system or folder You can mount a folder that is on a remote Microsoft Windows or Linux file system for example It is the easiest way to access and swap files between Windows and Linux systems The local folder where you place the link is called the mount point In the example shown here the SharedDocs directory has been mounted It accesses a shared documents folder on a Windows computer The mount point is the home folder of xandrosuser a home xandrostiser Xandros le Manager Lab x File Edit View Go Bookmarks Window Tools Help Address 9 le home xandrosuser txo amp amp Dar All Folders x A lt 3 Desktop L 6 My Linux My Documents haredDocs My Home Gs Desktop My Home EJMy Documents Displays the files and folder
263. es Upon execution it can render files and hard disks unusable consume memory slow computer performance enable others to control your computer or cause other damage A virus can be transferred to a computer in an e mail attachment with a downloaded file or from a disk It can be distributed across a network to other computers Execution can be immediate or delayed and thereby the virus can spread before being activated by a date by launching the applicable program or other means worm is a virus located in the computer memory It does not change files but it replicates and slows the computer by using resources such as memory It can also infect other computers A trojan is similar to a virus but does not replicate or affect other computers It appears to be a legitimate program but is not The effects can be the same as a virus such as providing others with access to the computer 130 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 There two ways to scan for viruses First you can manually invoke a scan Second the application can scan at specified intervals The application is set by default to scan daily at midnight and this interval can be changed If you schedule a scan and the computer is not on at the scheduled time the scan does not take place Because a scan can take more than an hour depending on your system and because performance can slow you can have a scan performed when you are away from your computer and or exclude
264. es 188 Thunderbird Mail account setup 66 receive e Mail 208 send e mail 209 set up e mail account 66 use Address Book contacts 317 tide conditions xTide 343 timonPanel eee eee 83 SE 84 time servers synchronizing system clock 83 time tracking 325 time zone setting scele 83 Timeout in Control Center 52 title bar on windows 42 44 toolbar sies il 42 44 MOVING ii aii aus a E 44 onwindoWs 42 transferring files using FIP 203 transmissions interrupting eee ee eee 203 StOPPING e ccc cerre itere r iratan 203 Trash 155 Trash applet 41 tray selection when printing 359 tree view in Xandros File Manager 148 trojan removal 130 troubleshooting application not responding 43 installation 22 LOSI cs vis Se weeny RR Eom mm nnn 28 376 a dci 22 printing iussi bee hens 354 repair Xandros after installing another 05 376 Skype Internet Calling 225 SOUND gs 99 sound in CD 282 startup failure 376 technical support getting
265. es in a row click a Facility Priority row header To enable all check boxes in a column click a column header To select all priority levels click Select All The options are Warning System messages such as the processor detected in the computer It is normal to see a lot of warnings No action is required Example a process did not exit Error System errors such as being unable to connect to an LDAP server May or may not require action Example headers end prematurely Critical Critical system issues such as the e mail system not running May or may not require action Example failed to get a socket Alert System integrity issues that require immediate attention Example user name not recognized Emergency System instabilities that require immediate attention because the system is unusable The system cannot be used Example a locked file cannot be opened Debug System messages to help with issues Example configuration file being opened Information Routine system messages such as a restart It is normal to see a lot of information items No action is required Example server busy Notice System messages such as the Linux version detected amount of memory detected and checking file systems No action is required Click OK to exit from the window Y To return the default settings click Defaults Managing your system 14 Changing log viewing options By default the log
266. ession Desktop for Xandros CD at the Windows computer A platform neutral package PNP file is generated for use on the Xandros computer 3 Transfer the PNP file to your Xandros computer 4 Insert the Versora Progression Desktop for Xandros CD into a drive on the Xandros computer If CrossOver Office launches cancel it A Versora autorun program guides you through the migration process Logging out and shutting down During a session of Xandros Desktop you can log in and out as a different user For example you can log in as Administrator to configure a setting log out and then log back in to a user account It is quicker than restarting your computer and logging in When you have completed your task or work you can shut down Xandros Desktop When you exit you can save your desktop view and restore it the next time you log in For example you can leave the Control Center open then have it launch automatically the next time you log in Not all applications can be re launched automatically Log Out Xandros Session ession for future logins ox Log out Shut down Restart Cancel Logout window To log out Click Launch Logout 2 To save your desktop view enable the Save session for future logins check box 3 Click the Log out icon The system logs out and the login window appears When you are logged into several accounts using the switch user feature you need to log out from each account for the login windo
267. et typically with speeds up to 56 Kbps Dial up AOL To use a telephone line and modem to connect to the Internet when your ISP is America Online AOL Click Next In the Select Hardware window the equipment detected for your connection method is displayed Select the hardware that you want to use to connect then click Next In the Dialing Settings window type the Phone number of the ISP server If you need to dial another number to access an outside line such as dialing 9 type it in the Dialing prefix box If you need to add an extension after the ISP phone number type it in the Dialing suffix box When a pause is required when dialing add one or more commas for example specify 9 723 1577 Click Next In the Login Settings window provide the account name and password of the user who will use the dial up access Then click Next In the Connection Name window type a name for the connection account for example Dial up Sympatico or AOL Dial up Click Next In the Finish window to initiate the connection each time the computer starts up enable the Connect automatically at system startup check box To connect after you finish the wizard enable the Start this connection when finished check box Click Finish to create the connection account Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 To set a VPN connection account Click Launch gt Applications Internet Connection Wizard The Connection Wizard launches Fro
268. ets the following requirements before installing Xandros Desktop Pentium 200 MHz processor Celeron AMD K6 or higher Pentium II 450 MHz or higher recommended 128 MB of RAM or higher 256 MB recommended Installing Xandros Desktop 9 Adequate unallocated space available on your hard disk with 1 5 GB minimum and 2 GB recommended The amount of space required depends on the installation option and packages that you choose CD ROM drive must be bootable Video card and compatible monitor capable of 1024 x 768 resolution Mouse or similar pointing device Keyboard Some features have additional hardware requirements such as For network access a network card For Internet access a 14 4 Kbps modem or higher and Internet service For sound a sound card speakers or headphones and or a microphone For sending faxes a fax modem and telephone line To check system components on a Windows computer 2 Click Start Control Panel Click System To check system components on a Xandros Desktop computer 2 Click Launch Control Center then Hardware Information Click the device for which you want information For example click Hardware Detection to list the CD ROM drives video card and audio adaptor of the computer Hardware compatibility Ensure that your computer hardware is compatible with Xandros Desktop before installing Xandros Desktop To check hardware compatibility See http support xandros com
269. example shown both a cursor region and a drop down menu was undo Regin captured using a five second delay To save a screen capture Click Save As 2 Type the path and file name of the screen capture in the File name box 3 Select the file type from the Filter drop down list 4 Click Save Additional graphics applications The following applications can be installed from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks Digikam Lets you download and view images from a camera to your computer as well as catalog them Flow Chart Lets you create flow charts GIMP Allows you to create and edit images and photos Gwenview Lets you view images including from a digital camera ImageMagick Image editing tool after installing ittype display ina console window to launch it Screen Ruler Ruler display lets you measure objects on the screen such as icons Scribus Page layout application lets you do desktop publishing download from Debian unsupported site Tux Paint A fun graphics program for children XSane Scanner application Working with graphics 261 168 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 Working with data 12 You can view create and edit data files such as spreadsheets and databases The following table outlines the data applications available with Xandros Desktop Application Function Page OpenOffice org Base Lets you use databases 2
270. exit from that window 4 Click OK to exit from the window Printing text files When you print a file using Text Editor you can print to a printer save as a PDF file print to a file PostScript or send as a fax Text Editor uses the same Print window used for some other Xandros Desktop applications For instructions on printing see Printing on page 352 240 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 Creating formulas OpenOffice org Math facilitates the creation of equations The files are saved in the odf format v Untitled OpenOffice Eile Edit View Format Tools Window Help Unary Binary Operators Relations Set Operations Eunctions Operators Attributes Brackets Formats Others OpenOffice org formula editor To start OpenOffice org Math Click Launch Applications OpenOffice org Tools Math 2 Type your formula in the lower window For symbols such as the not equal to sign click Tools gt Catalog Also right click in the window to display a menu of mathematical functions that can be added as shown Q See the online help for more information To insert a formula in OpenOffice org Writer click Insert gt Object Formula Reading and generating PDF files You can view documents in the Portable Document Format PDF and you can generate PDF files in many applications See Using Adobe Reader to view PDF files on page 313 and Printing f
271. eyboard Shortcuts M Display Shortcut Schemes Command Shortcuts Modifier Keys amp File Manager General Settings gt Date amp Time current Scheme y amp Desktop Behavior AA Key Assignment Global Shortcuts Shortcut Sequences Application Shortcuts E Search fMs Hardware Information Action Shortcut E amp Y Network amp lt Peripheral Devices amp 1 Power Management amp E Sound amp Multimedia System Administration Halt without Confirmation Alt Ctrl Shift PageDown Reboot without Confirmation Alt Ctri Shift PageUp Clipboard Show Klipper Popup Menu Alt ctrl v J KID r Shortcut for Selected Action O None Default Custom Alt ctrl Shift PageUp Default key Alt Ctrl Shift PageUp Defaults Keyboard Shortcuts panel To change a shortcut key Click Launch Control Center Click General Settings then Key Assignment then Keyboard Shortcuts Select a key scheme from the drop down list In the Global Shortcuts tab select a key from the list For example Alt Ctrl Shift Page Up is used to restart the computer 5 Select an action from the Shortcut for Selected Action list and change the default if prompted a vU N 6 Change as many keys as required 1 If you want to create a new scheme click Save type a n
272. f the panels the constants are reset too 6 Inthe calculator window click the constant button to evoke the number saved Using special characters and symbols The Character Selector provides special characters and symbols for use in text and graphics applications The characters include accents copyright trademark and mathematical symbols 13 character Selector File Edit Settings Help Font Arial Table lo E Unicode code point H u K L M N n i 2 n p n n n p n 9 2 LATA TEE E ply Unicode code point U 00A9 decimal 169 Character 0 m o Imipglojoj t nu gt 8 mr jni mie n Clear Clipboard Character Selector To use special characters and symbols Open the application in which you want to paste a special character or symbol such as the Text Editor 2 Click Launch gt Applications gt Accessories Character Selector 3 Select a character set from the Font drop down list You can add to this list by installing more fonts with the Font Viewer or the Font Installer panel in the Control Center relaunch the Character Selector afterwards Select a character set from the Table list Click the required special character or symbol Click To Clipboard In the application in wh
273. faults Encryption type WEP Wired equivalent privacy WEP is an encryption standard WPA Highest level of encryption Wireless protected access WPA is an authentication standard It provides a higher level of security than WEB which can be hacked Your hardware and the access points must be WPA compliant in order to use it and you may be able to get an update from your card vendor Higher encryption means higher levels of security but it can decrease network performance X Enable encryption Encryption Encryption type WEP v Key a7238f596e4115c1390db7ac79 Format WEP 128 type in Hexadecimal format Configuring a wireless connection Configuring connections 61 Key Values entered into these fields must be identical to the encryption key values used on the other wireless devices in the network Obtain keys from the person or company that set up the access points If your wireless network is in your home only you can create the values and use them with the router and all wireless cards An example of a key is Cjet101am50 When you enter the key the format is displayed Examples include WEP 40 64 bit Lower level of encryption This option uses a 40 bit 5 ASCII or 10 hex characters secret key set by the user and a 24 bit initialization vector not set by the user WEP 128 bit Higher level of encryption using a 104 bit 13 ASCII or 26 hex characters secret key set by the user and a
274. for images a dozen variables are possible such as keyword date and media types amp File Edit View Library Studio Search Help lt 19 3 OF Ef o ASS Library Studio Items Office E My Photos mp amp My Folders Ib _ Op __ a e Albums n oy Tags Vi Kodak DX3 May 16 06 May 16 06 16 06 Albums Tags Bala Albums Delete Delete All Name May 16 06 Type jpeg file Size 351 04KB 359 468 bytes Modified 05 16 06 09 49 am Date 05 16 06 09 49 am Options Viewing images downloaded from Kodak DX3215 camera Working with graphics 259 Accessing photos This section outlines how to download photos from a digital camera delete a photo and add an existing photo located in a file folder for example to a new album To access photos from a camera Connect the camera to the computer 2 Turn on the camera 3 Launch Xandros Photo Manager by clicking Launch Applications gt Graphics Xandros Photo Manager 4 To specify the location to download files to click Options 5 Click File Get From gt Camera Wait for the connection to be established If your camera is not recognized try Xandros File Manager Image Viewer or Digikam 6 Click Get All An Add Files To Album window appears 7 Type a name for a new album or select an existing a
275. fter you join a domain you can then log in at startup to the Windows domain instead of logging in to your local computer Windows and Linux networking 171 To join a Windows NT4 domain with pre existing account uu Aa w N m Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password From the Security level drop down list select Domain In the Domain box second box from the top of the window type the name of the domain Ensure that the Password authentication server box reads or enter the server name or IP address Enable the Join domain check box For the Allow trusted domains box a domain trust can be defined as a relationship between domains that allows users in one domain to be authenticated by a domain controller of another domain When this box is set to No all trusted domains are ignored and bypassed which reduces the login time on a large network with a number of trusted domains In this case attempts to connect to a resource from a domain that has a trusted relationship will fail You can use the default setting of Yes when there are few trusted domains or when you need access to a resource Click Apply confirm that you want the setting to take effect immediately and acknowledge that the changes are now in effect In the Join Domain window that appears enable the Join without user name and password check box Leave the Ca
276. ftware suite based on Linux This Getting Started Guide provides instructions for completing the wizard that appears when you start your computer for the first time and it helps you log in use applications E El 4 get connected to the Internet and get free updates Welcome to the Xandros community Starting Xandros Desktop 05 After you turn on the computer a selection window appears from Viewing a PDF file in Adobe Reader To open a PDF file Click Launch Applications Accessories gt Viewers Adobe Reader If it does not appear in the menu install it from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks 2 Click File Open select the file to open and click Open To search in a PDF file Click Edit Find 1 Type the text to search for and click Find 3 To find the next entry click Next or press Enter Viewing DVI files Device independent DVI files are viewed with the DVI Viewer See Viewing DVI files on page 242 Viewing faxes Faxes are viewed using the Fax Viewer See Viewing and sending faxes on page 361 Using accessories and utilities 313 Viewing fonts See Installing fonts on page 246 Viewing PDF and PostScript files The PostScript Viewer lets you preview documents prepared using the PostScript page description language including ps and pdf files See Working with PostScript Viewer on page 243 Using the Address Book The Addre
277. g Using Microsoft Word Microsoft Word can be installed and used on Xandros Desktop without having Microsoft Windows installed Xandros Desktop includes an application called CodeWeavers CrossOver Office for this purpose CrossOver Office helps you to install and configure your Windows applications CrossOver Office runs automatically unless it is disabled You install Word and open a Word file Another option is to install Microsoft Word Viewer included with CrossOver Office not documented here With this approach you do not need to install Word and you can view but not edit Word documents The following figure shows the file created in OpenOffice org and saved as a doc file i partners doc Microsott Word File Edit view Insert Format Tools Table Window Help ASR 7 100 gt Bitstream Vera San v 0 Xandros is actively seeking distribution partners outside North America Learn how you can participate in our exciting reseller partners program Main title REC TRK EXT Englsh U S Using Microsoft Word XP Working with text 235 To install Word See Installing Windows based applications on page 33 To uninstall select Microsoft applications installed without your knowledge click Launch Applications gt CrossOver gt Configuration To use Word Click Launch Windows Applications Programs Microsoft Word 2 In Word
278. g box first You can set the volume pitch and duration of the bell Changing the pitch makes the sound higher or lower You can test sounds before you apply them to your desktop Sounds can be disabled Troubleshooting information is provided for when there is no sound To troubleshoot sound If sound is too fast or distorted click Launch gt Control Center then Sound amp Multimedia then Sound System Click the Hardware tab and set the Use custom sampling rate to 48000 Inthe Hardware tab change the Select the audio device setting for example by changing it to Open Sound System or Advanced Linux Sound Architecture Try reinstalling Xandros Desktop using the troubleshooting menu for example trying the ACPI 4 Setup or ACPI 2 Setup option See To use the troubleshooting menu for installation on page 22 If that does not work check if Xandros Technical Support has an updated sound driver for your sound card To disable system sound at startup and shutdown Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Sound amp Multimedia then System Notifications 3 From the Event source drop down list select KDE System Notifications 4 Click the icon beside the KDE is exiting event to disable it The icon does not appear when disabled Click the icon beside the KDE is starting up event to disable it 6 Click Apply Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 99 a System Notifications Genter Fi
279. g for login 53 securing system 52 setting for screen Saver 80 setting for user account 114 turning off requests 52 unlock screen 51 TOL C P 52 patches adding to MIDI Player 290 patience games 310 A Reeve RR 334 335 a acta aes 110 PDF he 354 viewing in Web browser 201 viewing with Adobe Reader 313 viewing with PostScript Viewer 243 peer to peer file sharing and firewall 200 Performance Monitor 137 performance monitor on Panel 40 permissions 167 firewall E eme e 197 PUNE a aaa 167 remote access to Others 185 Setting file coo rr tn 117 settingfolder 117 setting user limits on shared files 181 Personal Information Manager address 215 birthdays 215 CONACS Eu E RERIYE 215 Mal RR RR Eg 214 schedule meeting 216 task to do list 215 view attendee schedules 216 Personal Time Tracker editing time 326 idle period detection 327 327 SeLUp s ES EET IE S 326 track time sse oa ee eee 32
280. g http br linux org noticias index r 23 O BsDatwork com http BSDatwork com backend p D Identifying news sites for the News Ticker 4 Click Add 5 Complete the information required for the source by providing a Web site address ending with rdf or rss in the Source file box An example is http linu com mrn front_page rss for the Linux com news source Icon files optional are indicated with a ico suffix Note that not all news sources have ticker content even if you can set it as a default 6 Click OK to add the source Click OK to return to the News Ticker To remove a news source Click the arrow on the left side of the News Ticker Select Configure KNewsTicker Click the News Sources tab a w N Disable the check boxes of the sources that you do not want to view You can also remove it completely from the list by clicking Remove 5 Click OK to exit from the window To set the update interval Click the arrow on the left side of the News Ticker 2 Select Configure KNewsTicker 3 Move the News query interval slider to set the update interval 4 Click OK to exit from the window 218 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 To set scroll speed Click the arrow on the left side of the news ticker 2 Select Configure KNewsTicker 3 Click the Scroller tab 4 Move the Scrolling speed slider to the left to decrease speed or to the right to increase speed 5 Cl
281. ging your system 139 Monitoring system activities Using the Event Viewer you can view a log of system activity For example when you are required to enter the Administrator password for a task and the password is incorrect this error is logged You can specify the log entries to view and they are available for the following facilities Authorization Crontab Daemon Kernel Printer Mail News Syslog User UUCP and PPP Crontab refers to a command that creates a list of commands to run at specified times A daemon is a program that runs continuously in the background UUCP refers to the UNIX to UNIX copy protocol which is used to copy and send files PPP refers to point to point protocol such as Internet use from a server to your computer a Event Viewer File Edit Options Help Date 4 Facility Priority Source Message Ll e 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error kernel FAT Directory bread b 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error kernel a i Filter Manager 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error kernel e A Filter Manager 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error Eacility Priority l lelololelo 5j y 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error kernel PAP 7 Authorization 1 19 1 0 inl Q 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error kernel A ee Cancel Crontab 05 18 14 49 24 Kernel Error kernel a guae Daemon Help 05 18 14 49 24 Kerne Error kernel A ae a 9 05 18 14 49 24 Kerne
282. gram gt Administrative Tools Active Directory Users and Computers 3 Right click on the domain name in the left panel and select Delegate Control In the pop up wizard click Next Click Add Select a user or group and click Add Click OK Click Next Check the Join a computer to the domain check box oO un A m Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 10 I Click Next Click Finish To join a Windows 2000 domain mixed mode with pre existing computer account cO c Aa w N Obtain your user name and password from the domain administrator You also need to know the name of the domain Click Launch Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password From the Security level drop down list select Domain In the Domain box second box from the top of the window type the name of the domain Ge Ensure that the Password authentication server box reads or enter the server name or IP address Enable the Join domain check box For the Allow trusted domains box a domain trust can be defined as a relationship between domains that allows users in one domain to be authenticated by a domain controller of another domain When this box is set to No all trusted domains are ignored and bypassed which reduces the login time on a large network with a number of trusted domains In this case attempts to connect to a resource from a domain
283. hat let you change the appearance and placement of the windows You can apply a new skin or appearance and change the read out display Starting and exiting MP3 Player To start MP3 Player Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia Player 2 To display the Playlist window right click in the Player window and enable the Playlist Editor option 3 To display the Equalizer right click in the MP3 Player window and enable the Graphical EQ option 0 You can also use the PL and EQ buttons to launch the playlist and equalizer windows Using multimedia applications 293 To exit MP3 Player Inthe MP3 Player window click the Close button which is an X button at the top right of the Main Window Playing files You can play a single audio file or a selection of audio files To play multiple files the files need to be located in one folder or loaded into a playlist For information about creating and editing a playlist of files see Creating and editing a playlist for audio files on page 296 To play audio files In the Player window right click in the window and click Play File To find files located in your folder click into home To find files located on a CD click into media cdrom0 for example To find files located on an iPod click into media ipod iPod_Control Music 2 Double click the audio file you want to play If the file is already in the playlist simply double click it Or sele
284. hat updates are available For computers managed by xDMS it can also indicate that your system administrator is performing updates Use is outlined here Computer is up to date Updates are available TE xri Xandros update indicator When using a proxy server configuration can be required for use with Xandros Networks as outlined here To install updates and applications While connected to the Internet click Launch gt Xandros Networks or double click the Xandros Networks icon on the desktop Wait for the database to load 2 Click Application Updates clicking on to expand the list to select the updates Or click File Install All Latest Updates from Xandros to get all updates 3 Install the updates that you require entering the Administrator password when prompted 4 Click New Applications clicking on to expand the list 5 Install the applications that you want entering the Administrator password if prompted When the product is not already registered you are prompted to do so 6 Now that Xandros Desktop and the updates and applications have been installed take a few minutes to browse through the Installed Applications folder which provides descriptions of the software installed 1 Click File Quit to exit Xandros Networks 8 Normally new applications are automatically available from the Applications menu immediately after downloading however log out then in to ensure that the changes take effect 9
285. he Connection Wizard launches You can also access the wizard from the Network Connections panel of the Control Center 2 From the list select the connection method e Cable To use a cable modem and a cable television line to connect to the Internet for example with speeds from 64 Kbps to 6 Mbps Local Area Network To use a local area network LAN to connect to the Internet for example using an Ethernet card 58 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 Local Area Network Wireless To use a wireless card or wireless network adapter to connect to the Internet Local Area Network VLAN A virtual connection is a connection using a virtual network interface It is a feature of Linux that allows a single network device to respond to multiple network settings such as multiple IP addresses Usually you have a device such as ethO that is configured with a specific IP address You can create a virtual interface eth0 1 on the same network card that has a different IP address Click Next In the Select Hardware window the equipment detected for your connection method is displayed Select the hardware that you want to use to connect then click Next In the Select Address Type window specify if a Static IP address is to be used for the connection or if the IP address can change Dynamic IP address Normally a dynamic IP address is fine for Internet connections Click Next If the Connection Settings window appears pro
286. he Applications CD 2 Click and drag the edge of the window border to resize the window 3 To change the font right click within the window select Configure KNewsTicker click the Scroller tab and click Choose Font To view a complete news story Click the required news headline as it scrolls in the News Ticker The default Web browser launches and displays the story You can also view and access news stories by clicking the arrow on the left side of the News Ticker To add a news source Click the arrow on the left side of the News Ticker The default news sources are listed at the top of the menu Note that you can access the news stories from the Web sites using this menu 2 Select Configure KNewsTicker 3 Click the News Sources tab Using the Internet 217 metere ues edo rn Panel applet proxy General Filters Scroller Name of Site Source File LyArts i O Bureau 42 http www bureau42 com rdf O eFilmcritic http efilmcritic com fo rdf O superhits ch http www superhits ch cgi bin st Business O internet com Business http headlines internet com inte O http www tradesims com AEX rc Computers O amiga news de deutschsprachige Amiga Nachrichten http www amiga news de de bac Ol amiga news de english Amiga news http www amiga news de en bat O Arstechnica http arstechnica com etc rdf ar O A Ask Slashdot http slashdot org askslashdot rt Ol BR Linux or
287. he Reports tab and disable the Display pop up notification messages in system tray check box Click OK to exit from the window To view report logs Click Settings gt Xandros Configure Anti Virus Click the Reports tab Click the appropriate View button to see the scan log or the update log gt N 134 Note that you can change the default log locations and maximum size in the Reports tab Click OK to exit from the window Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Using Xandros Security Suite Xandros Security Suite provides a single interface to view security issues It assesses risk and identifies issues in four areas anti virus protection firewall spyware and critical or security updates available in Xandros Networks To perform a security scan Launch Xandros Security Suite by clicking Launch gt Applications System gt Security gt Xandros Security Suite Issues are identified for example when the anti virus application is not running the high risk is indicated 2 When a risk is identified click the Xandros Security Suite icon on the Panel The application window is launched 3 Click Details for information on how to increase security WI Xandros Security Suite File View Settings Help Overall Risk Level Indicator The reports below indicate the detected vulnerabilities Xandros Anti Virus Your computer is exposed to a moderate risk A Limited Virus Protection Details
288. he form The Request response option does not work at this time attendees are notified of the meeting only 5 When finished click OK to exit from the configuration window 6 To send the notification to the invited persons select the event in the calendar click Schedule Publish Attendees are notified by e mail provided that your KDE Mail has been configured To change an appointment Double click the appointment in the schedule 2 Change the appointment information as outlined in the previous procedure To delete an appointment Click the appointment in the schedule Click Actions gt Delete Event If the appointment is a recurring one you are prompted to determine if you want to delete the current event or all of them v You can also delete an appointment by right clicking on the appointment and selecting Delete To save your schedule Click File Save Schedules are saved as ics files without manually saving them Using the to do list You can make a list of tasks you need to complete set priority level percent completed deadlines and reminder alarms To create a to do list task Click Actions New To do Complete the information for the task 3 Click OK to exit from the window Using accessories and utilities 33 To edit to do list task Double click the task in the list 1 Edit the information for the task 3 Click OK to exit from the window To mark a task as complete Enabl
289. he partition A or disk where it resides If the Xandros Desktop installation being deleted is the only operating system installed the computer will not start up after uninstallation Click Cancel to exit the Xandros Installation Wizard Xandros Desktop has been uninstalled Remove the Xandros startup screen using one of the following procedures Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 To remove Xandros boot loader from a Windows XP computer 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Insert the Windows XP CD into the CD ROM drive Restart your computer Press R for Repair on the Welcome to Setup window Select the Windows installation you want to log in to Type the Administrator password and press Enter Type fixmbr and press Enter Confirm that you want to write a new MBR Restart the computer To remove Xandros boot loader from a Windows 9x computer 2 3 Launch the MS DOS prompt by clicking Start gt Applications gt Accessories and selecting this option At the command prompt type fdisk mbr and press Enter Restart the computer To remove Xandros boot loader using Xandros Desktop 2 Log in as Administrator In a console window type etcdevset S c boot main t mbr v no and press Enter This command does not remove the Xandros boot loader if Xandros is the only operating system installed To remove Xandros boot loader from a Linux computer 2 Restart the computer When the Xandros startup screen appears select
290. he permissions is to right click the file or folder 152 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 select Properties and click the Permissions tab Otherwise the following table describes the file permissions Permission setting Character indicates d Folder 1 Link Special file such as a device IWX Owner has read write and execute access Owner group has read and execute access but not write access Any user not in the owner group has read and execute access but not write access The r w and x characters show that permission for read r write w and execute x are granted A dash indicates that permission is denied The first character can also be a dash indicating that it is a regular file For more information about file permissions see Assigning access privileges to files and folders on page 117 For more information about owners groups and file permissions see Managing users and groups on page 109 Selecting folders and files You can select multiple folders and files in Xandros File Manager You can select a group of files and folders that display consecutively in the file list or select multiple files individually When you invert a file selection all the files and folders that were selected are deselected and the files and folders that were not selected are selected To select consecutive multiple folders and files Click Launch Xandros File Man
291. hem When your computer is set to act as a WINS server you do not need to specify the WINS server IP address because Xandros Desktop automatically detects it When your network does not use a WINS server you can use a Domain Name System DNS server for name resolution See To set a DNS server on page 73 Windows and Linux networking 169 When you are using a DHCP server and it is configured to do so a WINS server IP address can be received from the DHCP server automatically meaning the server address is automatically filled in To specify a WINS server Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Type the IP address es of the WINS server in the Global WINS server box es 5 Click Apply a w N Setting file sharing security and authentication for a Windows network You can set the security level for access by other computers on a Windows network If your system uses a password authentication server you must specify the name or IP address of the server When you grant access to others the permissions you set elsewhere also apply for example read and write access To set the security level for access to your computer Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Network then Windows Networking 3 Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password 4 Select one of the following security levels from the Security level
292. ice org Writer OpenOffice org Writer allows you to open and save files in OpenOffice org odt Microsoft Word doc text txt Web page html and other formats A spell checker is integrated If you save a file in the Microsoft Word format you are able to use the file in OpenOffice org and Microsoft Word iv a partners odi OpenOffice org Writer File Edit View Insert Format Table Tools Window Help BaadA 4oa ve e i Default Bitstream Vera Sans y 12 ly 0 E 4 ni i a ies Xandros is actively seeking distribution partners outside North America Learn how you can participate in our exciting reseller partners program Main title acad 4 1 1 Default 100 INSRT STD HYP OpenOffice org Writer The Professional edition of Xandros Desktop includes the StarOffice version instead of OpenOffice org 234 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 To start OpenOffice org Writer Install it from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks See Installing applications from the Applications CD on page 33 2 Click Launch Applications OpenOffice org Writer See the online help for more information Install more fonts by installing the msttcorefonts file from the Debian unsupported site in Xandros Networks You can download and install the OpenOffice org suite of software in over 35 languages from www openoffice or
293. ich you want to paste the special character or symbol click the cursor where you want the character and click Edit gt Paste If you are using OpenOffice org the font in use in OpenOffice org needs to coincide with the font type being pasted in for example set the font to Dingbats if you are pasting in a Dingbats character Os Un 4 The application does not work for all special characters and symbols for example pasting Dingbats into the Text Editor If the special character does 320 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 not paste into the document try inserting it within the document for example with Insert Special Character in OpenOffice org Writer 8 To obtain a second special character in the Character Selector window click Clear and repeat steps 3 to 7 Using the Organizer scheduler The Organizer provides a calendar scheduler meeting arranger to do list and journal You can view your schedule by day next three days work week full week or by the month If you use KMail KDE Mail or Sendmail for e mail you can invite others to attend meetings You can have more than one schedule list and so on by saving the files which can also be exported to a Web page or other calendars The application is integrated with the Address Book making it easy to invite contacts to meetings 13 v calendar le tilter gt qrmoditiedg Organizer File Edit View Go Actions Schedule Settings Help jae Or
294. ick OK to exit from the window Using a Webcam A Webcam can be used for video conferencing security monitoring and taking photographs for example Support in Linux is inconsistent To view camera output and take snapshots try camstreams Install it as camstream from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks see Installing applications from the Applications CD on page 33 With the Webcam connected to the computer start the application with Launch Run Command and entering camstream Other applications that you can try from Xandros Networks from the Debian unsupported site are camorama and GnomeMeeting While Webcams are known to work with Xandros Desktop please note that use is not officially supported TA CHITI Streams Viewing output from a Creative Technology Webcam Using the Internet 219 use a Webcam Install camstreams Connect the Webcam to the computer 3 Launch camstreams by clicking Launch Run Command and entering camstream 4 Click File Open viewer 5 With the Webcam auto detected in the Device drop down list leave the Use current size option enabled and click OK The camera image is displayed Making phone calls with Skype Internet Calling You can make phone calls and send instant messages over the Internet The destination can be a computer or a telephone depending on the options you choose You need a headset with a microphone or a microphone and speakers The he
295. ick the Filters tab To exclude certain file types from a scan list them in the Exclude matching extensions box Large files such as ISO PS or SYS files can take a long time to be scanned so you may want to exclude them from a scan Use a space between entries suchas iso ps sys To scan only certain file types specify them in the Scan only matching extensions box Use a space between entries such as doc exe Managing your system 133 5 To include or exclude folders from a scan specify them at the bottom of the window 6 Click OK to exit from the window To set other configuration Click Settings Configure Xandros Anti Virus Set the required options including 2 3 Automatic startup When enabled default after being launched the first time the application launches on login and remains active until closed on the Panel When disabled you manually start the application from the Launch menu Recursively scan folders When enabled default scan all files at or below the level specified including in all subfolders When disabled scan only the files in the folder specified Show file permission errors When enabled default show error messages such as empty files in the Messages area of the window When disabled show that a scan is in progress but no error messages To set limits on compressed zipped files that are scanned use the Archives tab To turn off notification on the Panel access t
296. ict org 2628 Online Dictionary showing entry retrieved over the Internet To use the dictionary Click Launch gt Applications Utilities Online Dictionary 2 Type the word or phrase that you want to look up in the Look for box and press Enter Alternatively you can click Define or Match to access information Using accessories and utilities 333 Converting Palm Pilot documents With the Palm Document Converter files can be converted when using a Palm Pilot or hand held device for example so that you can swap files between a desktop computer and the device You can convert a text file to a PalmDoc and you can convert a PalmDoc to a text file The application converts any file but the output may or may not be useable a Document Converter General PC Handheld Handheld gt Text file home xandrosuser clients C Convert whole folders X Ask before overwriting files I Verbose messages Encoding 1508859 15 Convert Text to PalmDOC Jl Convert PalmDOC to Text abou se Palm Document Converter To convert text documents for Palm Pilot use Click Launch Applications Utilities Palm Document Converter Totheright of the Text file box click the Open file dialog button and select the document to convert 3 Type name for the new file in the DOC file box 4 Click Convert Text to PalnDOC The document is converted to th
297. il Size Large Icons Allows you to view files and folders as large icons Small Icons Allows you to view files and folders as small icons Detailed List Allows you to view files and folders in a list along with their properties such as size permissions dates and owners 1 You can also arrange these icons by name size type attributes date owner and group See Sorting and refreshing the Xandros File Manager view on page 156 To toggle Web pane view in Xandros File Manager Click View and select View as Web Page The right side of the window shows as a single pane when the option is deselected Navigating in Xandros File Manager In addition to navigating in Xandros File Manager by clicking through the folders or using the buttons on the tool bar you can also use the Address box To navigate using the address box Inthe Address box type the path name of the folder or file you want to access and press Enter You can also select a path name or Web site address from the Address drop down list Managing files 149 Accessing files from a floppy disk CD or similar device You can access folders and files on a floppy disk CD DVD USB flash memory key or similar device You can perform the same actions on such files as you do on files on your computer or elsewhere on the network such as opening copying pasting moving and renaming files Programs such as Firefox Web Browser that are not based o
298. ilable only for local printers 5 Enable the Share this item and its contents check box 6 Ensure the Share name is 13 characters or less 1 If required specify the number of users and require a password in the Allow maximum and Permissions areas 8 Ensure that the Share enabled check box is enabled This setting reflects the master setting for sharing printers See change your file and printer sharing for a Windows network on page 169 9 Click OK Individual printer sharing has now been set To change print resolution Access the Printers panel in the Control Center Select a printer from the list 3 Click Properties 4 Click the Output tab 5 Select a print resolution from the Resolution drop down list Resolution is not selectable for all printers 6 Click OK 1 Print resolution settings vary according to the printer type Print resolution is measured in dots per inch dpi For example a print resolution of 600 dpi translates to 600 x 600 or 360 000 dots per square inch The higher the resolution the better the print quality To change default page printing order Follow steps to 4 from the previous procedure 2 Select either First to last or Last to first orientation For example the Last to first option prints the pages in reverse order last page first then the following pages and ending with the first page 3 Click OK 358 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17 To select paper t
299. iles on page 353 Working with text 241 Viewing DVI files Device independent DVD files can be viewed DVI is a file format output by TeX and LaTeX which are ways of typesetting and documenting technical and scientific material The DVI Viewer is included with Xandros Desktop A user supplied DVI file generating application such as TeX also needs to be installed in order to view a DVI file with DVI Viewer When you print a file using the DVI Viewer you can print to a printer save as a PDF file print to a file PostScript or send as a fax The DVI Viewer uses the common Xandros Desktop Print window such as used for the Text Editor For instructions on printing see Printing on page 352 DVI Viewer File View Go Edit Settings Help a 100 DVI Viewer for TeX and LaTeX files To open a DVI file Click Launch gt Applications Accessories gt Viewers DVI Viewer 2 Click File Open and select the file to open Viewing and sending faxes Faxes can be viewed and sent with Xandros Desktop using the Fax Viewer and Print a Fax functions found in the Accessories menu See Viewing and sending faxes on page 361 242 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 Working with PostScript Viewer PostScript Viewer lets you view documents prepared using the PostScript page description language having a ps extension and to view eps and pdf files PostScript Viewer provides tools to help y
300. ilot 2 3 Connect the device to the computer and turn it on If you are using Evolution close it Click File HotSync or click the HotSync icon The computer and device will be updated When instead you want to update the computer or device only select File Copy Handheld to PC or Copy PC to Handheld Press the HotSync button on your device When synchronization 15 successful the Palm Pilot Tool displays a HotSync Completed message and the device also indicates that the HotSync operation is complete If the user names used on the Palm Pilot and computer do not match you are prompted to indicate which one to use When a synchronization occurs for example address book entries the data is merged and the most recent entries are used for both the Palm Pilot and the computer For example you can launch the Address Book Organizer Using accessories and utilities 337 and Personal Information Manager to verify that contact information was transferred to the computer 5 Ifthere is a problem ensure that Xandros Desktop is configured properly for your device previous sections 1 The easiest way to synchronize is to do so from the device Performance is inconsistent Even with correct configuration only some functions may not be synchronized For example contacts in your address books may not be transferred and Popup Notes will only be transferred from the device To back up your Palm Pilot Connect the device
301. in 2 days Birthday Roger Smith 22 years No unread messages 0 messages Summary window of the Personal Information Manager To launch the Personal Information Manager e Click Launch gt Applications Accessories gt Personal Information Manager When you already have an e mail account set up in KDE Mail and it requires authentication you are prompted for the password The view last open appears In the Summary window to do tasks and appointments for the current day are shown as well as birthdays for a week To set up mail Click the Mail icon If you have a KDE Mail account set up it appears Otherwise click Settings Configure KMail and follow the instructions in set up an e mail account for KDE Mail on page 68 o To get mail Click the Mail icon Click File Check Mail Be sure to expand your e mail account to view your mail not Local Folders To send mail Click the Mail icon Click Message New Message 214 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 To set the weather station Click Settings gt Configure Kontact 2 Click Weather Service 3 Expand the Available stations lists and select the required weather location Click Add You can view weather information for more than one location add the rest Click Update All Click OK to exit from the window The weather information may not load immediately Exit then relaunch the application to test if it works
302. in the main window When you format a partition or logical volume all data on the A partition is erased Managing your system 129 Mounting and unmounting a partition or logical volume You can mount and unmount primary partitions logical partitions and logical volumes You cannot unmount a primary partition that is a swap partition When you mount a partition you specify its location for example home When you unmount a partition it means that the data on the partition can be overwritten Unmounting and remounting a partition allows you to change its file type To mount a partition or logical volume Right click the partition or logical volume and select Mount The Set Mount Point window appears 1 Click into the various files to select one or type a name to create a new one If the partition is for a user you can click into the home folder for example 3 Click OK The partition or logical volume is mounted and the mount point appears in the window To unmount a partition or logical volume Right click the partition or logical volume and select Unmount You cannot unmount a primary partition that contains the current operating system or its swap partition Confirm that you want to unmount the partition Scanning and removing viruses Xandros Desktop includes an anti virus application It allows you to scan for viruses worms and trojans and to remove infected files A virus is an executable program that replicat
303. ion By selecting a region you take a screen capture of only the part of the window or desktop that you want You can also specify a time delay so that you can activate the window or open a menu before the screen capture is taken This action is similar to setting a timer on a camera To capture the entire desktop and contents e Click Launch Applications gt Graphics Screen Capture The screen capture is taken and you can save or print the image To capture a specific window Open and size the window for which you want a screen capture 2 Click Launch gt Applications gt Graphics Screen Capture 3 From the drop down list select Window Under Cursor The Include window decorations check box is enabled by default to include the borders of the window 4 Click New Snapshot 5 Click the window you want to capture 266 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 To capture a region Follow the previous procedure selecting Region from the drop down list then clicking New Snapshot 2 Click drag and release the mouse on the window or desktop area that you want to capture To capture a screen after a time delay Click the up or down arrow of the Snapshot delay box to specify a time delay between when you trigger Screen Capture and when it takes the capture 2 Click New Snapshot 3 Click the window you want to capture After the delay specified the snapshot is capture mode window Under Cursor 7 captured In the
304. ional keyboard language maps 93 Internet connection account creation 57 cell phone and laptop 196 initiating 196 phone calls 220 SHAVING PC 197 Internet Explorer 202 interrupts ooo 109 Intuit Quicken 33 l ports sh rr TR 109 address ocios 13 iPod Gnomad 308 IUNES aia eb ica gee te Bie en as 214 Music Manager 298 IRC instant messaging 226 150 file burn to CD or DVD 281 A cs geet ic an E 33 274 Jabber instant messaging 226 354 joining Windows domain 171 K Karaoke eee RR RR RR raadi 290 Kate text editor 249 KDE Mail account setup 68 and Address Bo0k 314 error messages 69 receive e mail 211 send e mail 211 troubleshooting 69 KDevelop 2 4 2 kernel arguments at startup 30 MASSAGES 29 version number 384 Keyboard Layout panel in Control Center 93 96 Keyboard panel in Control Center 93 keyboard settings keyboard repeat 93 language maps 93 96 93 setting key click
305. iple hard disks to create a larger space For example if you have a disk of 10 GB used for a file server and add a disk of 40 GB you can pool the memory to 50 GB Xandros Desktop supports logical volume management LVM which allows you to add new hard drives or replace them and have them detected automatically With LVM you can pool space of multiple disks Without LVM you can pool space on a single disk By default Xandros Desktop is installed into the root partition and a swap partition as required for LVM Understanding storage Hard disks partitions volume groups logical volumes file systems size space used and mount points can be viewed and or managed in Xandros Storage Manager This section explains each of these elements iv Storage Manager File View Tasks Help primary hda1 Linux swap free space 73 82 GB IDE2 74 53 GB primary hdb1 ReiserFS 74 53 GB 1 45 GB 1 9 Two hard disks with one operating system and a swap partition Hard disks Hard disks are indicated by type and number Types include integrated drive electronics IDE disks associated with desktop and laptop computers serial advanced technology attachment SATA disks that are faster than IDE and small computer system interface SCSI disks associated with high end desktop computers and servers You can mix types on the same computer and multiple SCSI or IDE disks can be used to create a redundant array of independent disks
306. is is the second part of the description 5 Click OK to exit from the window Using the desktop 39 Using applets You can launch applications called applets from the Panel These applets then usually reside on the Panel The table lists the applets available Applet Function Character Selector Places a character selector panel on the Panel Right click its arrow to configure it by copying characters from the main Character Selector Clock Places a configurable clock and calendar on the Panel Click to modify Cut and Paste Utility Places the clipboard application on the Panel and lets you set defaults for information copied to the clipboard Right click to select copied information Desktop Previewer amp Pager Places virtual desktop buttons on the Panel Right click to configure Dictionary Places a text box on the Panel and launches the Online Dictionary when a word is entered Lock Logout Places the Lock The Desktop icon on the Panel Click to log out Network Connections Places icons on the Panel indicating network and Internet connections and activity Right click icon to create a new network connection News Ticker Places a news ticker on the Panel This application can also be launched on the desktop see Using the News Ticker on page 217 Performance Monitor Places a performance monitor on the Panel This application can also be launched on the desktop see
307. it copies the CD as one file to a location on your computer specified by you and it allows you to then create CDs with that image file When you burn an ISO file to a disc it expands all the directories and copies them onto the disc for use instead of just copying the single ISO file It allows you to install software from the disc If you want to copy software on a CD to another CD you first copy the CD as an ISO disc image file to your computer then burn the ISO file to a CD Use the third procedure 284 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To copy music from a CD for listening on your computer 5 Click Launch Xandros File Manager and locate the folder in which you want to copy files to Insert the CD to be copied in the CD drive If it launches another application like the CD Player exit that application In another Xandros File Manager window click the CD or CD RW drive to access the tracks Select the tracks to be copied and drag them into the folder in which you want to copy files to You may be prompted to select the format WAV CDA and Ogg Vorbis and if you want to use song title or track number to name the tracks Do not select the CDA format because no player is configured to play CDA tracks A progress window displays during copying CDs that contain executable files let you copy the executable file only not the tracks To play a track copied in the WAV or Ogg format simply double click it To copy
308. itle file name path and file name date or longest time Sort Selection By Title By Filename By Path Filename By Date By Playlength Sorts the audio files that you have selected in the list 296 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 alphabetically according to title file name path and file name or date You must first select files from the list by holding Ctrl and clicking them Randomize List Sorts the audio files in random order Reverse List Sorts the audio files in reverse order from the current order Changing options and preferences The MP3 Player provides options and preferences that let you change the appearance and placement of the window You can customize the appearance of the Visualization window which provides a graphical display of sound as it plays You can also add Visualization plug ins To change MP3 Player options and preferences In the MP3 Player window right click select Options and enable one or more of the following options Selected letters displayed on the left side of the MP3 Player window indicate the active options Always On Top Lets you keep the Player on top of all open windows when enabled Show on all desktops To display the Player on all virtual desktops WindowShade Mode Reduces the Main Window so that only a title bar shows Playlist WindowShade Mode Reduces the Playlist window so that only a title bar shows Equalizer Windo
309. ity or Kwave O 7 A 1 File Options Help amp E 345m E E a 44100 stereo 16bit 0 08 1 4MB_ buffer 1 44100 stereo 16bit pcm 0 23 home xandrosuser sound1 E 44100 stereo 16bit pcm 0 16 2 8MB home xandrosuser sound2 ls record 0 16 0 16 44100 stereo 16bit pcm 46 ms Py e Al I E ME E EIE lala ola ela ea Balance 9 Intel ICHS 1 Sound Recorder left with Sound Mixer defaults right To record and play Click Launch Applications Multimedia gt Sound Mixer and in the Input tab ensure that the microphone or other source is turned on no x on the microphone and that its volume is on the slider is up Your Sound Mixer window may vary from the one shown 2 Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia gt Sound Recorder 3 Click File New file buffer and create a new file for the recording adding the wav extension You can also press the space bar to create a new file and record 4 Click the Start Record icon on the tool bar You can also press to start recording You can view if sound is being input by clicking Options gt Freq Spectrum and enabling the Log option 5 To stop recording click the Stop Record icon on the tool bar You can also press Esc to stop recording 6 To play the file click the Start Playback icon You canno
310. ixed Mode 2 Disc size 473 MB 00 53 51 Number of tracks 12 Volume ID URS Creation time 00 15 47 Copying from a CD to the computer 7 Note the disc and copy time outlined in the Summary area 8 Click OK 9 When prompted specify a file name and location If you are trying to copy a music CD it creates a xdi file not a iso file A progress bar appears during copying If you try to create a disc image file for a CD that contains an executable file the process may stall for example when about 90 percent complete 10 When creating a music CD double click the xdi file to create the CD following the prompts To create a music or data CD or DVD Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia DVD Writer Insert the blank CD or DVD in the applicable drive 3 Click Create music CD or Create MP3 CD or Create data disc 4 Open a Xandros File Manager window navigate to the file or folder that you want to copy to the CD then drag and drop that file into the DVD Writer window Click Write files to disc Close all other applications and click OK to exit from this prompt In the General tab select the Device to copy to N oO Una Click OK A progress window appears during copying 286 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To burn an ISO file to a CD as multiple files 2 3 4 Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia gt DVD Writer Click File Create Disc from Image
311. k Click and drag the slider to the left To move forward in the same track Click and drag the slider to the right To move to the next track Click Next 278 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To stop playing a CD Click Stop To eject a CD Click Eject If that does not work right click the device in Xandros File Manager and select Eject Disc You can also click Eject again to close the CD drive Specifying the play order of CD tracks You can play tracks continuously in a loop or in random order To play CD tracks in a continuous loop Click Loop A loop indicator appears at the right of the Erin window 0314 c 2 To stop the loop click Loop again The loop indicator disappears from the window To play CD tracks in random order Click Random Random appears in the window Random 01 18 05 02 14 2 To stop random play click Random again Random disappears from the window Displaying CD information You can configure how CD Player retrieves CD information for example so that it retrieves information from your computer and not over the Internet when you are connected You can set CDDB to search for the CD identification code on the Internet add and remove CDDB sites and specify the CDDB folder on the hard disk You can also view track lists You can view the following in the CD Player window artist name CD name and track list It is enabled by default You can also set multi
312. k Information 1 Manage Files Copying a track Using multimedia applications 299 3 Click the Media Device tab on the left side Note the file is in the Transfer Queue area at the bottom left 4 Click Connect to connect to the iPod 5 Click Transfer to transfer the file to the iPod 6 Click Disconnect to disconnect from the iPod The iPod is now ready for use ra amaroK Actions Playlist Mode Tools Settings Help Connect Disconnect J Transfer A iPod at dev sda2 mounted at media ipod 4 e Playlists amp amp Big Sugar Big Wreck Brother Cane Default E Elton John amp amp The All American Rejects EH amp Undefined Context Collection NES 4 Playlists File ready to transfer to iPod To play a song located on an iPod Connect the iPod 2 Click the Music Device tab 3 Click Connect 4 Navigate to and double click the file to play To play a radio stream While connected to the Internet click the Playlists tab on the left Expand the Radio Streams folder and the Cool Streams folder 3 Double click an entry on the left side The information loads 4 Double click an entry on the right side The stream loads and plays 300 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Using the RealPlayer RealPlayer 10 le
313. k Launch Xandros Networks Click Installed Applications Select the folder where the package is stored Enable the check boxes of the application s that you want to remove uu Aa w N For a single application click Remove For multiple applications click File gt Remove Selected Applications 6 Confirm the list of packages to be removed and click OK You can also review dependencies by clicking Details 7 Ifprompted type the Administrator password and click OK 8 Follow any prompts given and close the progress window when done 372 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 To uninstall Windows packages Click Launch gt Applications gt CrossOver Configuration 2 Select the application to remove 3 Click Repair Remove and complete the wizard The application is removed from the computer 4 Log in again and check that the listing has been removed from the Launch menu If not click Launch gt Applications System Menu Editor select the item to remove and click Edit Delete The application is removed from the Launch menu Uninstalling Xandros Desktop See Uninstalling Xandros Desktop on page 378 Setting package sources Xandros Networks can be used for three types of package sources to install or upgrade packages Xandros CDs the Xandros Networks distribution site and custom paths including the Debian unsupported site You can add new paths This feature means that instead of the dozens of appli
314. ked out the expiry date can be set and or access can be restricted to times and days Administrator access is required to set these functions Lock user account Enable account expiration Account expires after 12 31 06 E X Only allow user to login between Start time 00 00 am gt End time 00 00 am ly Mon X Tues X Wed X Thurs X Fri Sat Sun Setting user account expiry date and weekday access To restrict user login Click Launch Control Center Click System Administration then User Manager Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Select the user account for which you want to restrict login access Click Properties Click the Account tab Enable the Lock user account Enable account expiration or Only allow user to login between check box as appropriate and complete the required information qd v nn 8 Click OK The changes generally take effect after you log out and after the user logs out a user account is not locked immediately if the user is logged in Managing your system Adding editing and deleting groups A group is a set of user accounts with specific file access permissions assigned to them Administrator access is required to create edit and delete groups The Administrator can edit groups when adding or removing user accounts Removing a user account from a group does not delete the user accoun
315. ker Scrolls stock quotes on the Panel 229 194 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Connecting to the Internet When you have an Ethernet connection to a network with a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server or if a network connection was set up during the installation process your network connection is enabled automatically on startup The quickest way to determine if this situation applies is to launch Firefox Web Browser and try to access a Web site With a manual connection such as with dial up service or cable modem you need to have a connection account in Xandros Desktop Determining if connection accounts exist Depending on your hardware and the connection accounts created during installation of Xandros Desktop there can be one or more connection accounts established for your computer To view connection accounts Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click Network then Network Connections Any accounts are listed 3 If you do not have an Ethernet connection account that was automatically configured during installation you need to create a connection account Click Create and follow Setting up a connection account on page 57 In the example shown here there is one Ethernet connection that was set up during installation and is connected to the Internet automatically shown as the LAN connection and a virtual private network VPN account that was created Connections Identification DNS amp WINS
316. l 6 In the User Names window type your user name in both boxes for example jane when your e mail address is jane Wxandros com This user name is provided by your ISP Click Next 7 Inthe Account Name window type a name for the e mail account as it will appear in Thunderbird Mail for example your name then click Next 8 Click Finish You are prompted if you want to set Thunderbird Mail as the default e mail application You may then be prompted to enter your password to access the incoming and outgoing mail servers You can download and install Thunderbird Mail in more than 25 1 languages from www mozilla com To set LDAP services in Thunderbird Mail In Thunderbird Mail select Edit Account Settings The Account Settings window opens 2 Click Composition amp Addressing 3 Enable the Use a different LDAP server option and click Edit Directories The LDAP Directory Servers window opens 4 Click Add The Directory Server Properties window opens 5 Set the following example provided Name Xandros LDAP Hostname smtp1 Base DN ou People o xandros Another entry for the base distinguished name DN can be c JB for example to include entries for Japan only 6 Click OK The Directory Server Properties window closes Click OK again to exit from the window 1 Select your LDAP server from the drop down list and click OK The LDAP Directory Servers window closes 8 Click OK The Account Settings window closes C
317. l Error kernel Printer SS El T Select All Mail Ready News Clear Syslo i 1 J ciet Defaults User UUCP Viewing system events left and setting which events to view right You can organize the way log entries display by sorting or changing the viewing options Refreshing the list lets you view the most current entries You can clear log file entries or save them You can specify that the Event Viewer overwrite events if the event reoccurs after a specified date Viewing the log You can specify the system facilities for which you want to view the log and set the priority level System activities are prioritized according to how the activity affects a system facility For example a log entry with an Information priority level indicates only that a system activity has occurred while a log entry with an Emergency priority level indicates that the system activity is adversely affecting the facility By default Event Viewer displays entries for system activity with the following priority levels Warning Error Critical Alert and Emergency You can add Debug Information and Notice categories 140 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 To select log entries to view 2 3 Click Launch gt Applications gt System Event Viewer Click Options gt Select Filters For each system facility listed enable the check box for each priority level for which you want to view log information To enable all check box
318. lation Wizard Welcome window If your computer restarts without displaying the wizard see Troubleshooting installation on page 22 and try again 5 Inthe Xandros Installation Wizard Welcome window click the Next button 6 Read the Xandros Desktop License Agreement To continue enable the I accept this agreement option then click Next 7 Enable the Custom install option and click Next 8 Select the package you want to install Minimal Standard Complete or Custom select or deselect software from the list as required and click Next Installing Xandros Desktop 15 9 Enable one of the following options Only the options applicable to your computer are available for selection Use free space Uses the largest unallocated space on the hard disk Take over disk or partition Takes over an entire hard disk or specified partition all data 15 erased You can use this option to completely erase an old version of Xandros Desktop and all your folders and data Resize a Windows partition Shrinks a Windows partition and installs within the resulting free space Replace existing Xandros OS Upgrades a previous version of a Xandros product keeping user accounts and folders which are renamed in the format _old and some defaults Manage disks and partitions You reassign a partition and install onto it When installing on a computer without an operating system you can add a partition and install onto it This option
319. lbum from the drop down list then click OK The photos are added to the album 8 Click My Albums then your album to view the images You can turn off your camera 9 To change the size of images displayed or view the image number instead of date click View gt Thumbnail Sizes or View gt Image Details and enable the appropriate option To delete an image from Xandros Photo Manager Right click the image and select Delete From Library To delete an image from the camera Right click the image and select Delete To add an existing image to an album When you have an image already on your computer click Get From gt Files and Folders and add the image to Xandros File Manager Select the image Click Library Add Image s to Album Type a Name to add the image to a new library UU gt w Click OK The image is added to a new album which can be accessed under My Albums 260 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 Editing images Editing options include changing the date adding a caption lightening darkening tinting cropping resizing and eliminating red eye Tags can be added which is a way of categorizing images for example identifying all photos of Family or Real Estate To view or edit an image Double click the image to view it in Xandros Photo Manager The image appears in the Fix tab where the properties that can be changed include brightness contrast cropping size and red eye Or right c
320. lder structure Version Refers to the version of the DEB packages Category Lets you select DEB packages based on the copyright information for example main contrib non free and non US Switch to Expert view to see even more applications when using Xandros Networks When Xandros Networks stalls while switching between appli cation sources close it by pressing Ctrl Alt Esc and relaunch it Installing from the Applications CD An Applications CD is included with several editions of Xandros Desktop You can use it to install additional software on your computer Most of the applications are also included in Xandros Networks so you have a choice of installation method CD or over the Internet Insert the CD and follow the prompts Otherwise manual instructions are provided here for reference To view and install packages from the Applications CD 374 Insert the CD in a CD ROM drive If an automatic installer window opens close it Click Launch Xandros Networks You do not need an Internet connection Click Edit Set Application Sources Note which boxes are enabled so that you can restore these later The default is the Xandros distribution site Enable the CD ROM drive 1 or CD ROM drive 2 check box depending on the drive in which you inserted the CD Disable all other check boxes to view only the packages on the CD Click OK and provide the Administrator password if prompted The applications dat
321. lder where the file is located For example a file on an iPod can be located by clicking My Linux File Systems then media ipod iPod_Control Music 3 Select the file and click Open The file plays To play a file from a playlist Click Settings Show Playlist The list of files previously played appears 2 Double click a file from the list of available files You can also save the playlist To pause a file e Click Pause 11 To resume click Play gt To move to the next file Click Forward To move to the previous file Click Back To stop a file Click Stop m 288 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To set looping and random play Click Settings gt Loop and select an option None no looping Song Playlist and Random To increase or decrease the volume of an audio file Click Settings Show Volume Control The volume control appears on the right side of the window Move the slider up to increase the volume or down to decrease the volume You can also use the sound icon on the Panel To select an equalizer 4 While playing a track click Settings Equalizer Enable the Enabled check box Click an equalizer type from the Presets column dance jazz metal trance and zero The sound changes immediately so you can experiment by clicking the equalizer options Click Close To change default settings 2 Click Settings Configure Media Player To change the look
322. le 1 2 2r pecu es RA 46 NAMING 6 oe de ee Bie doe Sods 48 Panel hiding 38 Panel moving 37 Panel Sing 37 vi Index Panel using 37 password 52 refreshing 48 SCHEME 1n eso ena err 18 screen and border snap zones 9 45 sharing yours with remote user 185 Shortcutson 49 shortcuts removing o o oooo 50 theme DE 18 83 A 46 virtual desktop number and name 48 wallpaper image 16 windows moving 43 44 Desktop panel in Control Center 85 desktop shortcuts iuris perpe CHE 50 creating 4 49 FOMOVINB sug podem ebrei en 50 50 t Website o cosco cas eee ee ee eR 49 desktop styles Macintosh 19 Windows 19 desktop themes adding sw bes 96k e RR 18 applying cinco ib cios 18 previewing preset themes T8 development tools 2 3 devices ico ido doled 302 storage devices viewing information 109 viewing information on 109 A 7 dial up connecting to the Internet
323. le Manager or a Web browser In Windows try an FTP program to download the files not a Web browser Type ftp 0 0 0 0 substituting 0 0 0 0 with the IP address of your computer then log in to your user account You can view your IP address in the Network Connections panel of the Control Center When using Xandros File Manager right click a file to open it For security you can turn FTP access on and off in the Services panel of the Control Center set the Start Mode to Manual to turn it off allow others to upload files to the computer they may load files A If you create a user account specifically for FTP access and that can harm the computer system and files Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Blocking advertising and images You can set options to manage pop up ads and images when viewing sites with the Firefox Web Browser Most pop up windows are blocked by default but you can allow them on a site by site basis when such functionality is required Images are allowed by default and when you block them you block all images on a Web site To manage pop up ads and images Click Launch Applications Internet Firefox Web Browser 2 Click Edit Preferences 3 Click the Content icon 4 With the Block Popup Windows option enabled click Allowed Sites and complete the information to enable popup windows for a specific site 5 With the Load Images option enabled click Exceptions and complete the information t
324. le View Settings Help Sy Index Search Display amp File Manager General Settings gt el ciel Events fa Hardware Information 2 A warning message is being shown er System Notifications Event source KDE System Notifications EN ial amp Network EZ An information message is being shown Y Peripheral Devices 1 KDEis exiting amp B Power Management KDE is starting up Sound amp Multimedia No matching completion was found Audio CDs Quick Controls CDDB Retrieval Sound System Ep C Apply to all applications System Bell Turn on all Sounds M Turn All Sounds System Administration Actions X Play a sound 9 KDE_Logout_3 0gg More Options Defaults ale System Notifications panel for controlling system sounds To apply a system sound to a desktop action Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click Sound amp Multimedia then System Notifications 3 From the Event source drop down list select the application or event for which you want to apply a sound Icons are shown in the Events list for which sounds currently apply Click the Events to which you want to apply a sound Enable the Play a sound check box Type the file path and name of a wav or ogg
325. lect Close Tab Working with graphics 263 Viewing images in Xandros File Manager You can connect a digital camera to your computer and download images with Xandros File Manager which works for newer cameras For older cameras try Xandros Photo Manager or Digikam Xandros File Manager also includes a slide show function To view images in Xandros File Manager Connect the camera to your computer for example with a USB cable Turn on the camera Click Launch Xandros File Manager Click View and enable Thumbnails Click View gt Thumbnail Size and select the size of the images Double click the Removable Disk folder from the list on the left side of the Xandros File Manager window If there is no Removable Disk folder then try Xandros Photo Manager or Digikam Oc Uu fa vc N 7 Select the camera folder Images from recent camera models will be loaded for viewing If you click on an image a larger view of it appears in Xandros File Manager If you double click an image it assumes the entire view after which you can click the Slideshow button to view all images in sequence File Edit View Go Bookmarks Window Tools Help Address 9 Es varfautofs zip 1 zip 1 partition1 dcim 100nikon X Fa A My Linux Ls f My Home Tf Desktop 100nikon Documents 3 e EgSharedDocs dscn0450 jpg dscn0448 jpg dscn0449 jpg amp Printers Modified amp Windows Network 10 17 05 09 28 am e NFS Ne
326. lications Documentation Explanation User Guide Explains the features of the product and provides instructions to install configure and use it Getting Started Guide Provides minimal instructions to install configure and use the product Online Help Provides instructions for using the product excludes installation and configuration instructions Quick Start Guide Provides an introduction to the product To access online help within an application Click Help and select the appropriate option To access online help for all applications Click Launch Help To access the Quick Start Guide On the desktop double click the Quick Start Guide icon 6 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter Getting started Installing Xandros Desktop 2 The Xandros Installation Wizard guides you through installation and configuration of Xandros Desktop Review the information in this chapter before installing Xandros Desktop so that you can make informed decisions about the installation The installation process is Check that your computer meets system requirements nstall Xandros Desktop Start up and log in Get updates nstall software from the Applications CD If you purchased a computer with Xandros Desktop already installed you will complete a first boot wizard on startup Skip this chapter and follow the Xandros Desktop Computer Getting Started Guide System requirements Ensure your computer me
327. lick the image select Open With and an application such as Paint or Image Viewer To change the date Select the image Click Edit Date Time To add a caption Select the image Click File Properties 3 Click the Image tab 4 Typea title description or name of the image in the Caption box 5 Click OK To lighten darken or tint an image Double click the image The image appears in the Fix tab Click Brightness 3 To tint an image with red green or blue select a color from the drop down list 4 Dragthe slider to the right to darken an image or increase the color 5 Click OK to apply or Cancel to undo the changes To crop and resize an image Double click the image The image appears in the Fix tab Click Crop 3 Select an area of the photo by clicking and dragging the mouse 4 Select a size from the drop down list The options include 3x4 4x6 5x7 8x10 inches in portrait or landscape orientation Click Apply 6 Click OK Working with graphics 261 To eliminate red eye un Aa w Double click the image The image appears in the Fix tab Click Red Eye Select the area of the photo by clicking and dragging the mouse Click Apply Click OK To create tags a w N Select the image Click Library Add Tag to Image Type a Name for the tag Click OK Outputting images Output possible includes printing to a printer copying to a CD and using as a desktop wallp
328. ller panel of the Control Center lets you manage fonts Font Installer control center File View Settings Help Ci Search lt n Font Installer M Display a pa W Background ue x T amp Panel Taskbar El Screen Saver iil settings Aaa 210 936 labcdefghijkImnopqrstu Theme LES EA ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOF 8 Colors 0123456789 A Arial Bold 573 240 Font Installer A Ix Arial Bold Italic 449 384 The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog Fonts ml Arial Italic 412 264 The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy d Ki Icons a Bitstream Charter 34 869 The quick brown fox jumps over the Set Splash Screen Style a Bitstream Charter Bold 33 799 n The quick brown 4 Bitstream Charter Bold Italic 35 229 E 19 Theme Manag Zh Wi al Window Decor amp E File Manager Add Eonts General Settings 81 Fonts 17 5 MB Total 28 Families amp Hardware Informatio amp Y Network lt Size 4 Arial Font Installer panel for viewing and installing fonts To view and install fonts Tf applicable insert the font CD into the drive Close Xandros File Manager if it appears 2 Click Launch Control Center 3 Click Display then Theme then Font Installer 4 Click Administrator and provide the password Also click Continue when a Warning window appear
329. lor click the Positive change or Negative change color box and set it 5 Click OK to exit from the configuration window 230 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Additional Internet applications The following applications can be installed from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks Web Server Application that allows the computer to function as an Apache Web server ProFTPD Application that allows the computer to function as an FTP server gFTP Application for downloading files to a Web server by FTP download from the Debian unsupported site Konqueror Web browser type konqueror in the Run Command window to launch it Evolution Allows you to manage e mail and contacts schedule meetings and set up a calendar Evolution provides functions similar to Microsoft Outlook It also provides Microsoft Exchange Server compatibility so users connect to the same Exchange Server facilities as Windows users for example so that all users access the same e mail server and can arrange meetings with users of Windows or Linux included with Professional edition and otherwise downloaded News Reader Newsgroups Nvu Web page authoring smtm Stock quotes download from the Debian unsupported site Gaim Instant messaging Check Xandros Networks for additional applications Using the Internet 231 232 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Working with text 1 0 Text editors and word processor
330. lowed for the user The larger the home folder the longer it takes to encrypt it When you use encryption 110 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 shared resources only viewable when the user is logged in If you later upgrade the product encryption needs to be turned off in order to preserve some settings such as e mail and the address book Add User Wizard Set Encryption If you choose to encrypt the user s home folder the size must be specified X Encrypt user s home folder Home Folder X 2 a 1 2 Advanced Algorithm Rijndael AES Cryptographic Algorithm ly Creation method Fast medium security lt Back Next gt Cancel L Encrypting a user home folder When clicking Advanced the encryption algorithm options include Rijndael AES Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses a variable block and key length but default implementations use key lengths of 128 192 or 256 bits Approved by NIST of the Federal Information Processing Standard FIPS for the Advanced Encryption Standard AES FIPS 197 DES Cryptographic Algorithm A symmetric block cipher algorithm that uses an 8 byte block size with a 56 bit key length The Data Encryption Standard DES was developed in the 1970s by the National Bureau of Standards with the help of the National Security Agency IBM created the first draft of the algorithm calling
331. ly content 3 To view the HTML source code click View HTML Source See the online help the OpenOffice org for information v q Nome html WriterWwep Eile Edit View Insert Format Table Tools Window Help x aus Akaan om Heading 1 E Bitstream Vera Sans ly 20 Xandros Technical Support Welcome to Xandros Technical Support q home html OpenOnice org Writer Web File Edit View Insert Format Table Tools Window Help S xs al gt lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C DTD HTML 4 0 Trans lt HTML gt lt HEAD gt 1 1 lt META NAME G lt META NAME CREATED META NAME CHANGED CONTENT lt HEAD gt lt BODY LANG en US DIR LTR KP FONT FACE Bitstrea lt BODY gt lt HTML gt KDE Row 16 Column 8 Adding content left and viewing HTML source code right in OpenOffice org Using the Internet 207 Sending and receiving e mail with Thunderbird Mail Thunderbird Mail is usually the default e mail application for Xandros Desktop Configure and or use KDE Mail instead if you will use the Personal Information Manager or the Organizer to send e mail notification of a meeting to attendees for example You can send and receive e mail using Thunderbird Mail and you can set parameters to filter unwanted e mail referred to as spam or junk mail Y
332. m Although this function is read only it provides status information on devices in and connected to the computer such as the processor CPU interrupts input output IO ports memory and partitions Xandros Desktop automatically detects most hardware for example network adapters CPU Control Genter File View Settings Help Ej Index Search ro g m CPU Display File Manager General Settings fs Hardware Information Ws Devices Ms Hardware Detection oft System stepping 1 cpu MHz 2400 725 DMA Channels cache size 256 KB Interrupts fdiv_bug Ha 10 Porte hlt_bug no Memory foof_bug no Partitions cams bug o ma PCI lu yis Sound fpu exception yes o9 on cpuid level 5 dq ii wp yes a lt Peri i q Peripheral Devices flags fpu vme de pse tsc msr pae mce cx8 apic sep mtrr Power Management bogomips E Sound amp Multimedia p amp System Administration I emm lz Information Value processor 0 vendor id Genuinelntel cpu family 15 model 4 model name Intel R Celeron R CPU 2 40GHz CPU panel displaying information about system processor To view device and system information Click Launch Control Center Click Hardware Information then the category for which you want information The Memory category under System also provides information about usage Q View the etc devices devices inf file
333. m the list select the connection method e Virtual Private Network PPTP VPN To connect to the network remotely for example from a home computer to the office network PPTP refers to the Point to Point Tunnelling Protocol This option is not available for all editions Click Next In the Select Connection window specify the connection to use for VPN For example you may have one connection account for DSL in order to access the office computer and another connection account for personal dial up access Click Next In the Server Settings window type the name of the VPN server to connect to in the Host name box for example newyork yourcompany com which is the VPN server at the office Or type the IP address of the VPN server Click Next In the Enter WINS Settings window if you have a Windows Internet Name Service WINS server type its IP address then click Next A WINS server maps computer names to IP addresses so that computers can recognize them If your computer is set to act as a WINS server you do not need to specify the WINS server IP address because Xandros automatically detects it For VPN purposes if you want to use names when doing Windows networking so as to avoid using IP addresses only you can enter the WINS server address here In the Login Settings window provide the account name and password of the user who will use the VPN access Then click Next In the Connection Name window type a name for the connec
334. map is available for use but not active 7 To use the keyboard map click the language icon on the Panel to toggle to the next keyboard map or right click it and select the keyboard map required Select keyboard language Qu y Restart your desktop session log out and log in if your international keyboard language map settings do not take effect immediately You may have to download fonts for example msttcorefonts or specific to the language from Xandros Networks Some keyboard maps such as Japanese do not work at this time Adding and using spell checkers Xandros Desktop includes an English spell checker Several spell checking dictionaries are available on Xandros Networks and the Applications CD Brazilian Danish Danish Aspell French German Italian Polish Portuguese Russian Spanish Spanish Aspell and UK English The spell checker is used by some applications such as the Text Editor Other applications such as Thunderbird Mail and the OpenOffice org Word Processor have their own spell checkers You can set defaults such as whether run together words appear as spelling errors You have a choice of Ispell Aspell and Hspell clients which are Open Source spell checkers Aspell is designed to replace Ispell having more suggestions for corrections than Ispell the ability to learn from misspellings and the ability to use multiple dictionaries for example Due to the nature of the Hebrew language which ca
335. maps Additional keyboard defaults can be set to increase accessibility See Setting accessibility on page 82 Customizing keyboard settings By default when you press and hold a key on the keyboard the character or action of the key repeats When you turn keyboard repeat off pressing and holding a key types that character once The numerical lock Num Lock key can be set to turn off or on at startup or to be left the way you last left it default To set keyboard repeat speed Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Peripheral Devices then Keyboard 3 With the Enable keyboard repeat check box enabled click and move the Rate slider to the left for slower repeat speed or to the right for faster repeat speed 4 Click Apply To set Num Lock default Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click Peripheral Devices then Keyboard 3 Select one of the following options Turnon Turn off Leave unchanged Default 4 Click Apply Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 93 Customizing global shortcut keys Shortcut keys are preset keys or key combinations that perform a specified action on the desktop or in applications for example pressing Alt F2 to launch the Run command You can change the shortcut keys that are configured automatically by Xandros Desktop or create new ones In addition you can delete global keyboard shortcut keys Keyboard shortcuts Control Genter File View Settings Help Qi Search K
336. me group Select one or more primary and or logical partition for example using the Ctrl key They must be unmounted in order to be added to a volume group They can be located on different hard disks primary hdb1 ReiserFS primary hdb2 unformatted free space 74 09 GB Using unmounted primary and logical partitions to create a volume group 2 Right click and select Create Volume Group The Create Volume Group window appears 3 Configure the group Volume group name Type a name for the group for example WebServer or VolumeGroupl Physical extent A multiplier for disk space in MB All logical volumes are multiples of this size When specifying the sizes of logical volumes they are created to nearest multiple For example if you use a physical extent of 4 then create a logical volume of 399 MB the size of the volume is rounded up or down to the nearest multiple of 4 in this case to 400 MB If you were creating a logical volume of 399 MB when only 399 MB of free Managing your system 127 space is available then the size of the volume is rounded down to 396 The default value is 4 MB which is the lowest multiple possible and which provides the most flexibility for logical volume size and it increments by 4 MB so valid values are 4 8 16 and so on The higher the value the faster the disk access for users Xandros recommends using the default value of 4 Click OK The volume group is created and
337. media inputs for your computer See Changing multimedia information retrieval on page 48 To set CDDB lookup source local or remote Click Extras Configure CD Player 1 Click the CDDB icon 3 In the Lookup tab enable one of the following options e Cache only To retrieve CD information stored on your computer Remote only To retrieve CD information from the Internet e Cache and remote Use both default Using multimedia applications 219 4 Click OK to exit from the configuration window Changing CDDB server access You can select the servers that the CD Player uses to obtain audio track information By adding CDDB servers you increase the likelihood of finding your CD track information You can also remove a CDDB server To change the CDDB server Click Extras Configure CD Player Click the CDDB icon 3 Inthe Lookup tab ensure that the Cache and remote or Remote only option is enabled 4 Type the address of the server in the CDDB server box An example is cddb kagomi com on port 80 Not all servers work The default is freedb freedb org on port 80 Click Show Mirror List to select from a list of servers around the world 5 Click OK to exit from the configuration window Viewing CD playlists You can view the CD playlist in CD Player The playlist window includes the following year length track number track length and track title To view a CD playlist Click the CDDB button The info
338. mm wn 33 LSB compliance 4 12 M Macintosh desktop style 19 Macintosh OS 13 Mahjongg game 309 managing access with firewall 197 era ae 110 multi user SySteMS 107 network systems 107 Printer o lle ERE VE 349 stand alone systems 107 system USerS 109 user accountS eee 109 USB BTOUDS iussa wee bag wes 109 RE 110 margins onprintjobs 360 Text Editor oc scree sie cae cages 239 marking pages in PostScript Viewer 244 pages using toggle in PostScript Viewer 244 Mathi erem Rx erdt 241 mathematical formulas 241 mathematical functions using calculator 318 mathematical symbols 320 Media Player 288 289 equalizer ee RE RETE 289 LOOPING sere m ee exe 289 playing coi 288 playlist ie 288 random play 289 turn off track announcement 289 cire em kms 289 meetings arranging in Organizer 321 arranging in Personal Information 216 ui MEL 109 memory 151 menu bar on WINdOWS 42 Menu Editor adding applications to Laun
339. n General Settings O Radio button af Ws Hardware Information Button Network ee 80 checkbox Combobox 8 Peripheral Devices Power Management Sound amp Multimedia Q System Administration I aa Defaults Style panel for setting window display Plastik Configure C Show icons on buttons To apply a window theme using the Style panel Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Display then Theme then Style 3 Select a style from the Widget Style drop down list The scheme is previewed at the bottom of the window 4 Click Apply To apply a window theme using the Window Decorations panel Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Display then Theme then Window Decorations 3 Select a style from the Window Decoration drop down list The scheme is previewed and options may be available for selection 4 Click Apply 18 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 Setting desktop style to Windows or Macintosh When you are migrating from a Windows or Macintosh OS environment to Xandros Desktop without using the Versora product you can display window items in that style Color settings can also be applied to the windows of third party applications The quickest way to apply such settings is to run through the First Run Wizard Click Applications gt System gt First Run Wizard then change the System
340. n 3 Click OK to exit from the window For access over a network file sharing must be enabled for it See Enabling network folder sharing on your local system on page 181 To disable file sharing Click Launch gt Xandros File Manger Openthe Home folder which is indicated as home username or as My Home where username is the user account currently logged in 3 Right click in the window and click Properties Or without a file selected click File Properties 4 Click the Permissions tab 5 Disable the permissions in the Group and Others rows 6 Enable the Apply permissions to folder and all subfolders check box to apply the same permissions to all folders in the Home folder 1 Click OK Disabling sharing of the Home folder means that other users 1 cannot see the folder However other users still have access to folders and files at lower levels if they know the path name which is a UNIX functionality To disable sharing on a network sharing must also be disabled at the network level See Enabling network folder sharing on your local system on page 181 120 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Managing partitions and disks With Xandros Storage Manager you view format and manage hard disks partitions and logical volumes on the computer You use this application for two reasons First when you add a hard disk you partition and format that hard disk for use Second you can pool space on mult
341. n Radio in the UK a 7 amarok A Man by Alanis Morissette Actions Playlist Mode Tools Settings Help E Music Lyrics Artist E gt Search A Man Alanis Morissette Title Artist Album Length Under Rug Swept 21 Things Want In A Lover Alanis Mori Under Rug 3 28 T Narcissus Alanis Mori Under Rug 3 38 Hands Clean Alanis Mori Under Rug 4 31 Flinch Alanis Mori Under Rug 6 03 Last played within the So Unsexy Alanis Mori Under Rug 5 08 last minute Precious Illusions Alanis Mori Under Rug 4 11 First played Within the That Particular Time Alanis Mori Under Rug 4 21 last minute Man Alanis Mori Under Rug 4 33 You Owe Me Nothing In R Alanis Mori Under Rug 4 57 Surrendering Alanis Mori Under Rug 4 35 Utopia Alanis Under Rug 7 30 Track played 3 times 10 Collection M b w Media De j Files 80 M oe o Playing A Man by Alanis Morissette on Under Rug Swe 11 tracks 52 55 Q Playing a CD in Music Manager 298 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To play music from your computer collection Click the Collection tab on the left side 2 Double click the album song in the left side of the window 3 Double click a song in the right side of the window To play a CD Insert the CD in a drive 2 Click Actions gt Play A
342. n or external media such as a CD Remove all media from drives including floppy disks CDs and tapes If you have Xandros Desktop installed on a partitioned disk meaning the entire disk is not used for Xandros Desktop or there is another operating system installed on the same disk you need to determine which partition to erase See To determine the partition number on page 376 Insert the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the CD ROM drive Restart your computer and wait for the Xandros Installation Wizard See the Installing Xandros Desktop chapter if you need help reaching the Xandros Installation Wizard On the Xandros Installation Wizard welcome screen click Next Enable the I accept this agreement option and click Next Enable the Custom install option and click Next In the Software Selection window click Next Enable the Manage disks and partitions option and click Next Select the disk or partition to erase For example hda5 refers to partition 5 on the first hard disk Then click Delete and confirm the deletion If the Xandros Desktop installation is the only operating system using the swap partition you also need to uninstall the swap partition Select the swap partition indicated by Linux swap in the File System column and click Delete Save the changes by clicking Write and confirming the write Wait for the partition table to be written Uninstalling Xandros Desktop deletes all files on t
343. n Control Center 110 115 user sessions multiple alos cr rs 45 A 45 users account expiry 115 adding as 110 adding to groups 116 delete es 114 editing corra beens aa 110 MANAGING eee x 109 remote access by another user 185 removing from groups 116 restricting access 115 setting file permissions 118 setting folder permissions for 118 utilities system administration 107 A Kae T E RSEN 311 Vl res epe herpes 63 version numbers 384 detailed list 366 Linux kernel 384 Xandros Desktop 384 rr Em M VESA Mode Setup option during installation 22 VGA mode logging in using 28 video cards information on 109 conferencing 219 Media Player 288 RealPlayer 10 301 LB econ 3 xine Video Player 305 video drivers 3 xxii Index Video Player configuration 306 mue 306 Navigator coo wee es 308 playing cece eae Ret Re 305 playlist 306 yolume ori 306 Video Poker game 310 viewers Adobe Reader 313 DVI Viewer
344. n Xandros KDE do not show removable media in the file dialogs To access CD ROM or floppy devices using such applications you browse to the folder disks Removable Xandros Desktop mounts disk drives automatically If you prefer to mount the drives manually or if your system is slow with automount turned on you can stop the automount feature To access files on a floppy disk with Xandros File Manager Insert a floppy disk into the disk drive 2 Click Launch Xandros File Manager 3 Click the Floppy icon on the left side of the window If Xandros File Manager does not display the contents of the floppy disk when you initially click the Floppy icon close and reopen the Xandros File Manager window and click the Floppy icon To access files on a CD or DVD with Xandros File Manager Place the disc in the drive 2 Xandros File Manager normally launches automatically If not click Launch gt Xandros File Manager 3 Click the CD icon on the left side of the window can also be called CD RW or DVD ROM for example If Xandros File Manager does not display the contents of the disc when you initially click the folder close and reopen the Xandros File Manager window and click the CD DVD icon again To access files on a floppy disk or CD with an application In the application for example Firefox Web Browser click File Open or Open File 2 Navigate to disks Removable for example through the Filesystem folder 3 Continue navig
345. n list select which NX server account you want to use Click Login When prompted about authentication and keys click Yes to indicate that you want to continue connecting The system connects If you are unable to access a folder in the Services tab enable the Enable SMB printing and file sharing check box and click OK Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 Connecting to a virtual private network A virtual private network VPN is used to connect a computer at one location to a computer or network at another location For example a telecommuter works at home and connects securely to the office network thereby obtaining access to their own files In this case you sit at your Xandros Desktop at home use the VPN application to connect to the office over the Internet open Xandros File Manager and access your files in the Windows Network and or NFS Network The application included with Xandros Desktop enables a point to point tunnelling protocol PPTP connection you need an account on the server to use it for example on a Windows server at the office If the Xandros Firewall Wizard is active at either end of the connection ensure that VPN access is enabled To use a VPN you set up an account in the Connection Wizard then connect To set up a VPN connection account See To set up a VPN connection account on page 65 To connect to a VPN Click the network connections icon on the Panel select the VPN ES connec
346. n order to create a larger space For example you combine a 20 GB disk with a 10 GB disk to obtain a block of 30 GB You can create volume groups and logical volumes with free space and you can bundle primary and logical partitions to create volume groups They can be given user friendly names such as proxyserverl instead of sdal or hdal A volume group can include multiple file system types In the example shown free space was taken to create a volume group It has two logical volumes and there is free space remaining Eg volumegroup1 36 MB logicalvolumel Ext2 12 MB logicalvolume2 Ext2 20 MB free space 4 MB Volume group with two partitions called logical volumes A logical partition differs from a logical volume A logical partition is part of an extended partition while a logical volume is part of a volume group The space of a logical partition cannot be split and used over multiple hard disks while the space of logical volume can be split and used over multiple hard disks such that it creates a larger space When you have a volume group and add a hard disk you do not need to move user folders to the new hard disk Instead you can add the hard disk to the volume group and expand the logical volumes You create a logical volume designate a file system for 1t mount it then use it Xandros Desktop lets you view volume groups and logical volumes add them and remove them File systems Types of file systems include
347. n the wizard 8 Inthe Enter User Password window a Password for the user account optional but recommended required if encryption to be used n Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 9 Retype the password in the Confirm password box e If you want to allow the new user to change their password upon login enable the Force user to change password on first login check box Click Next to continue in the wizard Click Finish and wait for the account to be created When the account is encrypted you are prompted if you want to export the encryption key to removable media If you export the key when the user account is created or from the properties panel you can recover the data by importing the saved key when you change the user s password Xandros recommends saving it on removable media that is stored in a secure place Otherwise if it is stored on the local machine then it can be retrieved by anyone who has permission to read the file The user account is added and appears in the Users tab Use the following procedures to set user access restrictions or interval between password changes v add a user account to a Windows NT or ADS domain see Joining a Windows domain on page 171 To turn encryption on and off 4 In the User Manager panel select the user account whose properties you want to edit Click Properties Click the Encryption tab and make the changes If you use encryption shared re
348. nable the Use time servers to automatically adjust date and time check box 4 Click Apply Q You can also set the time by clicking the clock on the Panel To set the time zone Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings and click Date amp Time 3 From the Time Zone drop down list select your time zone 4 Enable the Automatically adjust date and time when changing time zone check box if you want to adjust the time and calendar displays to reflect your region and time zone 5 Click Apply You can also set the time zone by clicking the clock the g Panel To set the time server With the Use time servers to automatically adjust date and time check box enabled click Edit Time Servers 2 Inthe empty box type the address of the server to use and click Add You can view a list of public time servers at http ntp isc org bin view Servers NTPPoolServers where you will note that the default pool ntp org time server is a pool of over 100 time servers world wide You can use a server in your country or region from this list The IP address of 127 127 1 0 is so that the local computer is used as a backup when it cannot reach a time server 3 To delete a time server from the list select it and click Delete 4 Click OK to exit from the window 5 To update the time with the modified server list click Update Time Now It can take several minutes for the time to be updated 6 Click Apply 84 Xandros Desk
349. nagement 136 splitting display between two monitors 88 type and resolution 98 mount point Xandros Storage Manager 124 130 mounting floppyand D 150 network share 179 183 Mouse panel in Control Center 83 92 mouse settings accelerati n eee 91 button mapping 91 desktop ii a e 85 double click eee 91 91 threshold os cr E 91 moving application between desktops 47 application buttons on Panel 38 MOS is 154 folders cce niig 154 pages in PostScript Viewer 244 Panel cor wae alae be 37 WINDOWS a is we Wo BR ees 43 MP3 files Music Manager ooo ooooo o 298 RealPlayer I0 301 MP3 Player CD playing E 294 controlling volume 295 customizing options and preferences 29 playing audio files 294 Playlist 5c et pP o NEEDS 296 SKINS PR ra ri H 29 A 293 Visualization window 297 MPEG playing in Media Player 288 playing in Player 293 MSN Messenger 2 eee eee eee 226 Multiple Desktops panel in Control Center 48 ie Ree re 25 music adding CD information from Internet 101 CD Player ii
350. nc Macromedia is a registered trademark of Macromedia Inc Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Exchange Server is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Monopoly is a registered trademark of Hasbro Inc MSN is a regis tered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Nikon is a registered trademark of Nikon Corporation Novell is a registered trademark of Novell Inc Officejet is a registered trademark of Hewlett Packard Company Outlook is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Palm is a trademark of Palm Inc PartitionMagic is a registered trademark of PowerQuest Corporation Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation Photoshop is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated Plantronics is a registered trademark of Plant ronics Inc PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated PowerPoint is a registered trademark of Microsoft Cor poration Quicken is a registered trademark of Intuit Inc QuickTime is a registered tradmark of Apple Computer Inc Reader is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated RealAudio is a registered trademark of RealNetworks Inc RealPlayer is a regis tered trademark of RealNetworks Inc RealVideo is a registered trademark of RealNetworks Inc Samsung is a registered trademark of Samsung Electronics America Inc Shockwave is a registered trademark of Macromedia Inc Skype is trademark of Skype Technologies S A Sony is a
351. nch gt Applications Internet Thunderbird Mail 2 Click the Write button 3 Type the recipient s e mail address in the To box An example is rogerk simclose com Type the title of the message in the Subject box Type your message in the blank space To send files with the message click the Attach button Click the Send button Os Un SS Filtering unwanted messages You can filter incoming e mail by subject sender date and other categories For example you can delete messages from specified senders without ever viewing the messages The filtering mechanism can also be applied to newsgroup postings Filter Rules Filter name Junk Mail Fi Iter For incoming messages that Match all of the following Match any of the following Subject y contains pornography Subject y contains z Subject M contains hot video Perform these actions Delete Message xj Setting filter to delete certain e mail messages To filter unwanted messages Click Launch Applications gt Internet Thunderbird Mail 2 Click Tools Message Filters 3 If you have multiple e mail accounts from the Filters for drop down list select the e mail account to which filters will apply 4 Click New 5 Type a Filter name 6 Enable the check box of the match to apply Using the Internet 209 F3 210
352. ncrypted In general regular users have limited access to configuration files and program files When you change system configuration options like hardware settings and passwords you provide the Administrator password The Administrator can also give or restrict user access to applications or user folders and files For more information see Setting file and folder permissions and sharing on page 118 Moving from Windows Explorer to Xandros File Manager The following table lists features and tasks that are similar between Windows Explorer and Xandros File Manager Windows Explorer uses Xandros File Manager uses Default double paned tree view Default double paned tree view Contents list showing contents Name list showing contents of selected of selected folder folder Map Network Drive a drive on Mount Network Share a folder on a a network computer can be network computer can be displayed in displayed on your local drive your local file system Network Neighborhood Windows Network and NFS Network folders Floppy CD DVD drives as C Floppy CD DVD folders and so on 146 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 Xandros File Manager lets you perform similar operations as Windows Explorer such as moving up a level in the file system cut copy paste delete view file properties and switching between large and small icon views File system explained Your home folder contains all the subfolders an
353. nd Linux networking 167 Windows and Linux file systems on page 164 For information about mounting shared folders see Mounting a network share on page 183 A workgroup is a group of computers connected to a network It can consist of both Windows and Linux systems When you enable sharing your computer becomes available on the network for file sharing with other computers and it is located on the network in a default folder named WORKGROUP ona Windows network This workgroup may not exist on your network if it does not you must specify an actual workgroup You can change workgroups if you want your computer to be available in a different location on the network You can also set the security level for file and printer sharing and the associated password authentication server In the example shown here the shared resources of a Xandros Desktop computer can be accessed over a Windows network by looking in the Workgroup folder for the computer called MyLinuxBox 13 Windows Networking Control Genter File View Settings Help wj Index G Search p E Windows Networking amp Display amp File Manager X Enable file and printer sharing for Windows networks General Settings Ya Hardware Information a Network Network Connections Workgroup WORKGROUP EMEN Windows Networking lobal amp lt Peripheral Devices ae s amp Power Management amp Sound amp Multimedia
354. ndow click the Next button Read the Xandros Desktop License Agreement To continue enable the I accept this agreement option then click Next Enable the Custom install option and click Next Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 8 Select the package that you want to install Minimal Standard Complete or Custom select or deselect software from the list as required and click Next 9 Enable the Take over disk or partition option and click Next 10 Complete the rest of the installation wizard See the previous procedure starting at step 10 for assistance All data and files on the disk or partition used will be erased A before installation To install Xandros Desktop to coexist with another operating system Windows XP example If Windows is not already installed install it first 1 Remove all media from drives such as floppy disks CDs and tapes and disconnect USB hard disks and memory sticks 3 Inthe Windows My Computer window check if you have an NTFS formatted hard disk by right clicking the disk and selecting Properties Check if the File system setting reads NTFS If you have an NTFS disk to ensure that the partitions are resized properly defragment the disk by clicking Start Control Panel Administrative Tools Computer Management Disk Defragmenter then defragment the appropriate disk 4 Insert the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the drive 5 Restart the computer and wait for the Xand
355. nel maximizes the amount of desktop workspace The auto hide feature lets you hide the Panel automatically when you are not using it The Panel then displays when you move the pointer to the edge of the desktop where the Panel is normally located You can animate the Panel so that it slides as it disappears or reappears To automatically hide the Panel when not in use Right click the Panel and select Configure Panel 1 Click the Hiding tab 3 Enable the Hide automatically check box 4 Set the time delay to hide the Panel when not in use The default is 3 seconds and the maximum is 10 seconds 5 Click OK 6 When the Panel is hidden move the mouse to its normal location to activate it To animate the Panel Right click the Panel and select Configure Panel 1 Click the Hiding tab 3 Enable the Animate panel hiding check box enabled by default 4 Move the slider to set the speed at which to display or hide the Panel 5 Click OK Customizing application buttons Each application button on the Panel can be moved on the Panel and removed from the Panel You can add new application buttons You can change the icon and description for application buttons The description is the text that appears when you move your mouse pointer over an icon or area of the Panel To move an application button Right click the application button and select Move 2 Drag the application button to the new location on the Panel and click the P
356. nfigure Print a Fax After that you can send a fax if your modem has fax sending capability Printing 361 To configure a computer that uses Winmodem Click Launch gt Applications gt Internet Connection Wizard and run the wizard to load the Winmodem driver 2 Configure Print a Fax for your modem device Click Launch gt Applications gt Accessories Print a Fax Click Settings Configure Send to Fax Click the System icon From the Fax Modem device drop down list select Other In the empty box that appears type dev tts Winmodemo Tf this path does not work when you try to fax try another one for example dev ttyLTO fora Lucent modem dev 536ep or dev 537ep for an Intel 536 or 537 modem dev ttySLO for a Smart Link modem Click OK to exit the configuration window To send a fax If you want a cover page on the fax and you are sending it from within an application add the cover page in the application Alternatively you can add a cover page file as a separate file later in this procedure 2 Within an application click File Print Or launch Print a Fax by clicking Launch gt Applications Accessories gt Print a Fax 9B Send to Fax Print a Fax File Fax Settings Help amp ANS Files home xandrosuser kpilot syslog htm E home xandrosuser SharedDocs printing1 png Enterprise Subject Comment Schedule Now E T a
357. ng applications automatically You can modify the autorun program that sets the default applications launched for example the application to launch when an audio CD is inserted You can specify applications to launch automatically when you start Xandros Desktop For example you can set the Firefox Web Browser to start automatically so that you do not have to manually launch it You do so by creating a symbolic link in an autostart folder To set default applications Click Launch Control Center Click File Manager then File Associations 3 Select an item from the Known Types list expanding the lists by clicking T 4 Setthe default application in the Application Preference Order area 5 Click Apply 1 You can also edit the file etc autorun autorun conf See the documentation in usr share doc autorun examples autorun conf gz for details Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 101 To launch an application automatically at startup Click Launch Xandros File Manager Click View and enable Show Hidden Files Double click the kde folder Double click the Autostart folder Click File Create Symbolic Link Click Browse Click My Linux Double click All File Systems Double click Find and select the application that you want to launch automatically Examples are Aa uu e usr bin firefox for Firefox Web Browser e usr bin mozilla thunderbird for Thunderbird Mail e usr
358. ng sec eee Oe Seeds 330 329 sending to virtual desktop 330 textcolot osse rt eme 39 Novell GroupWise 226 NTFS PETER 4 11 19 NTFS filesystem 124 NUM LOK esse Rem emu 93 numerical lock key default setting 93 Nvu Web 231 NX Client sc se cece ene aes kee ews 189 0 C 354 Ogg files create in DVD Writer 285 Media Player 288 Player cog pecs ae re ke bee ees 293 Music Manager 298 Online Dictionary 333 Online Dictionary from Panel 40 Open Circulation Edition 2 opening 4 TICS so nre teder rug 150 files in PostScript Viewer 243 folders ceuin na a 150 image files in Image Viewer 257 multiple image files 257 oi M 237 Windows network folder 165 windows setting placement 88 XIV Index OpenOffice org database 210 Dt zl kk RR ERIS 25 OMS os ee A rete n aie Gees 210 Impress ccce RR RR 255 Install apait naia t re EP 3 Math sae coke ERR 241 slide ii e 255 spreadsheet 271 Web pages 207 Writer saltes aaisa lee de e aoe 234 operating systems default setting
359. ng technical support 383 Determining version numbers You may need to know the version number for technical support or when downloading software To view the Xandros Desktop version number Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click Help gt About Xandros OS To view the Linux kernel version number Click Launch Control Center 2 The Linux kernel version is displayed as the Release To view the software version number in an application Inthe application click Help gt About You can also view version numbers in Xandros Networks by 1 clicking Settings and enabling the Expert View option You can view a list of applications installed on the computer and version numbers by entering dpkg 1 inaconsole window 384 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 19 Index A Adrive floppy AbiWord word processor accents Access Microsoft Accessibility panel in Control Center accessibility setting defaults for accessing files from a CD files from a floppy disk Internet other computers with network share Windows computer remotely Windows networks using Xandros File Manager Xandros Desktop your computer by VPN your desktop by remote user accessories and utilities accounts adding e mail adding Internet adding newsgroup adding user Administrator logging in editing user e mail encryption expiry set
360. ngg Tile game where you match cards laid out on five levels Reversi Click squares until you control the majority of squares on the board with your stones table continued Playing games 309 Application Function Shisen Sho Tile game where you match cards similar to Mahjongg but there is only one level of cards Card games Solitaire Variations of the card game solitaire includes 15 game types and ability to choose front and back card designs Video Poker Video poker game for one or more players Strategy games Atomic Build chemical molecules by moving elements around a board uses arrow keys Minesweeper Minesweeper game where you uncover squares while trying to avoid uncovering a mine uses mouse Accessing games The games provided are categorized under the following menus Arcade Board Cards and Strategy Additional categories are added as more games are installed such as Action and Puzzles To play a game e Click Launch Applications gt Games and select the appropriate menu and the game that you want to play v For information on how to play the game see the online help in the game Additional games educational applications and toys The following applications can be installed from the Applications CD and or Xandros Networks Games More than 25 games including Frozen Bubble Tux Racer Snake Race Monopoly Battleship and Abalone games are located in the Shop and New Applic
361. nnot use Ispell or Aspell there is an Hspell option After installation of Xandros Desktop if you want to use a spell checker dictionary not installed there are two options You can install it from Xandros Networks or the Applications CD Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 97 To install a spell checker dictionary with Xandros Networks Click Launch Xandros Networks Expand the New Applications category Click Spell Checking Dictionaries Enable the check box of the required dictionary un Aa w N Click Install and follow the prompts for example to choose the default spell checker Additional spell checkers and dictionaries can be downloaded 1 from Xandros Networks under the text category switch to Expert View under Settings To choose the default spell checker Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Spell Checking 3 Select the client from the Client drop down list so you can choose a dictionary 4 Select the dictionary from the Dictionary drop down list 5 Click Apply Customizing monitor settings You can select a higher or lower screen resolution to make images display larger or smaller Screen resolution is measured in pixels For example setting your screen resolution to 800x600 displays images using 800 pixels across the width of the screen and 600 down the length of the screen The higher the resolution the more pixels used to display images the clea
362. ns You can manually change network settings such as the IP addresses and Domain Name System DNS servers to use Configuring Internet connections You can access the Internet several ways Ethernet network connection Connection to a network server of an Internet service provider ISP by Telephone modem Cable modem e Digital Subscriber Line DSL modem If your computer is connected through Ethernet to a network with a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server your computer is automatically configured by Xandros Desktop to access the network and the Internet Setting up a connection account You can set up the following connections cable dial up DSL local area network LAN wireless and virtual private network VPN If your computer is connected to a network without a DHCP server you manually set your Internet protocol IP address and set up a connection account You can set this connection to be initiated automatically at login Configuring connections 57 For a cable modem you may or may not need to create a connection account An Ethernet cable modem can be connected automatically at login or you can create a connection account so that you manually initiate the connection If you use a telephone modem DSL modem or other connection method that you initiate manually you need to set up a connection account The simplest way to determine if you need to set up a connection account is to launch a Web bro
363. ns applicable to your computer A Xandros partition and a smaller swap partition are used the swap partition is for temporary storage of files and helps the Xandros product to perform faster Install option Explanation Use free Searches for unallocated space on the hard disk space Unallocated space is space not defined If there is enough space Xandros Desktop is installed into it Take over Erases all existing information and formats the hard disk disk or or a specified partition Xandros Desktop is installed into partition the disk or partition Resize a Lets you resize FAT FAT32 and NTFS file systems to Windows reallocate space for use as a Linux system It shrinks a partition Windows partition and installs Xandros Desktop within the resulting free space table continued Installing Xandros Desktop Install option Explanation Replace Upgrades a previous version of a Xandros product on its existing partition keeping some of your defaults including the Xandros OS home directories user accounts and user folders For example root and home directories are saved and named with _old extension To keep any desktop wallpapers added by you ensure that they are in your home folder Manage disks Lets you assign and delete existing partitions On a and partitions computer without an operating system or a disk with free space it also lets you add a partition The wizard lets you use an existing partition
364. ns are ignored and bypassed which reduces the login time on a large network with a number of trusted domains In this case attempts to connect to a resource from a domain that has a trusted relationship will fail You can use the default setting of Yes when there are few trusted domains or when you need access to a resource Click Apply confirm that you want the setting to take effect immediately and acknowledge that the changes are now in effect In the Join Domain window that appears with the Join with user name and password check box enabled type the domain User name type the Password which is the password for the server type the Organization unit optional use to separate layers Leave the Cache domain credentials locally check box enabled for when the domain server is unavailable for example when you use your laptop computer at a different location and want to log in to the domain as the same domain user Click OK In the Join Successful window click OK to acknowledge that you have joined the domain Your computer account has not been added in the domain unless you see this message Click Launch Logout Click the Logout icon In the login window type the domain User name type the Password select the domain from the Log in to drop down list and click Login Windows and Linux networking 177 To join a Windows 2003 domain noun Aa w N 178 Obtain your user name and password from the domain administrator You
365. nt The Using the desktop chapter introduced you to the desktop This chapter explores options you can use to customize various elements including the desktop Launch menu windows mouse settings keyboard shortcuts and language spell checkers video and sound settings multimedia input and applications launched at startup and by default Customizing desktop settings Xandros Desktop lets you customize the display and behavior of the desktop including Change the background wallpaper Change window color schemes and themes Display items in styles similar to Windows or Macintosh OS Change fonts and font sizes displayed as well as icons Modify the screen saver ncrease accessibility Setthe date and time of the clock and change the time zone setting Set desktop mouse button action Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 15 Applying a desktop background You can apply background colors and images to each virtual desktop and also apply effects to these colors and images You can change the login splash window in the Splash Screen panel of the Control Center To change the desktop background 4 16 To use your own wallpaper you have the option of adding it to the default folder of usr share wallpapers as Administrator This step is not required you can access your file from another location Click Launch Control Center Click Display then Background Background modified control cen
366. ntents of each tab window Audio visualization plugin Changes the display of the xine video output window as a CD plays for example gui skin theme Changes the look of all windows in Video Player one skin available by default 3 Change the options in the other tabs as set by the experience level 4 Click Apply then OK Using the Navigator A navigation window can be opened for use when you are watching videos A DVD can also include embedded navigation buttons providing a second way to navigate The Navigator window can be used instead of the other buttons For example you can use it to toggle between the main menu and the material currently playing Menu 1 Menu4 Menus Menu 2 Menu 6 Menu 3 Up Menu 7 Left Select Right ERES ES ma Angle a s s Angle 1 2 0 10 Close Navigator for Video Player To use the Navigator Load the video media such as a DVD 2 Inthe Video Player window click Navigator on the right side of the window The Navigator button is the N button 3 The Navigator window changes based on the current media For example Menu 1 in the window shown here changes to Menu toggle when a DVD is played This button allows you to toggle between what is currently playing and the main menu Options include Menu toggle Toggles window display between what is currently playing and main menu Title Returns window display to main menu Root Returns window display to
367. nter Wizard helps you to add local and network printers When you add a local printer you specify a printer name and the computer port to which the printer is connected Printers can connect through a serial parallel or Universal Serial Bus USB port The wizard automatically chooses the driver for your printer but you can use a driver from the print driver disk supplied with your printer Xandros Networks or the manufacturer s web site You may be required to install additional drivers from the Applications CD or Xandros Networks for your printer to work Printing 349 Information required for a network printer varies When you add a Windows network printer you specify a name for the printer and the path to the shared printer For a Linux or UNIX printer you specify a name for the printer host name and a queue name The host name is the name of the server that controls the printer for example printer_server The queue for example 10 or lpr or p1 is required because the network printer can have multiple printers under its control and therefore multiple queues In addition to setting up a Windows or Linux UNIX printer you can also set up Internet printing You can set a default printer and when you no longer use a printer you can remove it from your system setup To add a local printer Log in as Administrator recommended but not necessary 2 Connect the printer to the computer and turn it on 3 The computer prompts
368. nthe current directory rmdir Remove the directory specified by you for example rmdir Test in the current directory pwd Display the complete current path such as home xandrosuser dpkg Create a list of all packages installed on computer with dpkg 1 gt InstalledPackages View the list in Xandros File Manager by opening the file called InstalledPackages su Switch Console window user to Administrator root user chown Change file ownership for example chown jamesh report txt changes the ownership of a file called report txt to user account jamesh Requires Administrator access 348 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 16 Printing 1 You add and remove printers share printers manage print jobs and customize printing When you send a job to print the job is stored in the print queue and prints in the background so that you can continue working You can view and cancel jobs in the print queue Faxes can be sent and received Setting up printers Before you print to a printer for the first time it must be configured with the Add Printer Wizard You can add local and network printers A local printer is connected directly to your computer A network printer is accessed by your computer over a network and typically is shared by multiple users A local printer can become a network printer if you share it over a network You can also remove printers from your setup Adding and removing printers The Add Pri
369. numbers of applications see 3 Determining version numbers on page 384 366 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 18 Finding packages You can locate packages that are currently installed on your computer and packages that are available to install or upgrade You can use Xandros Networks to find them install them upgrade them or remove them You can customize the search criteria to broaden or narrow the search scope by using Standard and Expert views ry Kandros Networks File Edit Go Settings Help t gt XO VY 15 search E News e 5 Search Results for fax ETA Name New Applications Application Updates e Y installed Applications Search Results 1 2 KDE3 Supplemental parcel size 0 bytes Remove Showing 1 1 of 1 items found Page 1 of 1 Expert 13 Status Installed Description Assortment of additional KDE3 programs Back to top Showing 1 1 of 1 items found Page 1 of 1 Search Results for fax SEVA Name Search results for fax in Xandros Networks To find a package Click Launch Xandros Networks 2 Type the words to search in the Search box 3 Click Search Search results indicate applications installed and available for installation Note that results vary by Standard and Expert view Managing software packages 367 Installing upgrading and uninstalling packages Xandros Net
370. o block all images from a specific site 6 When finished click Close to exit the preferences window Clearing caches A cache stores parts of Web pages that you have viewed such as the images It is used to reload pages quickly For privacy or security you may want to clear the caches To clear the Firefox Web Browser cache In Firefox Web Browser click Edit gt Preferences 1 Click the Privacy icon 3 Click the Cache tab 4 Click Clear Cache Now 5 Click Close to exit from the window To clear the Xandros File Manager cache In Xandros File Manager click Tools Configure Xandros File Manager 2 Scroll down and click Cache 3 Click Clear Cache 4 Click OK to exit from the window The Cache panel in the Control Center clears the Xandros File 1 Manager cache Using the Internet 205 Managing cookies Cookies contain information specific to your Web viewing activities such as your location for television listings items that you have viewed on a shop site and items you have placed in a shopping basket They can be used to customize banner advertising as well They are initiated by remote servers For privacy and security cookies can be managed For example you can disable cookies so that information about your Internet activity is not maintained or you can be notified each time a cookie is initiated To manage cookies for Firefox Web Browser In Firefox Web Browser click Edit Preferences Click the Priv
371. ogical partition and home xandrosuser2 can be another logical partition The space allocated to each partition can be managed separately but you cannot resize a partition Disk naming conventions include disk primary hdal Linux swap 376 MB and partition information In Linux primary and extended partitions for an primary hess IDE disk are numbered hdal hda2 hda3 and hda4 and logical partitions are numbered hda5 and up For example hdb3 refers to partition 3 on the second IDE disk hd and b In the example shown hdal is partition 1 or the first hard disk hda2 is partition 2 on the first hard disk and hda3 15 also a partition on the first hard disk In this case hda3 contains Xandros Server and hda2 contains Xandros Desktop For a SCSI disk the format is sdal sda2 sdb1 and so on For RAID configurations the convention is hde hdf hdg and hdh or hdi hdj hdk and hdl depending on how the hard disks are attached In the example shown the smaller partition is a swap partition of 376 MB It is a primary partition but does not have to be You can add format group and delete partitions 122 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Volume groups and logical volumes You can create groups then partitions in these groups The groups are called volume groups and the partitions are called logical volumes This lets you combine space of multiple disks for example two hard disks i
372. oke a login script users who automatically log in without providing a password are unaffected by a login script The group policy applied is based on the user not the computer Xandros Desktop does not support a loopback policy Windows and Linux networking 179 When invoked by the user a login script is placed in a kde logon folder in the user s home folder A logout script is placed in a kde logoff folder The network home folder information is placed in a automount file in the same home folder The desktop files under a kde Autostart folder are processed at login and removed at logout Here is an example of a login script in a file called login sh bin sh login sh sample domain login script This script is run locally when a domain user logs in to a Xandros system Input your server name and share name log last log in time date gt gt lastlogin run virus scanner in the background viruscan SHOME amp run the Personal Time Tracker application karm amp mount a network share mkdir SHOME share smbmount servername sharename SHOME share o guest Here is an example of a logout script in a file called logout sh bin sh logout sh sample domain logout script This script is run locally when a domain user logs out from a Xandros system unmount a network share smbunmount HOME share log last log out time date gt gt lastlogout 180 Xandros Desktop Us
373. ol from the bottom tool bar such as rectangle or text symbol 5 Click and drag your mouse pointer in the image area to create an object or click in the image area to create text 6 To change the properties of the object or text with the object or text selected click Format and select the property to change Some properties such as font type and size are changed using the features available on the tool bar 7 To save your work click File gt Save type a File name and click OK This saves the image in the OpenOffice org Draw format and allows you to modify the image 8 To export your file in another format click File Export type a File name select the file type from the Filter drop down list and click OK To insert an image Click Insert gt Picture From File Sample images are found in usr lib openoffice share gallery See the online help file for more information Using Microsoft PowerPoint Visio Photoshop and other diagrams Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft Visio and Adobe Photoshop can be installed and used on Xandros Desktop without having Microsoft Windows installed Xandros Desktop includes an application called CodeWeavers CrossOver Office for this purpose CrossOver Office helps you to install and configure your Windows applications CrossOver Office runs automatically unless it is disabled You install the graphics software and open the graphics file To install the graphics software See Inst
374. older too then click OK Otherwise follow the rest of this procedure for detailed instructions 4 Click Browse to specify where you want the link to appear An example is home xandrosuser which is the home folder of the user named xandrosuser 5 Ifyou want to connect as part of a different group or user change the Connect as box An example is WORKGROUP xandrosuser where WORKGROUP is the group and xandrosuser is the user 6 Locate and double click the folder that you want to mount in the Shared directories box so that the path appears in the Share to mount box An example is WSheldonr SharedDocs where the link will be created to the SharedDocs folder of a computer named Sheldonr If the computer you want is not shown you can still type the path that is Sheldonr SharedDocs to create the mounted share When a user s home folder is encrypted the files will be 1 viewable to others on the network only when the user is logged in The other computer needs to be on for the network share to function You may not be able to access Xandros File Manager when the other computer is off Turn on the other computer then restart your Xandros computer 184 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 To dismount a network share Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click Tools Disconnect Network Share This option can be selected only when a mounted network share is active 3 Select the share in the window and click OK You will be p
375. om Places new windows randomly on the desktop e Centered Places new windows in the center of the desktop e Zero Cornered Places new windows at the top left corner of the desktop 5 Click Apply To share window display between two monitors Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click Display then Settings 3 Enable the Extend my desktop onto this monitor check box The option is active when there is more than one monitor connected 4 Click Apply 88 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 Setting window activation options The active window is the window on the desktop that receives keyboard input It is identified by a highlighted title bar You can customize the way windows on the desktop become active which is called focus A window can be activated by clicking it or by positioning the pointer over it The auto raise option automatically places an active window in front of other windows If you have set the activation option so that placing the mouse pointer over a window activates it you can set a delay time between when you position the pointer and when the window becomes active To set the window activation method Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Window Behavior 3 Select one of the following activation methods from the Policy drop down list Click to Focus Window becomes active when you click in it default Focus Follows Mouse Active window is
376. ommand is usually the name of the application for example firefox for the Firefox Web Browser Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 1 Change the icon for the application by clicking the icon at the right side and selecting a new one Note the ability to place an icon that you created in any folder and select it using the Other icons option Click File gt Save The item is added to the Launch menu To rename a Launch menu item 2 Click Launch gt Applications gt System Menu Editor Find the application that you want to change from the list on the left side of the window In the Name box type the new name of the application Click File Save Customizing the Quick Start menu The Quick Start menu appears at the ES top of the Launch menu You can customize it to display the most Quick Start menu pda recently used or most frequently used A applications and to set the number of T Applications applications that appear The default is to show the five most frequently used eats tonne gl applications ep _ Recent Documents To customize the Quick Start menu uic Logout xandrosuser Right click an empty part of the Panel and select Configure Panel Click the Menus tab Enable one of the following options e Show the applications most recently used Shows the last applications used Show the applications most frequently used Shows the most frequently us
377. on from which you want to print click File Print 1 Enable the Reverse check box 3 Click Print To change this setting globally see To change default page printing order on page 358 Customizing printer properties You can customize printer properties such as printer name and type and user name and password for shared printers You can set the following defaults color settings print resolution print order paper tray duplex printing paper orientation paper size number of pages to print per page and page margin Some printers let you set advanced printer properties to optimize printing For example you can turn End Of File notification on or off and you can specify when to print a job To change the printer name for a local printer Click Launch Control Center Click Peripheral Devices then Printers Select a printer from the list Type the new name for the printer in the Name box Do not use spaces 2 3 4 Click Properties 5 6 Click OK To change the printer type make and model Follow steps to 4 from the previous procedure 2 Click Change Model Printing 357 3 Select a manufacturer and model from the list boxes Use the printer driver disk supplied with the printer if available 4 Click OK To share a local printer with Windows computers Access the Printers panel in the Control Center Select a printer from the list 3 Click Properties 4 Click the Windows Sharing tab ava
378. on the London exchange Index symbols are generally preceded with for example DJI for the Dow Jones Industrial Average Not all mutual funds have symbols but an example is TCWBX for Templeton China World B 4 To remove a symbol select it and click Remove 5 To change the order of the quotes select a symbol and click Move Up or Move Down 6 Click OK to exit from the configuration window The changes are applied To configure ticker behavior With the applet open on the Panel right click it and select Configure Stock Ticker 2 Click the Settings tab 3 To change the speed at which stocks scroll select an option from the drop down list Slow Normal default or Fast 4 To change how often quotes are obtained set it in the Update frequency field The default is five minutes 5 change the information displayed enable or disable the options High price for the day Low price for the day Volume for the day Change from the previous close enabled by default and Opening price 6 Click OK to exit from the configuration window To configure fonts and colors With the applet open on the Panel right click it and select Configure Stock Ticker Click the Appearance tab 3 To change the font click Choose select the font and size then click OK to exit from the window 4 To change the color of the ticker symbol and price click the Text color box and set it To change the up and down price movement text co
379. onal Time Tracker Lets you track use of your time 325 Popup Notes Lets you post notes on the desktop such 328 as reminders Print a Fax Lets you send faxes 361 Print Jobs Lets you monitor the print queue and 360 cancel print jobs Text Editor Lets you write and edit ASCII text files 236 Utilities Cut and Paste Utility Stores clipboard history which lets you 331 easily copy previous entries Desktop Pager Displays a snapshot of all virtual 46 desktops providing convenient access Floppy Disk Formatter Lets you format and erase floppy disks 332 Online Dictionary Lets you look up definitions of words 333 using several online dictionaries Palm Document Lets you port documents to and from your 334 Converter Palm Pilot Palm Pilot Tool Provides an interface between your 335 computer and a Palm Pilot Reminder Message Lets you set up personal alarm reminder 340 Scheduler messages Task Scheduler Lets you schedule applications to run 342 312 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 Using Adobe Reader to view PDF files You can read Portable Document Format PDF files with the Adobe Reader You can also generate PDF files in several applications See Printing files on page 353 File Edit View Document Tools Window Help 81 afa Hor 0 5 0 xa P fe Xandros Desktop Computer Getting Started Guide Your new computer has Xandros Desktop OS or Xandros SurfSide Linux installed meaning an operating system and so
380. onfiguring connections 61 To set an e mail account for KDE Mail Click Launch gt Applications Internet KDE Mail Click Settings Configure KMail Select the Default mail account and click Modify or click Add In the Edit Identity window complete the boxes a w N Your name Type the name that you want to appear when you send an e mail Organization Type the name of your company optional Email address Type your e mail address for example jane xandros com This address is provided by your ISP Click OK to exit from the window 5 Click the Accounts icon and add the send and receive server information Inthe Receiving tab click Add select the account type such as POP3 or IMAP then click OK to exit from the window then enter the Account name Login name Password and Host address The name is what appears as the mail account in the KDE Mail window for example Jane The host address is also provided by your ISP an example of which is imap yourcompany com Click OK to exit from the window Inthe Sending tab click Add select the type of server click OK For SMTP enter the login name and server address the Name and Host boxes The server address is provided by your ISP An example is smtp2 xandros com For SMTB if a password is required to send e mail enable the Server requires authentication check box and provide the information Click OK to exit from the window a
381. op down list You can change the compression and font defaults by clicking Properties then the Driver Settings tab You cannot change the security settings for example printing is allowed and there is no password requirement Note or change the Output file name and location Click Print A PDF file is created If the file prints with a header or footer that you do not want turn them off in the Header amp Footer tab which may or may not appear depending on the printer Troubleshooting printing Printer support is inconsistent in Linux If you are having trouble printing to a printer try the following To troubleshoot printing to a printer 354 Check if the printer is supported See http support xandros com hcl php and www linuxprinting org Check if instructions are available for your type of printing device in the FAQs at http support xandros com for example searching on Scanjet Officejet Deskjet or JetDirect Check if a printer driver is available on Xandros Networks For example first look in the Drivers category then search for hpijs or hpoj if you have an HP printer You can also search on your printer name such as LaserJet Check if a printer driver is available on the manufacturer s Web site for example http solutions brother com linux en_us index html When adding the printer to Xandros Desktop using the Add Printer Wizard from the Driver drop down list select another option If the printer has already b
382. op up windows and images 205 bookmarks 203 browsing 201 eR m n 207 231 editing Sheed Bede Rhet menant 207 home page default 203 interrupting transmissions 203 lotatilig eos aoe PRICE CREER 201 Viewing 201 Webcam use 219 wildcards for searches 158 Win4Lin upgrading preserving 12 using with Windows applications 375 Window Behavior panel in Control 46 88 Window Decorations panel in Control Center 18 Windows 2000 and 2003 170 171 179 em 188 accessing applications 189 accessing computers 188 accessing file systems with File Manager 165 application irm eR See 315 assign default network share 179 Control Panel 36 installing after Xandros 21 joiningdomain 171 migrate from with Versora 34 My Computer 36 metwork aedes 163 NI in Ren 170 171 179 jj t 170 setting 19 sharing files 167 Start button 36 synchronize password with 52 uninstalling applications 3n WINS erm le Ie canes 169 XP Home edition 188 windows
383. ops Refreshing the desktop You can refresh the desktop to immediately view changes made to desktop settings To refresh the desktop Right click the desktop and select Refresh Screen 48 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Working with desktop shortcuts Desktop shortcuts let you open folders files applications Web file transfer protocol FTP and other sites from the desktop Some are loaded by default such as the Trash icon on the desktop A shortcut can be customized by changing its name or icon on the desktop Other than the Trash bin you can delete shortcuts no longer required Create Shortcut Wizard Shortcut Type This wizard helps you to create a shortcut to local programs local or network files or folders or Internet addresses URL Please select the type of shortcut you want to create 7 Eile or folder Location URL Click Next to continue med Shortcut wizard To create a desktop shortcut from the desktop Right click the desktop and select Create New gt Shortcut Inthe shortcut wizard select the type of shortcut you want to create and click Next 3 Select or type the name of the program file folder or address for the shortcut and click Next 4 Type a name for the shortcut and click Finish The shortcut appears on the desktop To change a shortcut icon image Onthe desktop right click the shortcut icon and select Properties Click the icon shown on
384. ou need to have an Internet connection and an existing e mail account before you can send and receive e mail see Configuring Internet connections on page 57 Connecting to the Internet on page 195 and To set up an e mail account for Thunderbird Mail on page 66 y Compose Meeting on Wednesday confirmed File Edit View Insert Format Options Tools Help 3 e D Send Contacts Spell Attach Security Save From Jane lt jane xandros com gt Jane To 43 rogerk simclose com Subject Meeting on Wednesday confirmed Body Text y Variable width M Unz Hi Roger This message is to confirm our meeting on Wednesday at 2 00 PM See you then Jane Sending an e mail in Thunderbird Mail To receive e mail Click Launch gt Applications Internet Thunderbird Mail When you are on a network and require passwords to receive and or send e mail you are prompted to provide the passwords 2 When you have mail it appears under the Subject column Click on the entry to view the message in the window portion below it 3 Otherwise click the Get Mail button to download mail from the mail server A message appears at the bottom of the window when there are no new messages If you cannot receive e mail and you ran the Firewall Wizard ensure that IMAP or POP as appropriate was allowed 208 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 To send e mail Click Lau
385. ou navigate the document You can mark pages to print or use for future reference You can print the file File Edit View Settings Help Ea 09 SA 66 67 v tQ Xandros Desktop Computer Setup Guide for OEMs H2 la Page 1 of 52 PostScript Viewer displaying a PDF file To start PostScript Viewer e Click Launch Applications Accessories Viewers gt PostScript Viewer To open a file Click File Open Select the folder where the file is stored Files with ps eps and pdf extensions are shown 3 Double click the file name It takes a few seconds for a ps file to load To open a previously viewed file e Click File Open Recent and select the file to open To change paper size e Click View Paper Size and select a paper size To change page orientation e Click View Orientation and select one of the following options Auto Assumes the orientation of the source file default e Portrait Displays content across the width of the paper Working with text 243 e Landscape Displays content sideways across the length of the paper e Upside Down Flips the portrait orientation vertically and horizontally Seascape Flips the landscape orientation vertically and horizontally To increase the zoom level Click View gt Zoom In You can also zoom in by clicking the Zoom In button on the tool bar To decrease the zoom level Click View gt Zoom Out 0 You c
386. p 4 Changing the number and names of virtual desktops Xandros Desktop lets you use up to 20 virtual desktops Each virtual desktop has a default name that you can customize To change the number and names of virtual desktops On the Panel right click a Desktop button and select Configure Desktops 2 Move the slider to increase or decrease the number of virtual desktops lt configure KDE control Module Number of desktops Desktop Names Desktop 1 Desktop Desktop 11 Desktop 2 Destop2 Desktop 12 Desktop 3 Desto3 Desktop 13 Desktop 4 Desktopa Desktop 14 Desktop 5 p Desktop 15 Desktop 6 Desktop 16 Desktop 7 Desktop 17 Desktop 8 Desktop 18 Desktop 9 Desktop 19 Desktop 10 Desktop 20 C Mouse wheel over desktop background switches desktop Help Defaults Apply Cancel Setting default virtual desktops 3 Type the name of the virtual desktop in the corresponding numbered box 4 If you want to be able to switch from one desktop to another by moving the wheel on the mouse enable the Mouse wheel over desktop background switches desktop check box Then when the mouse pointer is anywhere on the desktop you can move the wheel to switch 5 Click OK to exit from the window You can also set the number names of virtual desktops in the Control Center General Settings then Desktop Behavior and Multiple Deskt
387. p a newsgroup account click Edit gt Account Settings and click Add Account Enable the Newsgroup account option and complete the Account Wizard 212 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 1 Account Wizard Server Information Enter the name of your news server NNTP for example news example net Newsgroup Server rumours uwaterloo ca Cancel Configuring the account wizard to access the rumours uwaterloo ca newsgroup In Thunderbird Mail click the newsgroup folder on the left side of the window for example news or rumours uwaterloo ca Click File Subscribe You need to be connected to the Internet to view the list of newsgroups Expand the list enable the check box of the required newsgroup and click Subscribe Click OK to exit from the window Click the newsgroup folder on the left side of the window to display the postings Click a posting to read it Using the Internet 213 Using the Personal Information Manager The Personal Information Manager provides e mail address book scheduling and other functions It is integrated with the Organizer calendar KDE Mail Address Book Palm Pilot Tool and weather applet we Summary Personal Information Manager File Settings Hel Summary for Jane 05 18 2006 e G Today Sales Meeting 05 00 pm 06 00 pm S No to dos pending dy 2 days 05 20 84 Roger Smith 22 years e 05 20
388. p down list select the default weather station Oc fa v Enable the Show icon and temperature or the Show icon only option If you want to use the Show icon temperature wind and pressure information option you need to increase the Panel size 228 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 9 To save weather information to a file automatically enable the Enable logging check box and type a file name or browse to locate the file The file is saved as a text file and is updated each time new data is obtained 10 Click OK The applet appears on the Panel and checks for updates every 30 minutes To display more weather information for the station click the image on the Panel icon or right click the icon on the Panel and select Show Report Values can be displayed in metric or imperial units In the 1 Control Center access General Settings then Regional Settings In the Other tab change the Units of measurement option This changes the settings for the computer not just the weather applet To access the configuration panel Right click the icon on the Panel and select Configure KWeather To close the weather monitor On the Panel right click the taskbar 2 Select Remove From Panel Applet Weather Report This action removes the application from the Panel Using the Stock Ticker The Stock Ticker provides stock quotes It is an applet that scrolls quotes on the Panel Stocks indices mutual funds and e
389. password the symbol and the IP address or host name of the proxy server An example of the format is http username password 172 27 6 3 6 Click OK to exit from the window 7 Click Apply Configuring connections 1 Modifying IP addresses and network connections During installation a static IP address or DHCP was specified You can manually change these settings in the Control Center You can also specify a Domain Name System DNS server to use A DNS server translates Internet domain names into IP addresses so that computers recognize them For example it allows a user to enter www xandros com instead of an IP address When you are using a computer at home you normally use the DNS servers of your ISP and do not need to specify them To determine if DHCP is being used Click Launch gt Control Center Click Network and click Network Connections Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Select the network connection from the list Click Properties Click the TCP IP tab When DHCP is being used it is selected in the drop down list When DHCP is not being used you can manually input your network IP settings using the following procedure na wn fp vc N CoMiocalArea Connection Properties Col local Area Connection t Properties General DNS wins Hardware General P ovs WINS Hardware Configuration method DHcP M Configuration method Stati
390. penOffice org 252 driver loading at startup 30 drivers printer 354 drivers printer and video 3 Dri 57 duplex printing 359 DVD o EE e 287 COPYING arrasar pra 283 r 283 DVD Writer 283 view with Time 3 view with Video Player 305 DVD Writer copying CD 284 copying DVD 284 copying music to your computer 284 ceating D ees Re wet 286 creating DVD 286 erasing DVD 287 150 file burn to CD 287 Set Up ione duce e 283 DVI files viewing 242 DVI Viewer 242 E editing Bash language 236 Cand C languages 236 HTML language 236 JavaScript language 236 MYSQL iios ee baud oe es 236 Perl language 236 programming code 236 Python 236 iod on ace es a 238 user accounts 110 XML language 236 e mail a 66 filtering orate reas ae Bre 209 KDE Mail rias 211 KDE Mail in Personal Information Manager 214 KMail ae 211 Personal Information Manager
391. pi on ACPI 2 Setup acpi on noapic ACPI 3 Setup acpi on pci biosirq ACPI 4 Setup acpi on pci noacpi 22 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 2 1 Setup acpi off APM 2 Setup acpi off noapic APM 3 Setup acpi off pci biosirq where ACPI Advanced configuration and power interface that allows a computer to hibernate and be re activated by pressing any key newer than APM APM Advanced power management 3 Using the down arrow y select APM 1 Setup then press Enter If Xandros Desktop does not install repeat steps to 2 then select ACPI 2 Setup If it does not install try ACPI 3 Setup then try the other ACPI APM VESA 256 Colors and Intel options until one of the options works If you use a non North American keyboard and language select International Setup to install Xandros Desktop If Xandros Desktop still does not install repeat steps to 2 select Rescue Console press Enter and type startx atthe bash prompt If you install Xandros Desktop with 256 Colors Setup and the colors displayed on your monitor after login require correction change from 256 color mode to another color mode by clicking Launch gt Control Center then Display then Settings changing the color mode in the Color drop down list for example to True Color 24 bit or High Color Plus 16 bit and clicking Apply Restart the computer You can also check that the computer BIOS is set to boot from the CD instead of a hard drive if you are
392. pilot link 0 11 8 Version KDE 3 4 2 Version Qt 3 3 4 HotSync Log 19 32 56 Starting the KPilot daemon 19 32 56 Daemon status is not running 19 33 15 Next HotSync will be HotSync Please press the HotSynt 19 33 18 Next sync will be a regular HotSync Please press the Ho 19 33 18 Next HotSync will be HotSync Please press the HotSynt 19 33 25 Device link ready 19 33 25 Checking last PC 19 33 25 KPilot 4 5 2 kind HotSync starting 4 ICD Clear Log Save Log 3 oo Palm Pilot Tool Using accessories and utilities 335 To configure access to your Palm Pilot 336 Click Launch Applications Utilities Palm Pilot Tool When accessed for the first time you are given the option to use the configuration wizard or to go to the Palm Pilot tool Select the wizard option You can also access the wizard in the Palm Pilot Tool by selecting Settings gt Configuration Wizard With the Palm Pilot connected to the computer and turned on in the wizard click Automatically Detect Handheld amp User Name You are prompted to press the HotSync button on the device for this purpose so click that button then click Continue in Xandros If the handheld device cannot be detected enter the information manually as follows User name Type your user name It should match the name on the Palm Pilot You will be prompted to make a choice when synchronizing
393. ple desktops It includes application buttons the taskbar the virtual desktop buttons and a clock calendar It is located by default at the bottom of the desktop and it can be moved and resized Hiding the Panel increases the desktop workspace available for application windows The Panel contains application buttons to start applications such as Xandros File Manager You can customize application buttons by moving or removing them and by changing the icon and description associated with each button You can launch applications called applets from the Panel In addition to setting options from the Panel as outlined here you can also set the same options in the Panel and Taskbar panels in the Control Center 29 5 3 EEI Panel Moving and sizing the Panel You can move the Panel to the top left bottom or right border of the desktop The Panel can be resized to increase or decrease its dimensions To move the Panel Right click a blank area of the Panel and select Configure Panel Inthe Position diagram enable the button of the preferred location 3 Click OK v You can also drag the Panel to a desktop border in order to move it To size the Panel Right click a blank area of the Panel and select Configure Panel From the Size drop down list select one of the following options Tiny Small Normal Default Large Custom Using the desktop 37 Hiding or displaying the Panel Hiding the Pa
394. plete the form fields such as typing in the text box or selecting a bullet option Q See the online help for more information 210 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 12 Using the OpenOffice org spreadsheet OpenOffice org Calc Spreadsheet allows you to create spreadsheets Files are saved in the ods format You can also save your files as Microsoft Excel dBASE HTML and other file types expense OpenOffice org File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Daas Ayaan lt Arial lr 10 2 600 i Da E A TEA B s eE c H E XANDROS EXPENSE CLAIM p Instructions for use OS i 1 Fill in the total amount of the expense in the Amount column 2 If PST was charged that is if PST is on the receipt include a without the quotes in the PST incl In Amount column 3 If GST was charged enter the amount in the GST column 4 Categorize the expense as follows entering a number in the Category column 1 Meetings Meals 4 Office Supplies 7 Misc Other 2 Travel Hotel Air 5 Postage and Courier 3 Taxi and Auto 6 Hardware Software PST incl Date Vendor Item Description Amount Category PST DD MM Y Y Sample Data y 7 8 00 DD MM Y Y DD MM Y Y DD MM Y Y 9 Sheet Sheet2 sheets 7 T Sheet 1 3 TAB Sheetl 10096 STD Sum 12 30 99
395. pplication Shortcuts tab 5 Select a key from the list 6 Select an action from the Shortcut for Selected Action list and change the default if prompted 7 If you want to create a new scheme click Save type a name for the key scheme in the dialog box that appears and click OK 8 Click Apply Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 95 To remove an application shortcut key Click Launch gt Control Center Click General Settings then Key Assignment then Keyboard Shortcuts Select a key scheme from the drop down list Click the Application Shortcuts tab Select a key from the list In the Shortcut for Selected Action area enable the None option Click Apply nO WwW BP v N Configuring international keyboard language maps An international keyboard language map has characters associated with each key that differ from the characters assigned to the keys of an English keyboard For example when you apply the French keyboard map to your keyboard pressing the A key types the letter Q Each language map can have up to four characters associated with each key You can access the first two characters for a key by pressing the key and Shift the key like on a standard keyboard The other two characters are alternative characters which you access using a combination of keys You can add as many keyboard maps as you want from a list of available languages and easily switch among them You may have to download fonts fo
396. ppy CD and DVD folders The default view in Xandros File Manager displays folders and files organized in a tree structure The tree view lets you navigate the file system using a double paned window that displays multiple levels of the file system at the same time The left pane shows the parent folders available in your file system The right pane displays the contents within the folder selected on the left Another viewing option is the single paned flat view The flat view shows only one level of the file structure at a time It is useful when viewing Web pages in Xandros File Manager Files accessed can be located in several places on the local computer located on another computer and accessed over a Windows or Linux network and on external devices such as on a floppy disk CD DVD or similar device On most Linux systems you must set up the operating system to recognize the floppy disk drive or CD drive before the system can read the contents of the floppy disk or CD which is called mounting a device Xandros Desktop however automatically detects the floppy disk drive or CD drive when you place a disk in that drive This feature is called automount Some Linux system files are hidden by default Hidden files are generally files that are critical for running operating system processes You can view hidden files and edit them when you are logged in as the Administrator You can view them as a user Viewing local folders and files
397. puter by this e mail protocol dhcp Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol To allow the IP address of the computer to change dynamically from an outside source such as your ISP pop Post Office Protocol To allow access to the computer by this e mail protocol netbios Windows Networking To allow access to the shared files on your computer over a Windows network imap Internet Message Access Protocol To allow access to the computer by this e mail protocol ldap Lightweight Directory Access Protocol To allow access to the computer for use by the directory protocol that facilitates finding and accessing computers by relating names to network addresses rsync Remote Synch To allow access to the computer so that it can be synchronized with another computer for example your computer contains applications that need to be kept up to date vnc Virtual Network Computing To allow access by another computer remotely to view your desktop and or take control of your desktop dns Domain Name System To allow access to the computer when it functions as a DNS server to facilitate finding and accessing computers by relating names to network addresses tftp Trivial FTP To allow access to the computer by the file transfer protocol that is simpler than regular FTP and does not require authentication nfs Network File System To allow access to the shared files on your computer over a Linux UNIX network n
398. r see Xandros File Manager fileownerships 118 file permissions 118 file properties viewing permissions 152 file system connecting to Linux NFS 145 connecting to Windows file systems 145 navigating local files 148 ReiserFS Ext2 Ext 16 filesystems 123 file transfer protocol 49 203 Mcr 145 eure are 161 COPYING cr 154 A ERR mg 155 encrypting 110 finding scs Re ce ete en 158 finding by date 159 finding by name and location 159 hidden urere Ere RR ERES 151 MA 256 inverting file selection 153 locating cr o 158 140 bd 145 MOVING nr s 154 moving to Trash 155 NAMING ri a 156 viii Index performing file operations 152 remving e c 155 renaming 156 saving log files 143 searchingfor 159 selecting i RE e tita 153 setting ownerships 117 118 setting permissions 117 118 setting user limits on shared files 181 sharing for Windows networks 168 sharing with users 181 sorting log file lists 142 transferring using FTP 203 ses 148 filtering system processes
399. r that allows selected applications and plug ins written for Microsoft Windows to run without Microsoft Windows installed You can install and run applications such as Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint Visio Lotus Notes Intuit Quicken iTunes Adobe Photoshop and WinZip And you can install and run plug ins such as Shockwave Player Not all software or versions are compatible If you have software that you want to install on Xandros Desktop check compatibility To check software compatibility See http www codeweavers com site products cxoffice supported_apps Using the desktop 33 To install Windows based applications Insert the installation CD in a drive for example a Microsoft Word installation CD Normally the CrossOver installer runs automatically when you insert the CD and you follow the wizard If it does not use the following steps Click Launch Applications CrossOver gt Install Windows Software In the Install Software window select the application to install and click Next Microsoft Office 97 Microsoft Office 2000 Microsoft Office 2003 Microsoft Office XP Microsoft PowerPoint Viewer 97 2000 Microsoft PowerPoint Viewer 2003 Microsoft Project 2000 or 2002 Microsoft Visio Installing Office XP with CodeWeavers CrossOver Complete the rest of the installation wizard which varies with the application being installed Do not cancel the installation once you start the process The restart reboot i
400. r Guide Chapter Xandros File Manager Xandros File Manager provides a graphical method of navigating and managing folders and files You can access files on the local system on a Windows network and on a Linux network Xandros File Manager functions as a Web browser and provides access to file transfer protocol FTP sites You can mount a network share for example to have easy access to a folder on another Linux or Windows computer You can write audio and data CDs as well as data DVDs You can also view images from a digital camera in Xandros File Manager Applications CD An Applications CD is provided with several editions of Xandros Desktop It provides additional software to install including those outlined in the following table Many of the applications can also be installed from Xandros Networks Application Function Adobe Reader Displays files in the Portable Document Format PDF TCL TK Development Tools Development tools C C Development Tools Development tools Drivers Drivers for HP multifunction and NEC printers and Voodoo and Intel video drivers Games Several including Frozen Bubble Flow Chart Graphics program to create flow charts GIMP Graphics program to create and edit images and photos OpenOffice org Office suite including word processor spreadsheet drawing and presentation applications TV Time Supports television video game and DVD input on your computer monito
401. r example msttcorefonts or specific to the language from Xandros Networks 1 C3 Keyboard Layout modified Control center File View Settings Help amp Index fi Search 41 c Keyboard Layout d Display Layout Switching Options Xkb Options File Manager General Settings X Enable keyboard layouts fla Hardware Information Network Keyboard model Peripheral Devices Joystick Keyboard Available layouts Active layouts 1 Layout Keymap l Layout Keymap Mouse Georgia ge Us Engish o amp Printers EA Germany de amp Power Management Greece gr amp E Sound amp Multimedia Hungary hu System Administratior India in EJ Ireland ie Israel il EJ italy it Ha Japan LZ Kyrgyzstan kg Pi Laos la Add gt gt lt lt Remove a Q ES Latin American latam 4 Layout variant X Laia m_ y a is Command Defaults Apply Reset Keyboard Layout panel for adding keyboard language mappings 96 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 To add an international keyboard Click Launch gt Control Center Click Peripheral Devices then Keyboard Layout Enable the Enable keyboard layouts check box Click Add 2 3 4 Select the language 5 6 Click Apply The keyboard
402. r or a projector Spell checker dictionaries UK English Brazilian Portuguese Danish French German Italian Polish Portuguese Russian Spanish Welcome to Xandros Desktop 3 Xandros Networks applications In addition to the software provided with Xandros Desktop and the Applications CD more software can be downloaded from Xandros Networks Xandros Networks is an application that accesses a server over the Internet so that you can install security updates application updates and new software You can also purchase commercial applications in Xandros Networks If your computer is being managed by Xandros Deployment Management Server xDMS it accesses your organization s xDMS software repository as well as a Xandros server What is new Some of the features changed since version 3 x include Linux kernel upgraded to version 2 6 15 or higher Many applications upgraded including OpenOffice org CodeWeavers CrossOver Firefox Web Browser and Weather applet Music Manager Amarok added which includes support for iPods Xandros Security Suite added integrating anti virus firewall and Xandros Networks security checking Xandros Storage Manager added for managing partitions and hard disks Xandros Photo Manager replaces the Digital Camera application Digikam Stock ticker applet added Integrated with Xandros Server run Xandros Management Console and manage servers Network connection wizard improved
403. rating system over a network Connection Wizard To log in remotely to a Windows Linux or UNIX network and computers by VPN Connecting with Remote Windows Connection Terminal Server Client The Terminal Server Client application is provided with the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop can be downloaded from Xandros Networks for other editions It allows you to log in remotely to Windows servers and computers including from thin clients network computers For example from a UNIX or Linux computer you can require use of an application provided on a Windows computer The Terminal Server Client lets you run a program upon connection The Windows computer needs to be set to allow remote access right click on My Computer access Properties click Remote and ensure that remote access is allowed And if the Windows computer is password protected you need to be added as a user first before you will be able to connect The application does not work with the Home edition of Windows XP For Windows 98 you need a VNC server service for it to work n E Termina Server Client Terminal Server Client E Terminal Server y Client Display LocalResources Programs Performance General Display LocalResources Programs Performance Logon Settings Logon Settings the name of the computer or choose x a name of the choose a computer from the dr der ht Computer 172 16 3
404. ray do manual feed Access the Printers panel in the Control Center Select a printer from the list 3 Click Properties 4 Click the Output tab 5 Select a page format from the Paper source list box Your printer must have this capability for it to be available for selection 6 Click OK To print two sided Follow steps to 4 of the previous procedure 2 Select a setting from the Duplex printing list box Your printer must have this capability for it to work 3 Click OK To change default paper orientation Follow steps to 4 of the To select a paper tray or do manual feed procedure 2 Enable Portrait or Landscape orientation 3 Click OK To change default paper size Follow steps to 4 of the To select a paper tray or do manual feed procedure 2 Select a paper size from the Paper size drop down list 3 Click OK You can add custom paper sizes by modifying a printer s ppd file Search for the ppd file on the computer You can also set the paper size globally to A4 in the Regional Settings panel of the Control Center To specify number of pages to print per page Follow steps to 4 of the To select a paper tray do manual feed procedure 2 Select a page format from the Pages per sheet drop down list 3 Click OK Printing 359 To set printing page margins Access the Printers panel in the Control Center Select a printer from the list Click Properties Click the Adv
405. rd enable the Instant Messaging option in the Firewall Wizard 4 To make a connection select the Skype account from the Contacts tab or type the account name in the empty box then click the large green phone icon The Skype user is notified of the call and may or may not answer Computer to computer calls are encrypted Using the Internet 201 5 To disconnect from a call click the large red phone icon 6 When someone adds your Skype account to their contact list a window appears and you can allow or deny their attempts to phone you You also have the option to add their Skype account to your contacts list 7 To make a connection to a regular telephone or mobile phone you use SkypeOut with a voucher or buy credits with your credit card then enter the phone number Inthe Dial tab click the Use the Dialpad and SkypeOut link A Web browser launches Sign in to your Skype account Ifyou have a voucher click the Redeem Voucher link Otherwise click a Buy this button Complete the voucher or billing information You will be billed in Euros In Skype type the area code and phone number that you want to call in the box near the bottom of the window or use the key pad in the Dial tab Include the country code even for local calls Examples are 1 555 555 1234 and 00 1 555 555 1234 for making a call to the United States which has a country code of 1 The first time you may need to log out and log in again to place
406. reating boot disks or storing data 6 Leave the Full format option enabled The Quick format option does not work at this time 1 Disable the Verify integrity check box 8 Ifyou want to name the disk with the Volume label check box enabled type a name The name can be up to 11 characters long 9 Click Format and confirm the action 332 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 All data on the disk is erased when the disk is formatted Q You can also access the Floppy Disk Formatter in Xandros File Manager by right clicking the Floppy icon in the left panel and selecting Format Using the Online Dictionary There are two ways to access the Online Dictionary as a stand alone application and from the Panel For information on using the Panel option see Using applets on page 40 When using the Online Dictionary you type in a word or phrase and several definitions are provided when available Use of the dictionary requires an Internet connection liM vespertine Online Dictionary File Edit History Server Settings Help EE TIOS ES Look for vespertine M in All Databases y Define Match The Collaborative International Dictionary of English v 0 48 1 Spell Vespertine Ves per tine a L vespertinus See Vesper 1 Of or pertaining to the evening happening or being in the evening Gray 1913 Webster 2 Bot Blossoming in the evening 1913 Webster d
407. reen Saver list C Screensaver modified Control Center File View Settings Help amp t Index Search p Display E Background amp Panel Taskbar QE Settings amp 1 Theme amp File Manager amp General Settings amp fla Hardware Information amp Y Network Screen Saver m Screen Saver amp Flying Things ill Gadgets amp Simulations Virtual Machine amp OpenGL Screen Savers amp WI Visit to Flatland Setup amp lt Peripheral Devices Power Management Sound amp Multimedia System Administration Settings X Start automatically After minutes Advanced Options X Require password to stop After 120 seconds Make aware of power management Defaults Apply Reset Screen Saver panel for disabling changing and timing screen saver 5 Click Setup to change the settings if applicable then click OK to exit from that window 6 Change the Start automatically time after which the screen saver starts 7 To require a password for access to the desktop enable the Require password to stop check box The time specified in the box is the delay before the password is required after the screen saver is activated 8 Enable the Make aware of power management check box if you do not want the screen saver to start while you watch television or movies on your monitor 9
408. registered trademark of Sony Corporation StarOffice is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc Sun is a regis tered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc ThinkPad is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation TREO is a trademark of Handspring Inc TUNGSTEN is a trademark of Palm Inc UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group Versora is a trademark of Versora Inc Virgin is a registered trademark of Virgin Enterprises Limited Visio is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Visor is a registered trademark of Handspring Inc VMware is a registered trademark of VMWare Inc Western Digital is a registered trademark of Western Digital Corporation Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows NT is a reg istered trademark of Microsoft Corporation WinZip is a registered trademark of Nico Mak Computing Inc Yahoo is a registered trade mark of Yahoo Inc ZEN is a trademark of Creative Technology Ltd Zip is a registered trademark of Iomega Corporation Zire is a trademark of Palm Inc All other company names product names service marks fonts and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies Table of contents Introduction Chapter Welcome to Xandros Desktop 2 2 iss What is Xandros Desktop What is included in Xandros Desktop Whatisnew Purpose of this user guide Learning how to use Xandros Desk
409. rer and sharper the image appears Higher resolutions make images on the screen such as windows and text appear smaller You can set screen resolution as high as 1600x1200 depending on the type of video card and monitor you are using To set the screen resolution Click Launch Control Center 2 Click Display then Settings 3 In the Screen Size area click and move the slider to the right to increase the screen size or to the left to decrease it 4 Click Apply You are prompted to restart the computer You can also set these defaults by right clicking on the desktop and selecting Properties 98 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 If you have two monitors you can share the display across both 1 monitors See To share window display between two monitors on page 88 Customizing system sounds System sounds are sounds that you hear when you perform an action on the desktop For example a sound plays when you log in to your computer There are a variety of sounds that you can set to play for different actions on the desktop For example you can set a beep to sound when you change to another virtual desktop when you open or close a window or when you activate a window These system sounds only work if you have a sound card installed and speakers or headphones The system bell is the default system sound and it plays when you make a minor system error like clicking outside a dialog box instead of closing the dialo
410. riod to make a selection This feature is called a Linux loader LILO or boot manager G Boot Manager Control Genter File View Settings Help amp Index 3 A Search Gl E Boot Manager amp Display File Manager General Settings Automatically start default operating Hardware Information alter Network Default operating system Xandros 4 0 Home Edition Premium Y Peripheral Devices Rename Power Management E Sound amp Multimedia Q System Administration Change Password 8 Login Manager 89 Services User Manager General Apply Cancel Boot Manager panel to set default operating system and reduce startup time To set the default operating system Click Launch Control Center Click System Administration then Boot Manager Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password a w N If you want to change the interval during which you can manually select the operating system at startup specify the time in the box The default is 30 seconds reduce this time to reduce startup time 5 Select the Default operating system from the drop down list 6 To change the name that appears on startup click Rename 7 Click Apply 54 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Configuring Xandros Desktop Configuring connections 4 You can connect to the Internet set up e mail accounts and download updates and applicatio
411. rmation loads when available Clicking on a track plays the track Y CD Editor CD Player Artist Title Unde r Rug Swept Comment Year 20024 Length 53 49 Category Blues 7 Genre Disc Id al0c9d0c Revision 11 X Multiple artists Track Length Title Comment Artist i 01 03 28 03 38 04 31 06 03 05 08 04 11 21 Things Want In A Lover Narcissus Hands Clean Flinch So Unsexy Precious Illusions Playing order Eetch Info Upload J OK Cancel CD information displayed in the playlist window 280 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 To view more information CD title and artist e Click Extras gt Artist Information and select a site to access Internet service required Customizing CD Player You can customize the appearance of the CD Player You can change colors announce the next track disable the icon on the Panel play a CD automatically when inserted and eject the CD when it is finished playing When you use the track announcement feature at the beginning of a song information flashes briefly by the Panel To change the text display color Click Extras Configure CD Player 2 Click the CD Player icon 3 Click the LCD color button 4 Select a color and click OK to exit from the color selection window If you select
412. rompted if you want to mount the system or folder the next time you log in that is if the disconnection is temporary or permanent Sharing desktop control with a remote user With Remote Desktop Sharing you can invite a person at a remote location to watch and or control your desktop and similarly you can respond to such an invitation This feature facilitates detecting and fixing computer problems for example because an administrator can access your directories and folders while sitting at their own computer The view that the remote user sees is the same as you see on your computer Either a network or Internet connection is required depending on the location of the invited person You invite the person by e mail or provide them with the login information For security reasons an invitation is valid for one hour after creation You can track existing invitations and cancel them The invited party then responds to your invitation using a virtual network computing VNC or remote desktop protocol RDP application They log in and view and or control your desktop If one or both computers are behind firewalls remote desktop sharing may not work without configuration Try connecting and if it does not work check with your network administrator which ports are open then try configuring your computer for the port by clicking Launch Control Center then System Administration then Remote Desktop Sharing Click the Network tab disable the
413. ros Installation Wizard Welcome window If your computer restarts without displaying the wizard see Troubleshooting installation on page 22 and try again 6 Inthe Xandros Installation Wizard Welcome window click Next 7 Read the Xandros Desktop License Agreement To continue enable the Iaccept this agreement option then click Next 8 Enable the Custom install option and click Next 9 Select the package that you want to install Minimal Standard Complete or Custom select or deselect software from the list as required and click Next 10 In the Disk Configuration window enable one of the following options e Use free space Uses the largest unallocated space on the hard disk Resize a Windows partition Shrinks a Windows partition and installs within the resulting free space Click Next Installing Xandros Desktop 19 13 20 In the second Disk Configuration window to use the default Xandros boot manager recommended click Next A boot manager determines the contents of the black screen shown on startup for example to select one operating system to launch instead of another If you want to use something other than the default boot manager at startup select it from the Install boot manager on master boot record list box must already be mapped to the Xandros partition for a second option to appear Or when you have a boot manager that can be configured after installation you can deselect the check box
414. rrow is for year Click the appropriate day in the calendar Click Apply GQ Date time modified control center File View Settings Help wj Index Search Melo Display File Manager General Settings amp Desktop Behavior lt Key Assignment amp Regional Settings fl Hardware Information amp Y Network amp lt A Peripheral Devices 1 Power Management amp Sound amp Multimedia amp Q System Administration de Date amp Time r Date 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 May 2 9 16 23 30 Sun 1 Sat 3 r Time EE 2006 i 4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 r Time Zone Johannesburg X Automatically adjust date and time when changing time zone m Time Servers X Use time servers to automatically adjust date and time Edit Time Servers Update Time Now Apply Reset Date amp Time panel for setting time zone and synchronizing the clock with a server Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 83 To set the time Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Date amp Time 3 Position the cursor in the time box below the dial clock to change the hour minutes seconds or AM or PM then change the time The box is accessible when the time server option is disabled Or to synchronize the system clock with a server and keep it up to date e
415. rting documents 334 installing files 339 memo and Popup Note transfer 338 synchronization 337 A ate hg eer eer 3 animati re eer hmm 38 40 40 a a Re ee gee 83 customizing application buttons 38 date setting 83 displaying 38 38 MOVING es 37 placement 2e ee aves Seed 37 31 time setting 8 virtual desktops 46 Panel panel in Control Center 37 paper orientation Image Viewer 258 landscape 412m mmm Ree 356 portrait ssec e 356 PostScript Viewer 243 printing m rms 356 359 paper size PostScript Viewer 243 printing eer Rr 355 359 paper tray selection when printing 359 partitions adding icol rr ra l6 125 automatic i c disk oca explained in Xandros Storage Manager 122 files in Xandros Storage Manager 124 format in Xandros Storage Manager 129 identifying 376 mounting in Xandros Storage Manager 130 SIZING e todas c viewing information 109 passwords avoiding for Xandros Networks with proxy server 71 CHANGING o o esser Ree x er 52 not requirin
416. rvers over the Internet It allows you to obtain security patches critical updates general updates and new applications for Xandros Desktop Applications can be removed using Xandros Networks Xandros recommends that you regularly check for updates For more information see Downloading updates and applications on page 69 Managing your system 143 144 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Managing files Xandros File Manager lets you display and navigate through the folders and files on your computer and on remote file systems including a Linux Network File System NFS Microsoft Windows network FTP site and the Internet You can also access files and folders on floppy disks CDs USB memory keys Zip drives and tape drives for example There are some differences between managing files in Microsoft Windows and managing files in Xandros Desktop Features of Xandros Desktop to note are Linux users can access different types of file systems py ui B fp ome including Microsoft Windows and UNIX systems across a E Desktop ES My Documents network ef Printers 5 rl Windows Network Linux displays Windows drives such as A or C as is and H5 NFS Network other devices by name for example DVD RW for a readable writable DVD drive ia cu El DVD RW a File names and folder names are case sensitive whether you use them in the command line interface console window or Xandros File Manager
417. s amp a SharedDocs in your home folder Printers rh Windows Network amp rh NFS Network amp DVD Writer Size DVD ROM 1 30KB 1 328 bytes gl Floppy Modified 05 18 06 03 18 pm Add all to disc project 3 object s 4 418 This Computer y SharedDocs directory of a Windows computer mounted for access in Xandros File Manager You can also disconnect a mounted network share which you may need to do if the other computer is turned off When a user has joined a Windows domain it is possible to add scripts that automatically assign a network share as the home folder for the user at login See Adding scripts and assigning network shares for Windows domains on page 179 Windows and Linux networking 183 To mount a network share Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click Tools Mount Network Share x Mount Network Share Share to mount SheldonrSharedDocs Mount point shome xandrosuser SharedDocs Browse Connect as WORKGROUP xandrosuser X Disconnect at logout and reconnect at logon Shared directories amp HPLaserjet 41 Uitestmachine Waynel windows Wenlil ts amp f wenli ws amp f win98sel amp ff Xanosxuwl38 amp ff XanOmqqbx7 a a ES 2 Es E Mounting the SharedDocs directory 3 Simply double click into a Windows or Linux network until you find the folder that you want to link to double click the f
418. s 5 Click Add Fonts 6 Ifapplicable from the Look in drop down list select the CD drive such as CD RW or Removable Disk If you have or had another removable device connected to the computer you may need to unplug and log in again in order to access the drive 7 Navigate to and select the files or folders that you want to add 8 Click Open The fonts are installed If you receive an error message click Auto Skip to continue with the installation 246 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 You can also install MS True Type fonts such as Arial and 1 Times New Roman using Xandros Networks Click Edit gt Set Application Sources set the source to the Debian unsupported site search for msttcorefonts and install the fonts by clicking Enter to accept the defaults The additional fonts will automatically be available in applications such as Text Editor OpenOffice org and Microsoft Word If you are moving from Windows to Linux you may also need to copy fonts from your Windows computer to your Xandros computer for example from C WINDOWS Fonts to usr lib staroffice7 share fonts truetype in the case of StarOffice or to usr share fonts in the case of OpenOffice org Perform this action as Administrator If you are using Konqueror see the online help in the Font Installer panel for information Viewing and installing fonts with Font Viewer You can manage fonts with the Font Viewer including in Xandros File Manager The Fon
419. s 4 X Yes have read and accept the Skype End User Licence Agreement Please contact me about new features services and other Skype stuff 4 967 421 Users Online Fields indicated with red asterisk are req cancel Creating a Skype account left and main window of Skype Internet Calling right 3 Inthe Skype window add a contact by clicking the Contacts tab then Tools Search for Skype Users and search for the Skype account Be specific for example when searching for victork search on victork because searching on victor may not display the entry for victork Users currently logged in are shown When you find the account right click it and select Add to Contacts You can also add a contact without doing a search first and offline by clicking Tools Add a Contact After prompting for authorization the Skype account is added to the Contacts tab and the person is notified that you have done so At this step you can verify that the application works correctly by adding echo123 as a contact After adding it select it then click the small green phone icon You will be able to record a message for 10 seconds and it will be played back to you If you cannot hear the instructions or hear your message see the troubleshooting section later in this section and try again If the connection seems slow or is not made for example because it says user not found you may have changed the Firewall Wiza
420. s Networks for example you can do so later All of the settings you select in the First Run Wizard can be changed later in the Control Center You can also access the First Run Wizard again by clicking the Launch gt Applications gt System gt First Run Wizard 32 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Installing additional applications With the Applications CD you can install the OpenOffice or StarOffice office suite and additional software such as Adobe Reader With CodeWeavers CrossOver you can install compatible Windows based applications such as Microsoft Word Information on how to install more software using Xandros Networks is provided near the end of this user guide Installing applications from the Applications CD You can install additional software with the Applications CD To install applications from the Applications CD Insert the Applications CD into a drive The Xandros CD Software Installer launches If it does not follow Installing from the Applications CD on page 374 2 Enable the check boxes of the applications to install 4 Graphics 31 9 Screen Ruler Cam Stream Flow Chart e internet Nvu e KDE3 Supplemental Installing GIMP from the Applications CD 3 Click Install Xandros Networks launches 4 Follow the prompts Installing Windows based applications Xandros Desktop includes software called CodeWeavers CrossOve
421. s Xandros Anti Virus To change your firewall settings Run the firewall wizard again To start or stop the firewall e Click Launch gt Applications gt System gt Security gt Xandros Security Suite 200 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Browsing the World Wide Web You can browse the World Wide Web using the Firefox Web Browser Xandros File Manager or another application installed for that purpose You can open a variety of file types including HTML and PDE Plug ins can be added to view additional file types You can bookmark Web pages that you view frequently for easy access and set the default Web browser Pop up windows are blocked by default in Firefox Web Browser but you can manage these on a per site basis Viewing Web pages You can view Web pages using Firefox Web Browser and Xandros File Manager The Firefox Web Browser has a clean interface and protection against spyware To view a Web page using Firefox Web Browser While connected to the Internet click Launch Applications gt Internet gt Firefox Web Browser 2 Type a Web site address in the white box for example www xandros com or http home xandros com and press Enter To increase the size of the fonts click Edit Preferences Under Content change the font sizes File Edit View Go Bookmarks Jools Help x 3 E http home xandros com Getting Started EN Latest Headlines Support Partners F
422. s copied to a new folder called backup in the Administrator account rsync au home username home username SharedDocs backup where the Home folder of the user is copied to a new folder called backup in the SharedDocs directory on another computer The SharedDocs directory has been mounted as a network share so it is accessible You can back up multiple user accounts by typing more commands in the same file See the rsync UNIX manual page in the Help Center for more information on the command options Click File gt Save As and save the file to the Desktop as a sh file Exit from Text Editor Right click the sh file select Properties click the Permissions tab and enable the check box es in the Exec column Click OK Double click the sh file on the desktop whenever you want the files backed up You can schedule the job to repeat in the Task Scheduler but the maximum interval is 99 999 seconds or just over a day and the application must remain open or minimized on the desktop for the backup to be performed You can view a list of applications installed on the computer by 1 entering dpkg 1 inaconsole window Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 Windows and Linux networking When your computer is connected to a Windows UNIX and or Linux network you can access other computers and printers on the network With access to other computers you can use their folders and files according to the permissions grante
423. s enable you to write letters reports and other text based files Xandros Desktop lets you run popular word processors such as Microsoft Word and OpenOffice org Writer The following table outlines the text related applications Application Function Page OpenOffice org Writer Lets you write and edit text files and save 234 as OpenOffice org Microsoft Word text Web pages and so on CrossOver Office Lets you use Microsoft Word and other 235 Windows based applications compatible with CrossOver Office Text Editor Lets you write and edit plain text files 236 OpenOffice org Math Lets you create formulas 241 Adobe Reader and Allows you to view PDF files and to 313 PDF generation generate PDF documents 354 DVI Viewer Lets you view DVI files 242 table continued Working with text 233 Application Function Page Fax Viewer and Print a Fax Let you view and send faxes 361 PostScript Viewer Lets you view and print PostScript and 243 PDF documents Font Installer Lets you view and install fonts 246 Font Viewer Lets you view and install fonts 247 Character Selector Provides special characters and symbols 320 for use in text and graphics applications Online Dictionary Allows you to look up definitions of words 333 in several online dictionaries Spell checker dictionaries Let you check spelling in some 97 applications using several languages Using the OpenOff
424. s include e Use auto away Enable to indicate to other online users that you are away from your desk after a specified period of inactivity Become available when detecting activity again Enable to indicate to other online users that you are online again after a period of inactivity 5 Click the Appearance icon to view other options available for use 6 Click Settings Configure Plugins to view other options 7 Click Settings and note the ability to display or hide contacts in the main window depending on their online status Show Hide Offline Users Using the weather monitor You can monitor weather conditions at an airport or weather station The following weather information can be displayed on the Panel con Graphical display of current conditions for example a sun for sunny or clear conditions Temperature Wind speed Air pressure The weather monitor is updated only when you are connected to the Internet You can log the periodic updates to a file and switch between metric and imperial units To start the weather monitor On the Panel right click in the taskbar Select Add to Panel Applet gt Weather Report A configuration panel launches If it does not right click the applet on the Panel and select Configure KWeather Click the Weather Service icon on the left side Expand the station lists and select an entry Click Add Click the Display icon on the left side From the Location dro
425. s on other Windows computers on the network if you have permission The computers displayed are not just Windows computers for example a Xandros Desktop computer is accessible when it is connected to the Windows network NFS Network Displays the shared Linux and UNIX Network File System NFS computers to which your computer is connected on the network You can access the shared resources based on the permissions set on each share UNIX networks will be referred to as Linux networks hereafter because both use the NFS Network designation mis 172 16510 Kandros File Manager File Edit View Go Bookmarks Window Tools Help Address nfs 172 16 5 10 Iz 4 g amp tma E All Folders x 2 Fy 3 mnt zipdrive A My Linux Er 2 storage amp f My Home amp Z Printers amp rh Windows Network 4 5 Network e 1724622 amp 172 16 2 5 172 16 5 20 amp 172 16 6 100 amp f 172 16 7 50 amp f 172 16 9 42 172 16 5 10 amp amd64 master build ott I 2 object s Local intranet zone Accessing computers on a Linux or UNIX network The Windows and NFS folders appear in Xandros File Manager even if you do not connect to such networks If your computer is connected to a Windows network that uses the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP to assign IP addresses then the domain IP information and corresponding DNS servers are configured for you
426. s permission to read and write changes and run the file if it is an executable file File permissions can be set for the owner the owner group and all other users who are neither the owner or a member of the owner group The Administrator can also disable all file sharing For access over a network file sharing must be enabled for it See Enabling network folder sharing on your local system on page 181 To set file or folder permissions for the owner In Xandros File Manager locate the file or folder for which you want to set permissions As Administrator you can view them if user account is unencrypted 2 Right click the file or folder and select Properties 118 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 3 Click the Permissions tab 4 In the Access Permissions section enable any of the following check boxes for the Owner row Read Lets the owner examine the file contents Write Lets the owner change the file Exec Lets the owner run executable files for example to install an application Set UID Set user ID This option applies only to executable files It assigns the user name for the time during which an executable program executes An example of such an executable program is the Connection Wizard which is set at Administrator root level because it needs to modify root owned files To set file or folder permissions for the owner group Follow steps to 3 of the previous procedure 2 In the A
427. s simulated not an actual computer restart After installation applications are normally launched with Launch gt Windows Applications Programs Migrating from a Windows computer With Versora Progression Desktop for Xandros you can migrate e mail calendars address books bookmarks desktop files and other settings from a Windows computer It is included with the Premium and Professional editions and can be purchased on Xandros Networks The following systems are supported Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 and Windows XP with IE 5 01 or later Migration includes the following elements 34 Wallpaper Screen saver Keyboard Mouse Sounds E mail Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express Mozilla Mail and Thunderbird migrate to Evolution KDE Mail KMail Mozilla Mail and or Thunderbird Mail Web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer Firefox and Mozilla migrate to Firefox Mozilla and or Konqueror Word processing Microsoft Word OpenOffice org Writer migrate to OpenOffice org Writer Instant messaging AOL Instant Messenger and GAIM migrate to GAIM and Instant Messaging Kopete Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 You select the applications that you want to migrate to for example Thunderbird Mail or KDE Mail for e mail To migrate content from a Windows computer When migrating from Windows to Linux on the same computer Versora recommends backing up the Windows configuration 2 Run the Versora Progr
428. se g A z e gt 0 00 NH Black Color Blue 7 Normal Outline Notes Handout Slide Sorter Housing Market Interest rates are rising Housing permits still increasing Prices continue to rise This will not continue KN meT 4 7 BB x 7 HB 8 42 4 10 E 0 00 0 00 62 Slide 1 1 lyt cool OpenOffice org Impress Working with graphics 255 The Professional edition of Xandros Desktop includes the StarOffice version instead of OpenOffice org Another option is to install the Microsoft PowerPoint Viewer included with CrossOver Office not documented here With this approach you do not need to install PowerPoint and you can view but not edit PowerPoint presentations To start OpenOffice org Impress Click Launch Applications OpenOffice org Impress To add notes to your slide Click the Notes tab 2 Return to the regular slide view by clicking the Normal tab To view as a slide show Goto the first slide 2 Click Slide Show Slide Show 3 Use the right arrow key to go to the next slide 0 See the online help for more information Viewing images in Image Viewer Image Viewer lets you view and manipulate image files including photos of a digital camera It is a good tool to view many images as a slide show Other features include cropping and rotating Image Viewer supports many file formats including EPS GIE JPEG ICO PNG BMP and TI
429. selection from the drop down list in the MIDI Player the next time the application is launched gente z Billy Joel Just Using a patch Using multimedia applications 291 Selecting MIDI devices MIDI devices can be connected to your computer MIDI is a standard that allows computers musical instruments and synthesizers to properly record and play digital sound MIDI files contain instructions for the devices on how to interpret musical notes and tempo similar to sheet music You can use a MIDI mapper which is a file that makes it easy for software to communicate between your sound card and MIDI device It allows you to customize your MIDI settings a Sound System Control center File View Settings Help Sound System e 4 Display General Hardware File Manager General Settings Select amp Configure your Audio Device amp Ms Hardware Information amp Y Network a lt Peripheral Devices C Full duplex C Use custom sampling rate El Quality Default Power Management E Sound amp Multimedia f Audio CDs Use other custom options f CDDB Retrieval Select your MIDI Device System Bell Select the MIDI device n System Notification amp Q System Administration Select the audio device Autodetect Override device location Use MIDI mapper Defaults Sound System panel
430. ses in the Domain Search Order area When you specify a domain not the same as the Windows domain the first one listed is the primary domain You can add other domains For example the domain can be xandros com When you specify a host name for example myhost the networking software adds the domain xandros com to it to create a fully qualified domain name for example myhost xandros com Using domain search order you can specify domains and the order that the networking software will try when looking up a host For example you specify the domains xandros com xandros ca and xandros net Typing myhost then causes the networking software to try automatically without configuration or definition elsewhere using the fully qualified names myhost xandros com myhost xandros ca and then myhost xandros net until it finds a match This domain search will be done anywhere you type a host name for example if you enter http myhost in a Web browser run a shell command like ping myhost or enter the host name in a mail program as the mail server name This feature is provided because it is common in large corporate networks to use multiple domains Click OK to exit from the panel You are prompted to restart the connection Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 Customizing Xandros Desktop settings D Xandros Desktop offers options to personalize your desktop environme
431. skbar 3 Set the options 4 Click Apply Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 85 Changing the Launch menu You use the Menu Editor to rearrange applications and change the names and icons in the Launch menu You can add items to the Launch menu for example after you install an application The Quick Start menu at the top of the Launch menu can be customized Menu Editor File Edit Settings Help CHEE amp Applications GjFind Name Help 3 Control Center Xandros File Manager Xandros Networks Comment gt Help c Command khelpcenter a X Enable launch feedback Description O Place in system tray Work path o O Run in terminal O Run as a different user Current shortcut key Adding and changing Launch menu items with the Menu Editor To move a Launch menu item 2 3 Click Launch gt Applications gt System Menu Editor Expand the listings by clicking and drag and drop the application from one location to another within the menu structure Click File Save to save the changes To add a Launch menu item 2 86 Click Launch gt Applications gt System Menu Editor Select the category where you want to add the menu item for example Games or Graphics Click File New Item Type a name for the application and click OK Type the command to launch the application in the Command box This c
432. sktop Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 5 To have the background change at a timed interval enable the Slide show option click Setup and set the interval and pictures to use To combine color use with an image use the Picture or Slide show option the Colors option and Blending See the online help for descriptions of the Blending options 6 Click Apply Q To restore the default values click Defaults then Apply To change font colors on the desktop click Launch gt Control Center then Display then Background and Advanced Options You can download more wallpapers from Xandros Networks 1 Look under the KDE3 Supplemental category You can change the login splash window in the Splash Screen panel of the Control Center Applying window color schemes Applying a window color scheme customizes the color of window items such as the title bar menu text text in the title bar of an active window or the window background You can apply a preset color scheme or create a new one from an existing one by changing the colors of individual elements You can also adjust the color contrast for a scheme The default scheme is Xandros There are two options to create a new scheme The easiest way is to modify an existing scheme in the Control Center then click Save Scheme and rename it outlined here Or you can modify an existing scheme by modifying its kcsrc file as Administrator in Text Editor and saving with another nam
433. sktop User Guide Chapter 9 Troubleshooting sound Try each of the following steps independently See the previous procedure if you have a USB headset To troubleshoot Skype Internet Calling Close other sound applications such as the CD Player and Video Player including from the Panel e If you are using a USB headset click Tools Options click the Hand Headsets tab set it to the USB headset for example dev dsp1 or another path and click Save USB may not work on an IBM Thinkpad Skype locks up unless you use artsdsp 1810 sound or some USB sound Some systems do not always work for example they work a few times and then fail Try the next suggestion Inaconsole window launch the application by typing artsdsp m skype If the application works set Skype Internet Calling to always launch with that command Click Launch Applications gt System Menu Editor Expand the Applications then Internet categories to select Skype Internet Calling Modify the Command box to read artsdsp m skype then click File gt Save Test that sound is working for example try recording and playback in the Sound Recorder Ensure other sound applications are closed first Check the following settings in the Sound Mixer Inthe Output tab that the PCM slider is up and not muted Inthe Input tab that the Mic and Capture sliders are up and not muted File Settings Help Output input switches 4 File Settings H
434. sources are only viewable when the user 1s logged in If you later upgrade the product encryption needs to be turned off in order to preserve some settings such as e mail and address book Click OK To edit the properties of a user account In the User Manager panel select the user account whose properties you want to edit Click Properties Make the required changes Use the Account tab to set access restrictions by time or date or to set an expiry date explained later Use the Password Management tab to set the interval between password changes Use the Encryption tab to turn encryption on or off Use the Groups tab to change the groups to which the user belongs Click OK to exit from the window Managing your system 113 To delete a user account 2 In the User Manager panel select the user account you want to delete Click Delete For unencrypted user accounts you have the option of deleting the user account and its files or only the user account If you delete only the user account you can find the files while logged in as Administrator in the home folder For encrypted user accounts you delete the user account and its files if you want to keep their files turn off encryption for the account before deleting it Some user accounts cannot be deleted for example for the Administrator or a user who is presently logged in to the system Changing user passwords User passwords are normally set when a user account
435. specific day of the week and time to perform a scan If you schedule a scan and the computer is not on at that time the scan does not take place To update the virus definitions with the Automatically Update Virus Definitions check box enabled default set the interval every day or on a specific day of the week and time to update The computer needs to be connected to the Internet for the updates to take place Click OK to exit from the window To set behavior when a virus is found 2 3 Click Settings Configure Xandros Anti Virus In the General tab select one of the following options Manual removal and or quarantine When a virus is found the infected file is listed but no action is performed on it until you click the Quarantine All or Delete All button This is the default option If the virus remains on the computer without being quarantined it can be infecting other files or computers without your knowledge e Automatically delete When a virus is found delete the infected file automatically from the computer When you delete the file from the computer you lose whatever contents the file contains e Automatically quarantine When a virus is found move the infected file automatically to the quarantine area away from other files so that other files are not infected Click OK to exit from the window To specify the types of files to scan 2 3 Click Settings Configure Xandros Anti Virus Cl
436. ss Book lets you store contact information such as names e mail addresses street addresses Web site addresses phone numbers and birthdays It is integrated with the Personal Information Manager Organizer Send to Fax and KDE Mail KMail meaning contact entries you add in Address Book are accessible in the other applications You can also import from an existing Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server You can easily send e mails You can customize the display of the main window You can easily search for an entry using part of aname You can sort the entries and import and export address books Address Book Browser a File Edit View Tools Settings Help Shawk Ao eens E gt Search in Visible Fields Filter None Formatted Name Email Address Matthew Jenn Matthew Jenn matthew jennbuilding com Architect Michel Bast michel montrealop com Jenn Building Victor Chavel vcheval meddr ca Work 250 238 7223 Email matthew jennbuilding com Homepage http www jennbuilding com Work 322 Gorge Street Victoria BC V8T 4M4 Address Books El resource Address Book You can synchronize Address Book with a Palm Pilot or similar hand held device See Using a Palm Pilot or hand held device on page 335 If you do not use the Personal Information Manager which displays birthdays set here you can set reminders for birthdays
437. ssional edition of Xandros Desktop there are several ways to join a Windows 2000 or 2003 domain The possible configurations for Windows 2000 include Mixed mode with a pre existing account Mixed mode without a pre existing account and with or without an Organizational Unit specified Native mode with or without an Organizational Unit specified If the account is part of an Organizational Unit for example a department name or a location name you can set up the account to include this information After you join the network domain you can then log in at startup to this Windows domain instead of logging in to your local computer If you are a network administrator and working with native modes start with the server side instructions To prepare permissions for native mode when user is member of Account Operators group server side instructions for network administrators Log in to the domain controller as Administrator 2 Go to Start Menu Program Administrative Tools Active Directory Users and Computers 3 In the left panel select Users under your domain 4 Right click the user name in the right panel and select Add members to a group 5 Select Account Operators and click OK To prepare permissions for native mode to make user delegate the control of join computer to domain server side instructions for network administrators Log in to the domain controller as Administrator 2 Go to Start Menu Pro
438. st editions of Xandros Desktop you can also configure and or use KDE Mail which will allow you to integrate functions such as meeting scheduling in a hybrid network of Windows and Linux computers You need to have an Internet connection and an existing e mail account before you can send and receive e mail see Configuring Internet connections on page 57 Connecting to the Internet on page 195 and To set up an e mail account for KDE Mail on page 68 To receive e mail Click Launch Applications gt Internet KDE Mail 2 Click File Check Mail Be sure to expand your e mail account to view your mail not Local Folders If you cannot receive e mail and you ran the Firewall Wizard ensure that IMAP or POP as appropriate was allowed Cow gane nibo KDE File Edit View Go Folder Message Tools Folder Unread E Searc Folders subject jane Subject E t3Drafts Bug 246 Eakeep tr Advancec 6 Emsent Bug 243 E Spam C3 Trash L 4 Searches Accessing mail in KDE Mail To send e mail In KDE Mail click Message gt New Message Using the Internet 211 Connecting to newsgroups You can access newsgroups over the Internet Newsgroups are online information and discussion groups for example job postings real estate notices and travel bargains You can read and post text messages to newsgroups You can also filter mess
439. stem by dragging it to the new location or by cutting and pasting it If you are logged in to Xandros Desktop as a regular user you can delete files from your home folder As the Administrator you can delete any folder or file provided the account is unencrypted When you Delete a subfolder or file the action removes it from your file system You can instead move files that you eventually want to delete to the Trash folder which is available on the desktop as an icon You can view information about a folder or file Information displayed in the Properties window includes the following The associated icon and name of the file including file path Time and date that it was created modified and the date last accessed The owner owner group and designated permissions Windows and NFS sharing information folders only Owner owner group and designated permissions are aspects of the multi user capability of Xandros Desktop The owner of a folder or file is the user who created it the owner sets the permissions on the file for other users The owner group is a system designated group of users Permission designations are the series of 10 characters The characters indicate the type of file or show that it is a folder and shows the read write and execute permission status for the owner group and other users respectively For example the folder bin has the permission designation of drwxr xr x The easiest way to understand t
440. store Xandros Desktop 1 3 Place the Xandros Desktop Installation CD in the CD drive Restart your computer During boot up when a Press Space for Troubleshooting Menu message appears press the space bar key Accessing the menu is successful when a Xandros selection screen appears that includes Restore Xandros as an option Using the down arrow y select Restore Xandros and press Enter Hardware is detected Viewing the left side of the list that appears type the Number of the partition that you want to restore use the previous procedure to determine the partition number and press Enter You are prompted to confirm the restoration When prompted if you want to change the command line indicate no When prompted if you want to change the boot device indicate no The installation is restored Managing software packages 377 Uninstalling Xandros Desktop Xandros Desktop and all associated applications can be removed from the computer Uninstalling it from a disk or partition also removes your files and data in that disk or partition and if Xandros Desktop is the only operating system installed the computer will not start up after removal Xandros Desktop is uninstalled using the Installation CD It can also be uninstalled using the fdisk procedure in a console window not documented here To uninstall Xandros Desktop using the Installation CD 378 Back up any files that you want to keep to another disk partitio
441. such a call You are charged by the minute and calls are rounded up to the minute Press Enter or click the large green phone icon to connect Credit balances on Skype accounts that are inactive for 180 1 days are eliminated by Skype If you are unable to type keyboard input exit the application including from the Panel then relaunch it If that does not work log out and then in To respond to a phone call When you are connected to the Internet and Skype is open you are notified of an incoming call with sound and on screen Click the large green phone icon to answer the call 2 Hang up by clicking the large red phone icon To send an instant message Inthe Contacts tab right click the contact entry and select Start Chat 2 Type in the white box at the bottom of the window and press Enter 3 When the contact sends you a message it appears in the window and a sound plays 22 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 To configure for a USB headset With the USB headset connected access the application to configure it Click Launch Applications gt Internet Skype Internet Calling Login Click Tools Options then the Hand Headsets icon set it to the USB headset for example dev dsp1 and click Save 2 Configure the sound card and headset input output as follows Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia Sound Mixer The sound mixer launches and its display is specific to your computer If the Curr
442. system settings and add multiple user accounts Use one of the following installation procedures Xandros Desktop is installed on a computer without an operating system upgrades a previous version of Xandros Desktop or replaces another Linux operating system Xandros Desktop replaces your current Microsoft Windows operating system Xandros Desktop coexists with other operating systems on the same computer If you use a non North American keyboard and language there is an International Setup installation option See To use the troubleshooting menu for installation on page 22 If you plan to use the Manage disks and partitions option and you are using a Xandros OS the section To determine the partition number on page 376 provides help on identifying partitions You can easily identify them in the installation wizard by enabling the Replace existing Xandros OS option then going back in the wizard to select the Manage disks and partitions option To install Xandros Desktop on a computer without an operating system upgrade Xandros Desk top or replace another Linux operating system If you are replacing another Linux operating system back up any data or folders that you want to keep 2 Remove all media from drives such as floppy disks CDs and tapes and disconnect USB hard disks and memory sticks 3 Insert the Xandros Desktop Installation CD into the drive 4 Restart the computer and wait for the Xandros Instal
443. t Editor lets you customize the appearance of fonts including the font type and size You can choose colors for text selected text and background for example You can also select different colors for different programming language syntax items For example if you are working with C code different colors are available for C normal text keywords numbers and quoted string You Working with text 239 can differentiate between selected and unselected syntax items by choosing different colors for the selected items To change the font Click Settings Configure Editor 1 Click the Font tab 3 Select a font from the Font list box and set the Size 4 Click OK to exit from the window To change text and syntax color Click Settings Configure Editor 2 Click the Normal Text Styles tab 3 Click the color that you want to change 4 Select a color for the selection When clicking in the Select Color window to set the color you may have to click in both boxes shown Then click OK to exit from that window 5 Repeat the process in the Highlighting Text Styles tab for HTML code for example 6 Click OK to exit from the window To change the background color Click Settings Configure Editor Inthe Colors tab click the Background color that you want to change 3 Select a color for the selection When clicking in the Select Color window to set the color you may have to click in both boxes shown Then click OK to
444. t Viewer is a good application for individual fonts To view and install fonts example using CD 2 3 4 Insert the font CD into the drive Close Xandros File Manager if it appears Click Launch gt Applications Accessories Viewers Font Viewer Click File Open From the Look in drop down list select the CD drive such as CD RW or Removable Disk Navigate to and select the file that you want to view Click Open The font is previewed ra GU hile var autots cdrom cdrom 17 GAETID EF Eile Help aT Caeldera ABCDEF GHIJKLMN OPQRSTUV ABCDETGUIJKEMNOPQRSTU QUICK BRONN JUMPS OVIR LAZY DOG QUICK BROWN JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE L THE QUICK_BROWN THE QUICK BR BE Viewing and installing fonts with Font Viewer Working with text 247 7 Click the Change Text icon on the tool bar to change the quick brown fox preview text to another phrase This action changes the default text for all previews 8 To install the font click Install You are prompted to specify if you want to install the font for the current user account Personal or for all user accounts System on the computer If you receive an error message during installation click Auto Skip to continue with the installation The font is installed and available for use in applications such as Text Editor Word and OpenOffice org v You c
445. t from the system To add a group Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click System Administration then User Manager 3 Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password 4 Click the Groups tab 5 Click Add 6 Type the name of the new group in the Group name box No spaces are allowed 7 Click OK The group record appears in the Groups tab By default no functions are enabled for the group Use the following procedure to specify functions and the users who belong to the group To edit the properties of a group Inthe User Manager panel click the Groups tab 2 Select the group account you want to edit 3 Click Properties 4 Click the Users tab 5 Make any required changes to the user properties including adding user accounts to the group and click OK To delete a group Inthe User Manager panel click the Groups tab 2 Select the group account you want to delete 3 Click Delete and confirm the deletion If you are unable to delete a group it can be because it is a user account not a group When you delete a group the user accounts in that group remain on the system unless you delete each individual user account 116 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 6 Assigning access privileges to files and folders You can help to secure system files and folders by assigning access to certain users and by specifying the type of access they can have for example whether they can view or change a file Every fil
446. t modify the files later with Sound Recorder You can play them in other applications such as Media Player and RealPlayer 10 1 The menu options are explained in the online help file 304 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Using the Video Player You can play audio and video CDs watch digital television and play multimedia files on your computer using the xine Video Player You can play some DVDs but not encrypted files such as commercial movie DVDs You can create playlists and mute the sound Quit Take a Snapshot Mute Video Player for DVDs VCDs television input and music and video CDs To start the Video Player Click Launch Applications Multimedia Video Player Three windows appear the first time you launch the application the Video Player window shown a xine video output window and a setup window The xine video output window is the large window with the word xine in it that shows the images when a DVD or video CD is played or a graphical display when an audio CD is played 2 To play from a CD or DVD load the media into the appropriate drive 3 To play media from a drive click one of the following buttons CD for example starts playing VCDO Video CD VCD Video CD for VCD SVCD HQVCD CVD DVD Unencrypted DVD DVB Digital television input Audio CD To open a file on your computer for example a movie click Open Location which is a button locate
447. t up an e mail account for Thunderbird Mail Click Launch gt Applications Internet Thunderbird Mail Youare prompted if you want to import settings and mail from other applications Enable an option for example Don t import anything and click Next An Account Wizard is launched to allow you to set up a new e mail account You can also add an account in Thunderbird Mail by clicking Edit gt Account Settings then Add Account 3 Inthe Account Wizard with the Email account option enabled click Next 4 Inthe Identity window complete the boxes Your Name the name that you want to appear when you send an e mail Email Address Type your e mail address for example jane xandros com This address is provided by your ISP Click Next 5 For incoming e mail select the server type POP or IMAP Type the address of the incoming mail server for example pop3 company com or imap company com This information is provided by your ISP Type the address of the outgoing mail server for example smtp2 company com Click Next 66 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 4 Select the type of incoming server you are using IMAP Enter the name of your incoming server for example mail example net Incoming Server imap xandros com Enter the name of your outgoing server SMTP for example smtp example net Outgoing Server smtp1 xandros com Configuring mail servers in Thunderbird Mai
448. talled after an update apt get update apt get install tuxpaint Follow the prompts When the application source is set in Xandros Networks to the Xandros distribution site under Edit Set Application Sources the application is installed from the Xandros Network server Otherwise the application is installed from the application source set It can be launched by entering tuxpaint inthe console window or from the Launch menu under Applications gt Graphics Installing packages other ways Xandros does not recommend installing packages from other sources because they can break the build If you must install from other sources first download a compiler from Xandros Networks C C Development Tools For a few applications installation is as easy as double clicking a exe file Otherwise the general procedure to install an application is download the application package as a tar file for example open a console window as Administrator and untar and install the application by entering the following commands where package name is the name of the application downloaded tar xvfpz package name tar gz configure make make install The exact procedure can vary and you may be required to install other applications before the required one will install see the installation information included with the package Managing software packages 311 Upgrading packages using Xandros Networks In Xandros Networks when you upgrade a package
449. ted attendee in the Free Busy tab Use Evolution instead See Using the scheduler on page 322 for more information about using Organizer To change the calendar view Click View and select the required time period 216 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 Using the News Ticker The News Ticker scrolls news on your desktop in the form of a ticker You can resize the window and place it anywhere on your desktop You can view news from multiple sources set an update interval and scrolling speed You can view a complete news story by clicking its link Some news sources are preconfigured by default If you want to add a news source for example your local newspaper you need to know the rdf or rss Web site address for that newspaper To find the address contact the newspaper or search on the Web for a site that lets you search for them You need to be connected to the Internet for the News Ticker to scroll current news Garra craft Crashes Into Satellite j News Ticker on the desktop You can also place a news ticker applet on the Panel See Using applets on page 40 The application and applet are integrated changes made to one are reflected in the other after they are relaunched To start the News Ticker Click Launch gt Applications gt Internet News Ticker News items from the default news sources scroll If the application is not included in the menu install it from Xandros Networks or t
450. ted domains are ignored and bypassed which reduces the login time on a large network with a number of trusted domains In this case attempts to connect to a resource from a domain that has a trusted relationship will fail You can use the default setting of Yes when there are few trusted domains or when you need access to a resource Click Apply confirm that you want the setting to take effect immediately and acknowledge that the changes are now in effect In the Join Domain window that appears with the Join with user name and password check box enabled type Administrator inthe User name box and type your Administrator password in the Password box which is the password for the server Remember to use root instead if you are using a Samba domain Leave the Cache domain credentials locally check box enabled for when the domain server is unavailable for example when you use your laptop computer at a different location and want to log in to the domain as the same domain user Click OK In the Join Successful window click OK to acknowledge that your computer has joined the domain Your computer account has not been added to the domain unless you see this message Click Launch gt Logout Click the Logout icon In the login window type the domain User name type the Password select the domain from the Log in to drop down list and click Login Windows and Linux networking 173 Joining a Windows 2000 or 2003 domain Using the Profe
451. ter File View Settings Help My index search 4 p EJ Background Display Setting for desktop Desktop di CTN amp M Panel Taskbar y Background W Screen Saver O No picture KE Settings 8 Picture WavesRocks y Ea Theme ET File Manager O Slide show General Settings Hardware Information r Options Network Position Scaled amp Y Peripheral Devices Ob Power Management Colors Single Color I amp Sound amp Multimedia a ln Q System Administration pac I Get New Wallpapers Blending No Blending Defaults Apply Reset Background panel for changing the desktop wallpaper From the Setting for desktop drop down list select the desktop for which you want the new background You can apply the same background to all virtual desktops by selecting the All Desktops option To use a color only enable the No picture option and select the Colors from both the drop down list and the colored button You can select colors from a palette create a custom color or create a custom color by sampling an existing color To change the picture such as to your own wallpaper select it from the Picture drop down list or click the Open file dialog file folder icon and navigate to the file You can set further effects by changing the Position for example Center Maxpect so that the image is duplicated to fill the de
452. th that group Adding editing and deleting user accounts You can add edit and delete user accounts Account encryption is possible for new and existing accounts User accounts can be set to expire and to have access restricted to certain days and times To add a user account Click Launch gt Control Center Click System Administration then User Manager Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Click Add The Add User Wizard appears In the Enter User Attributes window FP w N the name of the user account in the User name box It is the name for logging in to the desktop No spaces are allowed Type the full name of the user in the Full name box Spaces are allowed Ifyou want to change the login shell bash by default name of the home folder for the new user home username by default or add a note about the user click Advanced A login shell is a program that helps start the computer and sets environment variables for the system and user e Click Next to continue in the wizard 6 To accept the default group access click Next Otherwise click Advanced set the groups to which the user account belongs then click Next If you disable access to the camera or cdrom group for example the user cannot view pictures from a digital camera or play a music CD 1 To encrypt the user s folders enable the Encrypt user s home folder check box and allocate the size of the home folder al
453. that you would like to allow incoming access to then click Next Services http Web Server https Secure Web Server O ftp File Transfer Protocol ssh Secure Shell O telnet vpn Virtual Private Network O smtp Simple Mail Transfer Protocol O dhcp Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol pop Post Office Protocol netbios Windows Networking 3 O imap Internet Message Access Protocol a Add Check all Clear all lt Back Cancel Identifying access allowed to the computer http and https Web server When the computer hosts Web pages and you want to allow access to it for example over the Internet Please note that these options do not determine whether your computer users can access the Internet ftp File Transfer Protocol To allow access to the computer by the file transfer protocol FTP when it functions as an FTP server 198 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 9 ssh Secure Shell To allow remote access to the computer for example for maintenance by administrators including over the Internet SSH is also a protocol used for remote access of Web and other servers telnet To allow remote access to the computer by logging in by telnet command vpn Virtual Private Network To allow access to the computer by VPN which means logging in remotely smtp Simple Mail Transfer Protocol To allow access to the com
454. the sound hardware on the computer The Master slider controls the volume of your speakers and headset You can split a slider to adjust the volume on left and right channels independently Right click on the slider and enable Split Channels To change the balance between speakers Move the Balance slider at the bottom of the window in one of the following directions Right To redistribute the volume to the right speaker Center To distribute the volume equally between speakers Left To redistribute the volume to the left speaker Customizing Sound Mixer You can customize Sound Mixer by displaying and hiding channels and tick marks on the sliders If you are recording you can change the channel to be used as the recording source such as a microphone Some sound cards let you set multiple channels as the recording source To hide a channel Right click a channel and enable Hide To display a channel Right click a channel and select Channels Enable the disabled channel and click OK To set the recording source Inthe Input tab click the microphone button below a slider for the channel that you want to be the recording source When enabled no red x shows Disable the other sources Using multimedia applications 303 Using the Sound Recorder The Sound Recorder lets you record sound using a microphone The recordings are saved as wav files You cannot edit the file in Sound Recorder try Audac
455. the protocol in the Select Instant Messaging Accounts window Then click Next 5 Type the address of contact the format of which depends on the protocol For example for an MSN Messenger account the format can be joe passport com or joe hotmail com Then click Next 6 Click Finish The contact is added to the main window To connect and go online Click Launch gt Applications Internet gt Instant Messaging 2 Ifthe window does not display click the Instant Messaging icon on the Panel 3 Right click the icon at the bottom right of the window and select an option for example Online 4 When prompted type your Password and click OK 5 To disconnect right click the icon and select an option for example Offline To chat with a contact or to send a text message to a contact Double click the name of the person that you want to contact Depending on the interface the person may or may not be required to be online for you to type a message If the person is online they view the message in real time as a chat message 2 Type your message in the box at the bottom of the window 3 Press Enter or click Send To change default settings Click Settings gt Configure Kopete 2 Click the Behavior icon 3 In the General tab the options include Using the Internet 227 Show the system tray icon Enabled to show the Instant Messaging icon on the Panel providing easy access 4 Inthe Away Settings tab the option
456. time 0 00 0 00 0 00 Ox Un a w research time 10 00 10 00 10 00 John Chang 0 00 0 00 0 04 S court time 0 00 0 00 0 00 research time 0 04 0 04 0 04 Line 7 Col 1 INS NORM Tracked times exported and viewed in the Text Editor Using accessories and utilities 327 You can also the total times to the clipboard and paste them elsewhere for example into Text Editor Select a top level entry Click File Copy Totals to Clipboard click Copy All Tasks in the pop up window then paste them in Text Editor y Untitled modified Text Editor File Edit View Bookmarks Tools Settings Help 18484219 5 amp f amp 1 05 18 06 07 22 pm Jane Alexander court time research time John Chang court time research time 10 06 Total Line 3 Col 1 INS NORM Tracked times copied and pasted from the clipboard into Text Editor Using Popup Notes Popup Notes are desktop notes such as reminders You can edit save delete print and customize notes For example you can make urgent notes red and set them to remain on top of all open windows and even to appear on all virtual desktops The application is integrated with the Palm Pilot Tool you can upload memos from a Palm Pilot device See Using Popup Notes on page 328 Popup Note with format menu displayed at bottom To create a note Click Launch gt Applications Accessories Popup Notes A
457. ting Internet connection joining Windows domain newsgroup passwords switching user accounts user restrictions Windows domain ACPI Setup option during installation activating windows setting options Active Desktop Borders Active Directory Server adding user account active windows adding account for e mail account for Internet account for newsgroups account for user applications 369 dictionary ooo 97 66 POUP dh ipa Pa Rae aes 116 Internet connection account 57 NeWSgrOUpS 212 partition ee cbe n Re ee 16 A 349 special characters and symbols tofiles 320 spell checkers 97 Usracount 110 users to OUPS 116 Address Book birthday reminders 340 creating entry 315 defaultcontent 316 deleting entry 316 316 exporting eser rer Rex E es 317 317 Importilig rrt 317 LDAP using 316 SAVING uses Sad ok o do 317 MUI MEC m 317 synchronization with Palm Pilot 335 using with fax application 363 address book Personal Information Manager 215 Address box navigating in Xandros File Manager 149 address comple
458. tion then Connect The connection is established and you a are able to access files on the remote computer for example a file over a Windows network in Xandros File Manager In the example shown here the VPN connection is named VPN Office VPN Office X Network Connections Ez VPN Office r Information E Local Area Connection 1 Wireless Networks Ex Create Connection 9 Configure Network Connections Configure Stop Close 2 AAA Connection VPN Office Status Connecting Connected by VPN If you are unable to connect to the computer click the Details button for information You can check that VPN access is allowed for example that a firewall does not block your connection To terminate a VPN connection Click the network connections icon on the Panel select the VPN connection then Disconnect Windows and Linux networking 191 Using Xandros Server Xandros Server is software to configure and manage servers and resources You can establish Web sites file transfer protocol FTP sites file servers VPNs and manage user accounts and printing for example Users of Xandros Server can install and run Xandros Management Console xMC This feature means that you can manage your servers from any Xandros computer in the network To run Xandros Management Console 192 Install Xandros Management Console from Xandros Networks as follows Click La
459. tion unit optional use to separate layers Leave the Cache domain credentials locally check box enabled for when the domain server is unavailable for example when you use your laptop computer at a different location and want to log in to the domain as the same domain user Click OK In the Join Successful window click OK to acknowledge that your computer has joined the domain Your computer account has not been added to the domain unless you see this message Click Launch gt Logout Click the Logout icon In the login window type the domain User name type the Password select the domain from the Log in to drop down list and click Login Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 Adding scripts and assigning network shares for Windows domains With the Professional edition of Xandros Desktop login and logout scripts can be executed for users belonging to a Windows domain and a network share can be assigned as a network home directory for a user at login The scripts are written by you and they are placed server side They are activated when a domain user logs in or out There are two kinds of scripts User object scripts for Windows NT Group policy scripts for Windows 2000 or 2003 A user object script for a Xandros client is a Linux script assigned to a domain user on the domain controller for login It is often used to automatically map network drives start background processes or set environment variables The script is
460. tion account for example Work VPN Click Next In the Finish window to initiate the connection each time the computer starts up enable the Connect automatically at system startup check box To connect after you finish the wizard enable the Start this connection when finished check box Click Finish to create the connection account Configuring connections 65 Setting up an e mail account Electronic mail e mail applications provided with Xandros Desktop can include Thunderbird Mail and KDE Mail An e mail account needs to be configured before you can send or receive e mail Configure and or use KDE Mail instead if you will use the Personal Information Manager or the Organizer to send e mail notification of a meeting to attendees for example You need to know the following information which can be obtained from your ISP or Administrator Your user name for example jane or bljr2q and your password Your e mail address for example jane xandros com The types of incoming and outgoing mail servers such as POP or IMAP for incoming mail The names of the incoming and outgoing mail servers for example pop3 company com smtp company com or mail example net If the computer is on a network with a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server you can also enable Thunderbird Mail to use the LDAP service whereby address entries are automatically filled in when you start typing in the To field of an e mail message To se
461. tion for e mail 66 67 Administrator loggingin 21 Adobe Photoshop 253 Adobe Reader Install als raid 3 lE Lupe 313 ADS adding users ee eee 171 advertising blocking pop up 205 iis seers tete one ege 226 alarms AA e e ERR 30 system sounds 99 algorithms encryption Hl Amarok zu sr sean paana 298 anti virus application 130 AOL Instant Messenger 226 Apache Web Server 231 APM Setup option during installation 22 Apple Macintosh computer 13 Index i applets Character Selector 40 Clock es 40 Cut and Paste Utility 40 Dictionary ee 40 ee eee ee 40 News 40 Performance Monitor 40 Quick Launcher 40 Runaway Process Catcher 41 Sound Mixer 4l Stock Ticker oooo o ooooo o 229 Storage 4l System Tray 4l Taskbar oe mms 4l r Mor 4l Weather sii Secs ware Sata Gta 4l Weather Report 228 Xandros Update 4l application buttons on Panel changing icons 38 38 M
462. tions on the tool bar Text Alongside Icons Shows icons and names of applications beside each icon Text Under Icons Shows icons and names of applications below each icon File Edit View Book 4 New Open Save Text under icons tool bar To set icon size on tool bar Right click the tool bar handle which is usually faint lines on the end of the tool bar Select Icon Size and select one of the following options Default Same as medium Small 16 x 16 Medium Default 22 x 22 e Large 32 32 Huge 48 x 48 Switching user sessions Xandros Desktop allows you to create and switch among multiple user sessions Applications running in one user account continue to run when you switch to another user account By default you can switch among three accounts and four sessions To switch to a new user session 2 Click Launch Switch User If you want to require password re entry upon switching back enable the Lock current screen when switching check box Click OK Log in to the next user account You can log into three accounts and four sessions the login fails for the fourth user account You can also switch between sessions using Ctrl Alt F7 Ctrl Alt F8 Ctrl Alt F9 or Ctrl Alt F10 Using the desktop 45 Due to the limitations of some video card drivers the switch i user feature is not supported on all systems and may not appear in the Launch menu Using virt
463. tle bar iii Close File Edit view Bookmarks Tools Settings Help Hande 3 8 SB Tool bar EID Line 1 Col 1 INS NORM Window elements Starting applications From the Launch menu you can select an application to start based on function You can also select an application based on how frequently you use it or how recently it has been run To start an application Click Launch Applications and select an application 42 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Q You can start some applications from the Quick Start section at the top of the Launch menu Frequently used applications are shown by default See Changing the Launch menu on page 86 You can also start some applications by clicking the application button on the Panel For information about adding an application to the Panel see Customizing application buttons on page 38 Applications can also be started from the desktop using shortcuts For information about creating shortcuts see Working with desktop shortcuts on page 49 Applications can be launched automatically at startup See Launching applications automatically on page 101 Exiting from applications When you finish using an application exit from the application window to maximize the available workspace To exit from an application window Click File Exit or File Quit You may also have to close an application on the Panel
464. to the Internet ISDN If you use Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN adapter and a telephone or other line to connect to the Internet ADSL If you use an Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line DSL modem and a telephone line to connect to the Internet WAN If the computer is on a wide area network WAN LAN If the computer is on a local area network LAN for example using an Ethernet card in an office with a high speed Internet connection Click Next Complete the Desktop window From the first two drop down lists select the operating system and desktop of the computer to which you will connect When you are connecting to a Xandros computer select Unix and KDE In the other boxes specify the screen size to use for your computer so that the applications appear correctly on your computer You can use the Fullscreen or specify your settings which can be viewed in the Settings panel of the Control Center If in doubt leave the default value of Available Area To encrypt the connection enable the Enable SSL encryption of all traffic check box recommended Click Next Click Finish The settings are saved and the login window appears To access a server or computer remotely 2 190 Click Launch gt Applications gt System NX Client for Linux Type the user name in the Login box It is the user name for logging in to NX server Type the Password for this account From the Session drop dow
465. top Getting started Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Installing Xandros Desktop System requirements Understanding disk partitioning Installing Xandros Desktop Getting updates Using the desktop Starting up and logging in Completing the First Run Wizard Installing additional applications Migrating from a Windows computer Logging out and shutting down Moving from a Windows desktop to a Xandros m Working with the Panel Working with applications Switching user sessions Using virtual desktops Working with desktop shortcuts Protecting your work Table of contents 25 25 32 33 34 35 36 37 42 45 46 49 51 Configuring Xandros Desktop Chapter 4 Configuring connections 57 Configuring Internet aaa a Downloading updates and applications 69 Modifying IP addresses and network connections D2 Chapter 5 Customizing Xandros Desktop settings 15 Customizing desktop settings DS ChangingtheLaunchmenu s 86 Customizing window behavior 2 s s 88 Customizing keyboard settings shortcuts maps 93 Adding and using spell checkers 7 Customizing monitor settings s 98 Customizing system sounds 99 Changing multimedia information retrieval I0l Launching appli
466. top User Guide Chapter 5 Setting desktop and taskbar mouse button action You can set the action taken when left middle and right mouse buttons are pressed on the desktop and taskbar For example clicking the right mouse button on the desktop can display a window list menu that allows you to choose between desktops or it displays a desktop menu that allows you to create shortcuts and arrange icons and windows Additional mouse button action can be set for windows acceleration and mapping see Setting window mouse button action on page 90 To set desktop mouse button action Click Launch Control Center 2 Click General Settings then Desktop Behavior then Desktop 3 Change the settings in the Left button Middle button and Right button list boxes to one of the following options No Action No mouse action default for left mouse button Window List Menu To arrange windows select an open application or a virtual desktop default for middle mouse button Desktop Menu To create new folders or shortcuts arrange icons arrange windows refresh desktop access the Run command or view Properties default for right mouse button Application Menu View the Launch menu Custom Menu 1 Set an application to launch Custom Menu 2 Set an application to launch 4 Click Apply To set taskbar mouse button action Click Launch gt Control Center 2 Click Display then Panel Taskbar then Ta
467. tor The Calculator lets you perform simple trigonometric statistical and other calculations You can specify the number of decimal places By default the number of decimal places used is the number that you use You can change the colors and fonts used Numbers frequently used can be programmed as constants shown here as C buttons Calculator File Edit Constants Settings Help Inv 110 93 med JJ Lele mem ld cJ MR Ms NORM Calculator in default mode To perform a simple calculation Click Launch Applications Accessories Calculator 2 Click or type the first number for example click the 5 button and the 3 button 3 Click one of the following operators e Plus to add e Minus to subtract Forward slash to divide Xtomultiply 4 Click or type the next number in the calculation 5 Click the equal sign to get the answer v Clear the numbers in the calculator window by clicking C for clear or AC for clear all To set calculation mode Click Settings and select the mode The calculator window changes with each mode 2 Deselect the other modes See the online help file for a description of the buttons 318 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 15 To set the number of decimal places 2 3 4 5 Click Settings Configure KCalc Click the General icon Enable the Set decimal precision check
468. tp Network Time Protocol To allow access to the computer so that it can be used to synchronize the time clock of other computers Instant Messaging When you want to chat online by sending text messages to others or make Skype Internet Calling faster Using the Internet 199 Peer to Peer file sharing server If you use applications such as BitTorrent that download files and share the load among several users over a network or the Internet Network Gaming Server When you play games with others over a network or Internet Ignore ping requests ping refers to a query to verify an IP address or determine an address of a computer for example ping xandros com provides the address 66 199 183 6 Event Logging To log information relating to the firewall in the Event Viewer The Event Viewer is accessible at Launch gt Applications gt System gt Event Viewer To allow access to specific ports Click Add Type a name for the new rule in the Service Name box Select the ports in the From and To boxes Click Add to List Click OK to add the service to the list and enable access Click Next 5 Enable the check boxes of the outgoing services that you want to block To block access to specific ports click Add When finished click Next 6 Click Finish The settings are applied The firewall is only one means of security Hardware software firewall combinations and antivirus protection can also be used such a
469. ts you play RealAudio RealVideo MP3 MIDI WAV and other audio and video file types You can use the player to listen to or view files formatted for the RealPlayer as streaming content over the Internet such as ra rm and rms files To play a file the easy way Double click the file For files developed for Real players such as ra files RealPlayer 10 is launched and the file begins to play Other file types may launch other applications To test the application using a high speed connection and a Web browser go to http music guide real com access the music video page and play a music video To play a file located on your hard disk or iPod Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia RealPlayer 10 2 Click File Open File 3 Navigate to and select the file to play For an iPod click into ipod iPod Control Music 4 Click Open The file begins to play To play a file on your hard disk or over the Internet Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia RealPlayer 10 Click File Open Location J Type or select the file page of the file to play Files located on your hard disk that have been played before are listed 4 Click OK The file begins to play Using multimedia applications 30 Using the Sound Mixer Sound Mixer lets you adjust the volume of sound devices such as the microphone input and control which inputs and outputs are on and off File Settings Help Switches lo E 5 E
470. twork ize amp Ovo writer 1 13MB 1 184 966 bytes CS DVD ROM imi Floppy Add to disc project Lahn ie dscn0451 jpg Removable Disk partitionl e dcim dscn0452 jpg dscn0462 m ov 1 object s selected z This Computer Viewing images from a Nikon 5600 digital camera in Xandros File Manager 264 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 11 Scanning images The Scanner application allows you to scan images and photos with a scanner Support for devices is inconsistent in Linux so try the procedure here and if that does not work search the user forums for help with your specific device or try XSane which you can install from Xandros Networks For the Professional edition you may have to install the application from Xandros Networks To scan images If the scanner is part of an all in one printing device ensure that it has been added to the computer Use the printer wizard in the Control Center With the scanner connected to the computer click Launch Applications gt Graphics gt Scanner The system detects the scanners connected If yours is not detected you may need to install another driver for it ig Welcome to Scanner r Select Scan Device 1 genesys libusb 005 008 Canon LiDE 35 40 50 Do not ask on startup again always use this device Scanner detection Select the scanner from the list of devices detected To use this device every time you launch the application enabl
471. u can sort system processes according to attributes such as memory user ID or process name 4 Process able modified Pertormance Monitor File Edit Settings Help 184820 54 449 Sensor Browser Sensor Ty System Load Process Table e A localhost Name PID User System Nice VmsSize VmRss Login E 3909 0 00 0 00 0 1 716 532rooct e aio O 126 0 00 0 00 5 0 12 root artsd 5870 0 00 0 00 O 22 080 8 632 xandrost amp artsd 28209 0 00 0 00 0 12 356 6 920 root atd 4270 0 00 0 00 0 1 888 376 root 3 3 3 automount 4461 0 00 0 00 1 716 636 root automount 4472 0 00 0 00 1 720 644 root amp automount 15501 0 00 0 00 1 716 176 root 4 com Tree All Processes z Refresh Kill 103 Processes Memory 487 768 KB used 11 872 KB free Swap 0 KB used 748 536 KB free Viewing system processes with the Performance Monitor Managing your system 137 To display system processes in a folder tree format Click Launch gt Applications gt System Performance Monitor 2 Click the Process Table tab 3 Enable the Tree check box To sort the system processes list Inthe Process Table tab click the column header for the attribute by which you want to sort for example Name of process Login for users or VmSize for memory consumed To filter processes
472. u have a visual display of what is open on each You can then easily switch among desktops and easily drag and drop applications from one desktop to another See Viewing and switching among virtual desktops on page 46 Using accessories and utilities 331 Using the Floppy Disk Formatter A floppy disk must be formatted so that a computer can read it and allow access to its contents If your computer has a 3 5 or 5 25 disk drive Floppy Disk Formatter lets you format erase and name a floppy disk Gd Hoppy formatter Mm xj Floppy drive Format File system bos Quick format amp Full format X Verify integrity Volume label Floppy Program mkdosfs found Program mke2fs found Program mkfs minix found Program fdformat found Floppy Disk Formatter To format a floppy disk Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive 2 Click Launch Applications gt Utilities Floppy Disk Formatter 3 If you have more than one floppy drive select it from the Floppy drive drop down list 4 Select the Size from the drop down list This size is often shown on the floppy disk 5 Select a file system from the File system drop down list DOS Associated with Windows but selecting this option allows you to use the disk with Windows and Linux computers e ext2 Formatting for Linux but the disk cannot be used with a Windows computer Minix Sometimes used for c
473. u want to copy from one CD to another CD for example copy the CD contents to your computer first To create a project and write it Click Launch gt Applications Multimedia DVD Writer 2 Click Show existing projects 3 Click New project 4 a name for the CD or DVD in the Volume ID box 5 Enable the Music CD or MP3 CD or Data disc option to indicate the type of files to be copied to the CD or DVD 6 Open another Xandros File Manager window and drag and drop or copy the files into the project window Some music CDs for example that contain executable files do not allow you to copy and paste the contents 7 Click File Save Project to save the project You will then be able to return to the project another time to add files and so on 8 To create the disc click File gt Write files to disc and follow the prompts For example if you are copying from one CD onto another CD and you have only one CD drive you are prompted to insert the source disc then the new disc Copying a CD or DVD You can copy a CD or DVD to a hard disk copy a CD to a CD and create an image of the CD for example If you want to listen to music on your computer copy the music from a CD to your computer using the first procedure that follows Only a single track can be played at a time To copy an entire disc follow the online help for the Audio CDs panel in the Control Center When you copy a CD as a disc image file called an ISO
474. ual desktops Virtual desktops help you to organize your work and to multi task by using different desktops for different tasks For example you can use one virtual desktop for programming another virtual desktop for e mail and another virtual desktop for reading help files By default two virtual desktops are shown on the Panel Each virtual desktop also has a default name when you move the pointer over its button on the Panel You can have up to 20 virtual desktops and name each desktop You can switch among virtual desktops and move applications among them When you make changes to virtual desktop settings you can refresh the desktop to display the changes Viewing and switching among virtual desktops The Panel shows the virtual desktops available and lets you switch among them In addition the Desktop Pager can be used to display a snapshot of all virtual desktops so that you have a visual display of what is open on each You can then easily switch among desktops and move applications by dragging and dropping To switch virtual desktops using the Panel On the Panel click the Desktop button to switch to Virtual desktop buttons on Panel 0 You can also move forward to the next virtual desktop by pressing Ctrl Tab or Ctrl Shift Tab to back up to the previous desktop You can also switch among desktops using the Desktop Pager You can also switch among virtual desktops by moving the mouse cursor to the edge of the s
475. udio CD 3 Click the Play Pause button 4 You have the option of creating a playlist so that the information is saved to the Playlist tab by clicking Playlist Save Playlist As You still need to have the CD in the drive to play from the playlist To rip a CD to MP3 format for Pod use Open Music Manager Insert the CD in a drive Close the CD Player when it launches 3 Click the Files tab on the left side and double click the MP3 folder If the folder is not displayed enter audiocd inthe box to view it 4 Right click the file that you want to rip select Copy to Collection and click OK in the window that appears The file is copied to the computer which takes several minutes 5 Transfer the file to the iPod using the next procedure The encoding settings can be personalized in the Control Center Access Sound amp Multimedia Audio CDs and click the Encoder tab To transfer a ripped track to an iPod Connect the iPod 2 In Music Manager click the Collection tab on the left side right click the file to transfer and select Add to Media Device Transfer Queue 5 Entire Collection ly A In Spanish El i Artist Album E Elton John JReg Strikes Back A Word In Spanish F Load NP Append to Playlist D Queue Track Add to Media Device Transfer Queue Mona Lisas And Mad Ha The Camera Never Lies E FA E a n i Edit Trac
476. unch gt Xandros Networks and follow the prompts Click New Applications then Servers and install Xandros Management Console following the prompts Launch Xandros Management Console by clicking Launch gt Applications Server Management gt Xandros Management Console The application launches and the login window appears File View Tasks Bookmarks Windows Help Computer name xanserver1 ottawa xandros ca Local Accounts Network Accounts BRU Backup Server G Certificate Manager DHCP Server DNs Server amp Event Viewer File Server amp tg Firewall Server Helix Server Print Server Mf Proxy Server Routing i SSH Server amp Storage Manager lord System Monitor Time Server IE UPS Monitor Sb VPN Server Web Server W windows Networking a Y Service Uptime day hr min BRU Backup Server Not running DHCP Server Not running DNS Server Not running 4f File Server Windows 00 03 42 O File Server UNIX NFS Not running Firewall Not running O FTP Server Not running 4 Helix Server Not Xandros Management Console application of Xandros Server Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 Using the Internet With the applications provided in Xandros Desktop you can use the Internet set up a firewall make phone calls send electronic mail and ch
477. ur text 236 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 To set highlight mode Click Tools Highlighting and select the mode such as Markup HTML to color code HTML tags Saving and closing text files You can save a file as txt or html and you can use other extensions such as sh for a script To save a text file for the first time Click File Save to save as a txt file or File Export to save as a html file Select the folder where you want to save the file 3 Type a name in the File name box The txt files are saved without an extension unless you specify it 4 Click Save To close a text file Click File Close If you have not saved the text file a message displays asking you if you would like to save the file before closing it Opening text files Text files open into a new window You can also open recently edited text files Opening a new window allows you to open and work with multiple text files Xandros Desktop lets you open text files saved on your computer or on the network You can also open text files from other applications such as Microsoft Windows text files To open a text file Click File Open Select the folder where the file is stored 3 Double click the file name To open a new window Click File New To open a recently edited file e Click File Open Recent and select the file Working with text 237 Finding and replacing text Editing features include
478. urity level drop down list select Domain Oc Uu fa vc N In the Domain box second box from the top of the window type the name of the domain 1 Ensure that the Password authentication server box reads or enter the server name or IP address 8 Enable the Join domain check box For the Allow trusted domains box a domain trust can be defined as a relationship between domains that allows users in one domain to be authenticated by a domain controller of another domain When this box is set to No all trusted domains are ignored and bypassed which reduces the login time on a large network with a number of trusted domains In this case attempts to connect to a resource from a domain that has a trusted relationship will fail You can use the default setting of Yes when there are few trusted domains or when you need access to a resource 9 Click Apply confirm that you want the setting to take effect immediately and acknowledge that the changes are now in effect 10 In the Join Domain window that appears with the Join with user name and password check box enabled type the domain User name type the Password which is the password for the server type the Organization unit optional use to separate layers Leave the Cache domain credentials locally check box enabled for when the domain server is unavailable for example when you use your laptop computer at a different location and want to log in to the domain as the same domain
479. user Click OK In the Join Successful window click OK to acknowledge that you have joined the domain Your computer account has not been added in the domain unless you see this message Click Launch gt Logout Click the Logout icon co F3 14 In the login window type the domain User name type the Password select the domain from the Log in to drop down list and click Login I76 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 8 To join a Windows 2000 domain native mode with or without Organizational Unit Os Un Ja vc c Obtain the name of the domain host name active directory name and name of the Organizational Unit optional from the domain administrator Click Launch Control Center Click Network then Windows Networking Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password From the Security level drop down list select ADS Ensure that the ADS server box displays the correct host name Ensure that the Realm box displays the correct active directory name This name is a fully qualified domain name for example ending in com or info In the Domain box second box from the top of the window type the name of the domain Enable the Join domain check box For the Allow trusted domains box a domain trust can be defined as a relationship between domains that allows users in one domain to be authenticated by a domain controller of another domain When this box is set to No all trusted domai
480. user V No password required for amp amp Peripheral Devices audio Power Management Preselect User O camera amp Sound amp Multimedia O None O cdrom amp Q System Administratio e O Gdialout Boot Manager O edip Change Password O Specify O efloppy A o eise Services O Glpadmin User Manager X Focus password O Gplugdev 0 scanner O Qusers O Gvideo El xandrosuser X Enable Auto Login r X Enable Password Less Logins r Miscellaneous 1 Automatically log in again after X server crash Help Defaults Apply Login Manager panel to set login without password To enable automatic login uu fa w N Click Launch Control Center Click System Administration then Login Manager Click Administrator and enter the Administrator password Click the Convenience tab Enable the Enable Auto Login check box and select the User account to be loaded at startup Enable the Enable Password Less Logins check box and enable the check box for the user account that does not require a password at startup Ignore the other options Click Apply Using the desktop 53 Setting the default operating system If you have more than one operating system installed on your computer for example Windows and Xandros Desktop you can specify the operating system to be launched at startup as well as the delay pe
481. user operating system You can set personalized settings for each user who logs in to the computer For example a parent can use a set of configuration settings different from those set for a child s account The child can have a different desktop background and be restricted from accessing certain files Advanced users have the option of manually loading a driver at startup and to use custom kernel arguments This increases hardware compatibility Starting Xandros Desktop and other operating systems When you start the computer a menu displays startup options 1 Xandros 4 0 Home Edition Premium 2 Safe Video Mode Configure Expert 4 Windows XP Xandros startup screen When you have more than one operating system installed the menu lets you select the operating system you want to start In the example shown an edition of Xandros Desktop and Windows XP are installed The Safe Video Mode and Configure Expert options are for troubleshooting To start Xandros Desktop Start your computer 2 When the black startup menu is displayed with the Xandros entry selected press Enter By default if 30 seconds elapses without a selection being made the option at the top of the menu is selected automatically and startup continues You can change this timing and the default operating system See Setting the default operating system on page 54 To start another operating system Start your computer 2 When the black
482. uter name to Tes display the shared resources User computers are often peca in a directory called Workgroup in Windows a 4 If you cannot see all of the computers press F5 to a refresh the view If that does not work try logging out and logging in again If you are on a Windows network and do not see your computer 1 listed in the Windows Network folder in Xandros File Manager it means that file and printer sharing for Windows has been disabled To enable file and printer sharing see Enabling file and printer sharing on a Windows network on page 168 Accessing Linux NFS computers folders and files You can access the computers folders and files of other users from your Xandros Desktop system when shared on the network file system NFS When you open the NFS Network in Xandros File Manager the servers and computers identified by IP address or hostname and their associated folders and files display in the Xandros File Manager window Windows and Linux networking 165 To access a Linux NFS Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Click NFS Network clicking the plus sign beside the folder to display the networked computers 3 Click the plus sign beside the computer name to display the shared resources Finding computers In addition to using the Xandros File Manager to locate computers folders and files you can also use the Find Computers function when your computer is connected to a network The s
483. vice to the computer Click Launch Applications Utilities gt Palm Pilot Tool Perform a synchronization Click the Address Viewer icon Any addresses are displayed in a list for example those that were programmed into the device by the manufacturer You may have to go to the Address Book or Personal Information Manager to view mailing addresses on the computer Do not add modify or delete entries in this window because the information will not be transferred to the device or computer 0 If you cannot access addresses using this procedure check that the conduit is enabled Click Settings Configure KPilot To install files onto your Palm Pilot 2 3 4 Connect the device to the computer Click Launch Applications Utilities Palm Pilot Tool Click the File Installer icon Click Add File and select the file to install It must be in the pdb or pre format Perform a synchronization The files are transferred but you may or may not have an application with which to access them Using accessories and utilities 339 Using the Reminder Message Scheduler You can set reminder alarms for events At the time of the reminder a popup window appears with or without sound Events can be one time or recurring and you can change the appearance of the reminder You can import birthdays from the Address Book You can schedule commands to run for example to launch an application at a specified time You can type an
484. vide the static IP address and related network addresses a Co Gonnection Wizard Connection Settings Enter the static IP address and network mask for this connection address 16 1 224 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 172 16 0 optional lt Back Next gt Cancel Setting a static IP address for an Internet connection IP address The static IP address to use for the computer when it connects to the Internet Subnet mask The subnetwork address of the computer usually 255 255 255 0 or 255 255 0 0 Default gateway A gateway is a computer that connects networks to each other for example within a corporation or at the ISP for a home user Firewall servers and proxy servers are examples of gateways A router is a gateway if yours has an IP address enter it here You can look up the addresses in the Network Connections panel of the Control Center Configuring connections 59 60 Click Next If the DNS Servers window appears and if your company has its own Domain Name System DNS server s provide the IP addresses of these servers A DNS server translates character based domain names such as xandros com into numeric IP addresses so that computers can recognize them When done click Next If the Enter Domain Names window appears type the computer name of the DNS server then click Add An example is newyork xandros com You add multiple entries so that they
485. viii Index priority level 8l setting password 80 Screen Saver panel in Control Center 80 SOTEN SEE es esra lee de tek ee Pais 98 screen size adjusting for visibility 82 Rate arta or phe 267 scripts adding for login logout and network share 179 seardung 22 em e ees 158 applications on Xandros Networks 367 Computers scan edhe ead RE es 166 files and folders 159 images and photos 263 UU Mm 130 Xandros Networks for applications 367 security backing up files 161 cache clearing o ooooooo o 205 COOKS M oases wade a 206 encryption of user folders 110 files and folders 117 firewall as o E p E 197 L Mm 170 locking screen 5l passwords ee E 52 Patches oi 69 restricting user access 115 Screen 80 security level 170 setting options for Windows networks 170 SByWdIe rid cae iaa 135 updates using Xandros Networks 69 virus removal 130 Webcam monitoring 219 Xandros Security Suite 135 server Apache 231 server using your computeras 198 204 231 server Xandros Server 192 Setillg i tates sae a
486. w click the Stop button m or press v Specifying the play order of audio files and CD tracks You can play the audio files on a playlist and the tracks on a CD in random order or from beginning to end in a continuous loop To play audio files or CD tracks in random order Inthe Player window right click and enable Options Shuffle or press s To play audio files or CD tracks in a continuous loop Inthe MP3 Player window right click and enable Options gt Repeat or press r Increasing and decreasing the volume of audio files You can increase and decrease the volume To increase and decrease the volume of an audio file or CD Inthe MP3 Player window move the volume slider to the right to increase the volume and to the left to decrease the volume Specifying the balance between speakers You can change the balance between the left and right speaker To change balance between speakers Inthe Player window move the Balance slider to the left to make sound come only from the left speaker and to the right to make sound come only from the right speaker Using multimedia applications 295 Creating and editing a playlist for audio files Creating a playlist lets you select one or more audio files to play You can add audio files to a playlist remove audio files and arrange the playing order of the files in the list The track number is displayed when you add files from a CD To display the name of
487. w to appear Using the desktop 35 To shut down Click Launch Logout 2 To save your desktop view enable the Save session for future logins check box 3 Click the Shut down icon The system shuts down 4 Ifyou know that your computer has power management functions that allow it to power off but the computer does not do so contact Xandros Technical Support to determine if a workaround is possible You can specify a time for the computer to shut down For i example open a console window as Administrator enter at 1830 enter halt and press Ctrl D These commands shut down the computer at 6 30 PM To restart Click Launch Logout 2 To save your desktop view enable the Save session for future logins check box 3 Click the Restart icon The computer restarts and the black Xandros startup screen appears Moving from a Windows desktop to a Xandros desktop Xandros Desktop has a desktop and functions that look similar to Microsoft Windows The table lists features that perform analogous tasks in Windows and Xandros Desktop Microsoft Windows uses Xandros Desktop uses Control Panel Control Center Taskbar Panel with taskbar Start button Launch button Windows Explorer Xandros File Manager My Computer Home A and E drives Floppy and CD RW drives Recycle Bin Trash 36 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 3 Working with the Panel The Panel lets you start applications and manage multi
488. wShade Mode Reduces the Equalizer window so that only a title bar shows DoubleSize Lets you enlarge or reduce the size of the window Easy Move Lets you move the application on the desktop In the MP3 Player window right click select Visualization and select a visualization mode add a Visualization window add a plug in as follows Right click select Visualization gt Visualization plugins select a plug in and enable the Enable plugin check box The window opens with a display The three options are shown here To change MP3 Player skin 2 In the Player window right click select Options gt Skin Browser Select a skin The appearance changes immediately The default is plastik Click Close Using multimedia applications 291 y Blur scope Na OpenGl Specti m analyzer Spectrum analyzer l ixi Visualization plug ins for MP3 Player Using the Music Manager The Music Manager Amarok lets you play CDs play radio streams play files located on your computer When you connect an iPod the application is launched with the device mounted in the media player tab From a CD you can rip the music into MP3 format for iPod use iPods and other music devices are auto detected Formats supported include WMA OGG FLACC AIFF ATA3 You can convert music CDs ACC files and WMA files to MP3s For radio streams you can play from the defaults provided such as Virgi
489. window check box v You can also launch the Run Command window by pressing Alt F2 346 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 16 Using the Console window The Console utility lets you work directly at the shell command line in a console window The shell is an integral part of the Linux system It interprets and communicates commands to the operating system or kernel At the command line you enter instructions or commands that tell the kernel which programs to run or the information to display GC lt home xandrosuser Session Edit View Bookmarks Settings Help BE xandrosuser MyLinuxBox ls Desktop kpilot syslog html My Documents SharedDoc xandrosuser MyLinuxBox cd SharedDocs xandrosuser MyLinuxBox SharedDocs I a shell Console window For information about commands see the UNIX Manual Man pages Man pages contain detailed information about specific Linux commands and topics You can access the Man pages in the Help Center accessible from the desktop or by typing man command at the command line in the Console window For example typing man 1s opens the Man page for the List Directory Contents command You can customize the Console window by changing its display such as font size window size or window color You can access the command line window in various modes such as Linux Console and Root Console Xandros
490. window to launch it Emacs Text editor AbiWord Word processor similar to Word KWord Word processor and thesaurus Tux Typing Educational program that teaches typing Check Xandros Networks for additional applications Working with text 249 250 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 10 Working with graphics 1 1 You use the graphics applications provided with Xandros Desktop to create view and edit image files presentations and screen captures including images from a digital camera The following table outlines the graphics applications available Application Function Page OpenOffice org Draw Lets you create simple diagrams three 252 dimensional diagrams flow charts and organizational charts CrossOver Office Lets you use Microsoft PowerPoint 253 Microsoft Visio Adobe Photoshop and other Windows based applications compatible with CrossOver Office Paint Lets you create simple graphics and 254 convert between file types OpenOffice org Lets you create slide presentations 255 Impress includes templates and wizard Image Viewer Lets you view and manipulate image files 256 and set up a slide show table continued Working with graphics 251 Application Function Page Xandros Photo Lets you view organize and edit your 259 Manager digital photos Xandros File Lets you view images including from a 264 Manager digital camera Scanner Lets you scan images with a
491. works allows you to install upgrade and uninstall packages You can use it to access the Xandros server or to access Debian and other Web sites from which you can obtain packages When your computer is being managed by xDMS you usually access your xDMS repository instead Because Xandros Desktop is based on Debian GNU Linux most of its packages conform to the Debian DEB package format and use the deb file extension When you install an application you typically are installing a DEB package consisting of files to run the application the documentation libraries and data files Some applications consist of multiple packages Xandros Networks identifies these dependencies and automatically includes any required packages as it installs the application Use the Debian package format when possible in order to increase installation success Some packages use the RPM Package Manager RPM package format and can be installed with Xandros Networks Upgrades updates for Xandros Desktop occur when new versions of applications become available new features are added bugs are fixed or upgraded code is implemented Xandros Networks easily identifies updates for you When a package is downloading you can cancel the download but when the system is subsequently being updated you can Close the window to move it out of the way but not cancel the installation process When you press the Close button to move the window or exit from Xandros Networks th
492. ws 43 Color Setup option during installation 256 22 colors background wallpaper 16 desktop fonts 80 MES ri merae syntax code Text Editor 239 Text Edit0t cos in 240 window schemes Colors panel in Control Center command line interfaces 345 commands running in Console window 347 running in Run Command window 346 scheduling to run 340 computer requirements 9 iv Index configuring desktop occ 15 e mail account 66 fax application 362 Internet connection 57 CA 35 IDU ira 35 News Ticker coco ee 217 newsgroup account 212 NX Client inu de 189 324 PalmPilot 335 so 349 proxy settings 1 A cu dee dene xps 80 Skype Internet Calling 220 Stock Ticker applet 229 user account passwords 114 Weather applet 228 connecting desktop with remote user 185 toan ISP ii abe eee ae es 196 to Microsoft Windows computers 189 to printer eee ry 349 to the Internet 57 195 to World Wide Web 57 to your computer by VPN
493. wser and try to access a Web site A connection account stores the information needed to initiate the connection The stored information includes the name of your ISP the method of connection network telephone cable or DSL whether you use a static or dynamic IP address and the IP addresses of the Domain Name System DNS and gateway server to use The Connection Wizard helps you configure this information the first time then the information is saved Once you have configured a connection account you are ready to connect to the Internet You create as many connection accounts as you need When you have more than one ISP you create a separate account for each one When you use more than one method for connection such as a telephone modem as well as a cable modem you create an account for each type of connection Xandros Connection Wizard This wizard allows you to easily configure the method by which your system will connect to a network such as the Internet Please select the type of connection Connection type DSL Point to Point Over ATM DSL Point to Point Over Ethernet Local Area Network Local Area Network Wireless Local Area Network VLAN Virtual Private Network PPTP VPN Next gt Connection Wizard to create connection account for Internet access To set up a cable LAN or wireless connection account Click Launch gt Applications gt Internet Connection Wizard T
494. xchange traded funds ETFs can be quoted for exchanges around the world The following information displays by default price price change from previous close and percent change Based on informal testing by Xandros quotes are delayed 15 minutes When not connected to the Internet the ticker is blank or the last available quotes are displayed Configuration options include scroll speed update frequency five minutes by default information displayed fonts and colors To display the stock ticker on the Panel e Right click an empty area the Panel and select Add to Panel Applet Stock Ticker The ticker is added to the Panel It displays three indices by default the Dow Jones Industrial Average DJD the Nasdaq Composite index IXIC and S amp amp P 500 Index GSPC You can click a link in the ticker window to launch the Web browser and obtain a detailed quote from Yahoo Finance Using the Internet 229 To specify stocks quoted With the applet open on the Panel right click it and select Configure Stock Ticker 2 To determine the symbol for a stock click Find Symbol type the name of the company for example and click OK Select the stock from the list that appears and click OK to add it to the list 3 To add a symbol to the list click Add type the symbol and click OK Examples of symbols are NT TO for Nortel Networks on the Toronto exchange GOOG for Google on the Nasdaq and BOS L for the Body Shop
495. y of the folder or file in the new location the original copy remains in its location Link Here Allows you to place a shortcut to the folder or file at the new location 154 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 7 Deleting folders and files You can delete a folder or file When you are logged in as a regular user you can delete folders or files from your home folder When you are logged in as the Administrator you can delete any folder or file that is unencrypted Deleting a file or folder removes it from your file system When you move an item to the Trash folder it is not deleted you can restore it or choose to delete it Emptying the Trash folder removes all the files in it completely from your system To delete a folder or file Click Launch Xandros File Manager 2 Select the folder or file you want to delete 3 Click File Delete and confirm the deletion v You can also delete a folder or file by right clicking it and selecting Delete To move a folder or file to the Trash folder Click Launch Xandros File Manager Select the folder or file you want to move 3 Click File Move to Trash and confirm the move Q You can also drag a file or folder from Xandros File Manager or the desktop to the Trash icon on the desktop To retrieve a folder or file from the Trash folder Double click the Trash icon on the desktop 2 Right click the folder or file that you want to retrieve and select Restore For
496. yer Try these steps if you have trouble playing music with the CD Player To get sound Download updates to your computer from Xandros Networks Digital playback is enabled by default If the music skips stop playing the music access the configuration panel and disable the Use direct digital playback option Ifyou have no sound because you disabled the digital playback in the previous step stop playing any music access the configuration panel and click Defaults e Check that the Master volume output in the Sound Mixer is active and the volume is turned up 282 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Using the DVD Writer The DVD Writer enables you to write or burn CDs and DVDs copy them erase DVDs and create images of the contents for example for installing software You can use it to back up your files onto a CD or DVD Currently the application can read and write a DVD but it can only write data DVDs Kandros Manager File Edit View Go Bookmarks Window Tools Help Address ovo Writer e gt t X All Folders x A My Linux amp f My Home Desktop My Documents e Ea SharedDocs Printers amp Windows Network amp rh NFS Network DVD ROM Create music CD Make a music CD for playing on your PC or home stereo Create MP3 CD Make a MP3 disc for playing your PC or MP3 player Create data disc Make a data disc for storing your personal files
497. yer Lets you play audio and video files including 288 WAV and AVI files MIDI Player Lets you play MIDI files and do karaoke 290 MIDI panel Lets you select a MIDI device 292 MP3 Player Lets you play CD and other audio files 293 table continued Using multimedia applications 273 Application Function Page Music Manager Lets you play music includes iPod support 298 RealPlayer 10 Lets you play RealAudio RealVideo MP3 301 MIDI WAV and other audio and video files Sound Mixer Lets you adjust volume for your computer 302 and control sound input and output Sound Recorder Lets you record from a microphone or other 304 input device Video Player Lets you watch video CDs digital television 305 audio CDs and unencrypted DVDs For most of the multimedia applications a sound card and speakers or headphones are required With an iPod you can also install iTunes using CrossOver Office iTunes plays MP3 and AAC files Simply launch CrossOver Office to install it When prompted about the restart it is simulated not actual 274 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 13 Using the Audio Builder Audio Builder is an analog real time synthesizer or aRts It lets you synthesize sound and music on a digital computer using analog building blocks such as sequencers and mixers You can string sounds together using Audio Builder File Edit View Modules Ports Help Beal Port Value Arts Synth_
498. you to launch the wizard If it does not click Launch Control Center then Peripheral Devices then Printers and click Add The Add Printer Wizard launches 4 With the Local printer option enabled click Next 5 For the Name box do not use spaces because they are not recognized in Linux Select the parallel or USB port to which the printer is connected to the computer Click Next 6 Select the Manufacturer and Model of the printer from the drop down lists If your printer model is not listed select a similar model or choose Generic as the Manufacturer and choose PostScript Printer for the Model if your printer is a PostScript printer If you do not know which Driver to use use the default presented If you want instead to use a driver on a disk click Have PPD and click My Linux Click Next Take note of any suggestions to obtain other drivers 7 Enable the Yes option to print a test page 8 Click Finish The printer is added to the printer list If the test page does not print you may need an additional driver from the Applications CD Xandros Networks or the manufacturer s Web site See the troubleshooting section later in this chapter if you have problems To share a printer with Windows based computers see To share a local printer with Windows computers on page 358 If you have a serial printer add it using a Web based tool Open 1 localhost 631 in a Web browser 350 Xandros Desktop User Guide Chapter 17
499. ystem Performance Monitor 2 Click the System Load tab Depending on the display settings Physical Memory is shown by cache buffer and applications You can also right click select Properties then Sensors to view the color coding ly System Load modified Performance Monitor Eile Edit Settings Help 13 P Sensor Browser Sensor Ty System Load Process Table e A localhost CPU Load Load Average 1 min Physical Swap Memory localhost mem physical cached localhost mem physical buf localhost mem physical application J 87 Processes Memory 479 752 KB used 19 888 KB free Swap 0 KB used 748 536 KB free Viewing system load with the Performance Monitor To change the display In the System Load tab view the processes available for monitoring by expanding the lists displayed in the left side of the window for example click the button of localhost and its subdirectories 1 Right click on a display that you want to replace click Remove Display and confirm the deletion 3 Drag the new process into the blank display area You can be prompted to select the type of display Signal Plotter Displays values over time Multimeter Displays values as a digital meter e BarGraph Displays values as a moving bar SensorLogger Lets you store values in a file Mana

Xandros Desktop User Guide - Linux Open Documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents